IT GROUP INC
10-K, 1999-03-22
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
Previous: PUTNAM PREFERRED INCOME FUND, N-30D, 1999-03-22
Next: PC&J PERFORMANCE FUND, 24F-2NT, 1999-03-22



<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
 
                               ----------------
                                   FORM 10-K
                               ----------------
 
(Mark One)
 
[_] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
 
OR
 
[X] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from March 28, 1998 to December 25, 1998
 
                         Commission file number 1-9037
 
                               The IT Group, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
                Delaware                               33-0001212
    (State or other jurisdiction of                 (I.R.S. Employer
     incorporation or organization)               Identification No.)
 
          2790 Mosside Boulevard, Monroeville, Pennsylvania 15146-2792
    (Address of principal executive                    (Zip Code)
                offices)
 
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (412) 372-7701
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Title of each class         Name of each exchange on which registered
          -------------------         -----------------------------------------
   <S>                                <C>
   Common Stock, $.01 Par Value       New York Stock Exchange; Pacific Exchange
   Preferred Stock Depositary Shares  New York Stock Exchange; Pacific Exchange
</TABLE>
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
                                  Yes X No
                                      -    -
 
   Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to
the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [_]
 
   The aggregate market value of the registrant's voting common stock held by
non-affiliates of the registrant at March 5, 1999, was approximately
$264,868,334 (based upon the closing sale price of its common stock on the New
York Stock Exchange as reported by The Wall Street Journal on such date.)
 
   At March 5, 1999 the registrant had issued and outstanding an aggregate of
22,637,858 shares of its common stock, including 44,949 shares held in
treasury.
 
                      Documents Incorporated by Reference
 
   Certain information included in the registrant's definitive proxy statement
to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders of the registrant to be held on May 19, 1999 is incorporated by
reference into Part III hereof.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                  FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 25, 1998
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Item                                                                     Page
 ----                                                                     ----
 <C>  <S>                                                                 <C>
                                    PART I
 1    Business..........................................................    3
      General...........................................................    3
      Industry Overview and Trends......................................    4
      Acquisitions......................................................    5
      Recent Events.....................................................    6
      Benefits of the Acquisitions......................................    7
      Operations........................................................    7
      General...........................................................    7
      Engineering and Construction......................................    7
      Consulting and Ventures...........................................    8
      Outsourced Services...............................................    9
      International.....................................................    9
      Clients...........................................................   10
      Backlog...........................................................   11
      Technology Development and Patents................................   11
      Contracts.........................................................   12
      Competition.......................................................   12
      Regulatory........................................................   13
      Environmental Contractor Risks....................................   16
      Insurance.........................................................   17
      Concentration of Revenues.........................................   17
      Government Contractor Risks.......................................   17
      Fixed-Price Contracts.............................................   18
      Closure of Inactive Disposal Sites and Potential CERCLA
      Liabilities.......................................................   18
      Substantial Leverage..............................................   19
      Ability to Service Debt...........................................   20
      History of Losses.................................................   20
      Fluctuations in our Quarterly Operating Results...................   21
      Management of Growth..............................................   21
      Risks of Achievement of Cost Savings and Integration of
      Operations........................................................   22
      Control of Board of Directors.....................................   22
      International Operations..........................................   22
      Reliance on Key Personnel.........................................   23
      Discontinued Operations...........................................   23
      Employees.........................................................   23
 2    Properties........................................................   24
 3    Legal Proceedings.................................................   24
 4    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Shareholders...................   24
                               ----------------
 4A   Executive Officers of the Company.................................   25
</TABLE>
 
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Item                                                                     Page
 ----                                                                     ----
 <C>  <S>                                                                 <C>
                                    PART II
 5    Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related Shareholder
      Matters...........................................................   26
 6    Selected Financial Data...........................................   27
 7    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and
      Financial Condition...............................................   27
 8    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.......................   44
 9    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
      Financial Disclosure..............................................   76
 
                                   PART III
 10   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant................   76
 11   Executive Compensation............................................   79
 12   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management....   80
 13   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions....................   83
 
                                    PART IV
 14   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule and Reports on Form 8-K....   88
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
 
GENERAL
 
   The IT Group, Inc. (we or IT or the Company) is a leading provider of
diversified, value-added services in the areas of environmental consulting,
engineering and construction and remediation. In addition, we are leveraging
our core project management competencies to offer our clients a variety of
outsourcing services such as facilities management. We have a strong reputation
for both the high quality of our work and the breadth of the services we
provide.
 
   We provide services through four business platforms: Engineering &
Construction, Consulting & Ventures, Outsourced Services and International. The
following table provides a brief overview of our four operating platforms. For
more information on our platforms, see "Business--Operations".
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Percentage of
                  Revenue for       Revenue for
                   the Nine          the Nine
                 Months Ended      Months Ended
 Platform      December 25, 1998 December 25, 1998          Clients           Primary Services Provided
 --------      ----------------- -----------------          -------           -------------------------
                 (In millions)
 <C>           <C>               <C>               <C>                        <S>
 Engineering &      $597.9             78.9%       DOD                        Assessment, planning and
 Construction                                      DOE                        execution for:
                                                   EPA                        Hazardous waste design
                                                   State and local agencies   and remediation
                                                   Private sector             Decontamination and
                                                                              decommissioning remedial
                                                                              construction
 
 Consulting &        $79.4             10.5%       Private sector clients     Remedial investigations
 Ventures                                          U.S. Government clients    Feasibility studies
                                                                              Environmental permitting
                                                                              Facility siting and
                                                                              design
                                                                              Environmental compliance
                                                                              auditing
                                                                              Risk
                                                                              assessment/management
                                                                              Health and safety
                                                                              program design
 
 Outsourced          $70.4              9.3%       DOD                        Facilities, operation,
 Services                                          State and local facilities maintenance and
                                                   Private sector clients     construction
                                                                              Construction management
                                                                              services
 International        $9.8              1.3%       U.S. and international     Engineering, remediation
                                                   governments                and consulting
                                                   Private sector             Wastewater
                                                                              treatment/design
                                                                              Infrastructure,
                                                                              engineering
                                                                              and construction
</TABLE>
 
   Our clients are federal, state, and local governments in the U.S. and
commercial businesses worldwide. We obtained 69% of our revenues for the nine
months ended December 25, 1998 from the federal government under more than 100
contracts that range in length from one to ten years. In addition, we serve
more than 1,500 commercial clients on projects which range in length from one
month to more than one year. As of December 25, 1998 we employed over 5,600
persons in a network of over 80 domestic and over ten international offices.
Approximately 90% of our backlog at December 25, 1998 was under federal
government programs and approximately 82% is expected to be charged to our
clients on a cost-reimbursable basis. Many of our commercial contracts are
evergreen contracts that are typically not part of our backlog.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
Industry Overview and Trends
 
   According to industry sources, from 1993 to 1997, the portion of the
domestic environmental services industry in which we compete grew from
approximately $25.4 billion in 1993 revenues to approximately $26.5 billion in
1997 revenues, which equates to a compound annual growth rate of approximately
1.1%.
 
   Demand for our environmental services is driven by a number of factors,
including:
 
  .  the needs of the U.S. Department of Defense and Department of Energy to
     restore sites formerly used for weapons production or military bases;
 
  .  the need to comply with federal, state and municipal environmental
     regulation and enforcement regarding the quality of the environment;
 
  .  the need to bring aging production facilities into compliance with
     current environmental regulations;
 
  .  the need to minimize waste generation on an ongoing basis; and
 
  .  the need to reduce or forestall liability associated with pollution-
     related injury and damage.
 
   A significant portion of future DOD and DOE environmental expenditures will
be directed to cleaning up hundreds of military bases and to restore former
nuclear weapons facilities. DOD has stated that there is an urgent need to
ensure that the hazardous wastes present at these sites, often located near
population centers, do not pose a threat to the surrounding population, and, in
connection with the closure of many military bases, there is an economic
incentive to make sure that the environmental restoration enables these sites
to be developed commercially by the private sector. DOE has long recognized the
need to stabilize and safely store nuclear weapons materials and to clean up
areas contaminated with hazardous and radioactive waste. According to federal
government publications, the DOD's budget for environmental remediation will be
approximately $2.5 billion annually for the next five years and the DOE's
budget will be approximately $5.7 billion annually for the same period.
 
   Significant environmental laws have been enacted in the U.S. in response to
public concern about the environment. These laws and the implementing
regulations affected nearly every industrial activity, and efforts to comply
with the requirements of these laws create demand for our services. The
principal federal legislation that has created a substantial market for us, and
therefore has the most significant effect on our business, includes the
following:
 
  .  The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
     of 1980, or CERCLA, established the Superfund program to clean up
     existing, often abandoned, hazardous waste sites and provides for
     penalties and significant damages for noncompliance with EPA orders. As
     of September 1998, the EPA identified approximately 1,370 sites as being
     significantly contaminated with hazardous materials and, therefore,
     named them as Superfund sites. Only approximately 41% of these sites
     have been remediated.
 
  .  The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, or RCRA, provides a
     comprehensive scheme for the regulation of hazardous waste from the time
     of generation to its ultimate disposal, and sometimes thereafter, as
     well as the regulation of persons engaged in the treatment, storage and
     disposal of hazardous waste.
 
  .  The Clean Air Act as amended in 1970 empowered the EPA to establish and
     enforce National Ambient Air Quality Standards, National Emission
     Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants and limits on the emission of
     various pollutants. The 1990 amendments to the Clean Air Act
     substantially increased the number of sources emitting a regulated air
     pollutant which will be required to obtain an operating permit; the
     amendments also addressed the issues of acid rain and ozone protection.
 
  .  The Clean Water Act of 1972, established a system of standards, permits
     and enforcement procedures for the discharge of pollutants to surface
     water from industrial, municipal and other wastewater sources.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
   For more discussion of the regulatory environment in which we operate, see
"Business--Operations--Regulatory".
 
   In recent years, our industry has experienced a slowing in revenue growth,
which is principally attributable to spending patterns of commercial customers.
We attribute this slowdown to, among other things:
 
  .  decreased federal, state and local enforcement of regulations, and
 
  .  delay in the reauthorization of CERCLA.
 
   These factors have been partially offset by an increased desire on the part
of commercial clients for strategic environmental services, which:
 
  .  provide an integrated, proactive approach to environmental issues, and
 
  .  are driven by economic, as opposed to legal or regulatory concerns.
 
   In addition, there is a growing international market arising from the
increased awareness on the part of foreign governments and private sector
entities of the need for additional and/or initial environmental regulations,
studies and remediation.
 
   Traditionally DOD has maintained most of its own facilities and performed
its own facility activities, but it is now in the process of transferring many
of these responsibilities to private contractors and private owners. The
privatization market has been created by the government's selling an asset or
revenue stream, such as military housing and electric, water and wastewater
utilities on a military base, to a private company, which is then responsible
for maintenance and operation. The outsourcing market has been created by
private contractors' taking over site activities currently conducted by
government, often military, personnel.
 
   From 1991 to 1998, our industry has experienced substantial consolidation.
According to industry sources, the top ten firms in the environmental services
industry accounted for approximately 46% of the industry measured by 1998
revenue, up from approximately one third in 1991. This consolidation has been
driven by:
 
  .  the benefits of economies of scale;
 
  .  growing demand for full service business oriented solutions;
 
  .  the shift from commercial to government procurement of environmental
     services as a result of the conversion of military sites to peaceful
     uses.
 
Acquisitions
 
   Since March 1996, we have acquired eight firms representing an aggregate
$770.0 million in revenue at the time of acquisition.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
   The following table provides some basic information on these acquisitions.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      Most Recent
                                                                                      Fiscal Year
                                                                                       Revenues
 Date of                                                                               Prior to
 Acquisition         Name               Location(s)                Business           Acquisition
 -----------         ----               -----------                --------           -----------
                                                                                          (In
                                                                                       millions)
 <C>         <C>                  <C>                      <S>                        <C>
 Mar. 1996   Gradient             Massachusetts            Environmental/human             $5
             Corporation                                   health risk assessment
                                                           Litigation support
 
 Nov. 1996   Chi Mei IT           Taiwan                   Wastewater treatment           $12
                                                           design/build
 
 May 1997    PHR                  California               Historical pollution            $3
             Environmental        Washington, DC           liability research and
             Consultants, Inc.                             investigation
 
 Sept. 1997  Pacific              California               Environmental consulting       $10
             Environmental                                 and engineering services
             Group, Inc.
 
 Jan. 1998   Jellinek, Schwartz & Washington, DC           Science-based                  $12
             Connolly, Inc.       Colorado                 environmental consulting
                                  England                  and advocacy services
 
 Mar. 1998   LandBank, Inc.       Colorado                 Real estate acquisition         $3
                                                           and restoration company
 
 Feb. and    OHM Corporation      Over 30 regional offices Leading diversified           $525
 June 1998                                                 services firm providing
                                                           a broad range of
                                                           services for
                                                           governmental and private
                                                           sector clients
                                                           Leading provider of
                                                           operations, maintenance
                                                           and construction
                                                           outsourcing services
 
 Dec. 1998   Fluor Daniel         Over 30 offices in       Broad-based                   $200
             GTI, Inc.            North America            environmental services
                                  Europe and               firm
                                  Australia
</TABLE>
 
Recent Events
 
   On February 5, 1999, we signed an agreement to acquire all of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of Roche Limited Consulting Group (Roche) for an
initial payment of $10.0 million in cash, plus two potential earnout payments.
Roche, an engineering, construction and consulting company based in Canada, is
primarily focused on infrastructure development including transportation and
water/wastewater treatment facilities. Roche also has completed projects in the
pulp and paper and mining markets. Roche operates exclusively outside the U.S.,
and has current project experience in more than 20 countries. We have
collaborated with Roche on projects during the past two years, and we believe
that this acquisition will add to our strategic consulting capabilities and
experience and expertise in international markets. Roche has approximately 700
employees and had revenue of $28.3 million in its most recent year ended
December 31, 1998. The acquisition is expected to close in April 1999.
 
   On March 8, 1999, we signed an agreement to acquire specified assets and
assume specified liabilities of the Environment and Facilities Management Group
(EFM Group) of ICF Kaiser International, Inc. (Kaiser) for a purchase price of
$82.0 million reduced by $8.0 million representing working capital retained by
Kaiser. The
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
EFM Group provides environmental remediation, program management and technical
support for United States Government agencies including the DOD, National
Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) and the DOE as well as private
sector environmental clients. The EFM Group has approximately 500 employees and
had revenue of approximately $106 million for the calendar year ended December
31, 1998. The acquisition is expected to close in April 1999.
 
   At the same time we announced the EFM acquisition, we announced that our
obligation to complete the purchase of EFM was subject to financing, and we
have begun the sale of $200.0 million in senior subordinated notes in a private
placement (the Notes). Concurrently with the filing on this Report on Form 10-
K, the Company is filing a Report on Form 8-K to make information from the
offering memorandum for the Notes publicly available, including pro forma
financial information, financial statements from the acquired companies, and a
description of our business, as though the acquisitions had been completed at
the beginning of calender year 1998.
 
Benefits of the Acquisitions
 
   We believe our recent acquisitions add capabilities that are complementary
to our existing services, and offer us cost savings and other synergies. We
also believe that our matrix organization and our comprehensive management
information system allow us to:
 
  .  efficiently integrate acquired operations,
 
  .  eliminate duplicative costs,
 
  .  centralize common functions,
 
  .  consolidate locations that serve the same common areas and
 
  .  use our low cost structure to bid successfully on new projects.
 
   In connection with the OHM acquisition, we implemented a cost reduction
program that eliminated approximately $32.0 million in costs on an annualized
basis within six months of acquiring the business, principally through
headcount reduction and duplicative facilities closures. In connection with the
GTI acquisition, we executed a similar plan that has resulted in approximately
$18.7 million of annualized cost savings being realized.
 
OPERATIONS
 
General
 
   We provide services through four platforms: Engineering & Construction,
Consulting & Ventures, Outsourced Services and International. We do not own or
operate facilities involved in the on-going commercial disposal of hazardous
waste.
 
 Engineering & Construction
 
   Most of our business is the management of complex hazardous waste
remediation projects. These projects involve the assessment, planning and
execution of the decontamination and restoration of property, plant and
equipment that have been contaminated by hazardous substances. These projects
usually require the cleanup of land sites where hazardous or radioactive
substances have been disposed. These sites can pose threats to adjacent
buildings, production facilities and storage sites and the surrounding rivers,
streams and groundwater. These projects require considerable technical
engineering and analysis to identify the substances involved, the extent of the
contamination, the appropriate alternatives for containing or removing the
contamination, and the selection of the technologies for treatment to perform
the cleanup of the site. They also require strong project management and
construction and remediation skills to control costs and to meet required
schedules.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
   Our Engineering & Construction platform provides full-service DOD and DOE
delivery order program management, engineering and design services, remedial
construction, specialized equipment and decontamination/decommissioning
capabilities. Remedial construction services offered by this platform include:
 
   .  excavation and isolation,
 
   .  installation of subsurface recovery systems,
 
   .  bioremediation approaches,
 
   .  chemical treatment,
 
   .  soil washing,
 
   .  fixation or stabilization,
 
   .  facility or site closures,
 
   .  solidification,
 
   .  landfill cell construction and
 
   .  slurry wall and cap installation
 
We use our Engineering & Construction skills to develop partnering
arrangements with clients in which we become the primary supplier of all
client environmental management services and assist clients in innovatively
reducing total environmental costs.
 
   The following is an example of the type of project performed by our
Engineering & Construction platform. We completed an approximately $70.0
million site remediation and restoration project for the DOD at Fort Ord in
Monterey, California as part of the DOD's base closure program. The project
site consisted of an 8,000 acre military site. We provided a range of services
at this site, including:
 
   .  removal of lead and copper from 3.2 miles of beach;
 
   .  removal and transportation of over 2.0 million cubic yards of soils and
waste;
 
   .  consolidation and closure of four landfills totaling 144 acres;
 
   .  restoration of a 44 acre site for a municipal park; and
 
   .  revegetation of 100 acres of disturbed property with native species.
 
 Consulting & Ventures
 
   Our Consulting & Ventures platform helps clients comply with environmental
and/or health and safety regulations. This platform also assists clients in
developing corporate policies and procedures in areas such as pollution
prevention and waste minimization so that they integrate environmental
regulations into their business decisions.
 
   Our Consulting & Ventures platform provides a wide range of consulting
services including the following:
 
   .  environmental permitting,
 
   .  facility siting and design,
 
   .  strategic environmental management,
 
   .  environmental compliance/auditing,
 
   .  risk assessment/management,
 
   .  air quality assessment/management,
 
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
   .  pollution prevention and waste minimization,
 
   .  environmental information systems,
 
   .  data management and
 
   .  industrial hygiene.
 
   The following is an example of the type of project performed by our
Consulting & Ventures platform. Under a $6.0 million contract with a large,
diversified manufacturing company, we conducted a remedial
investigation/feasibility study on a Superfund site located at a 95-acre coke
plant in Ironton, Ohio. After conducting the study, we prepared a remedial
design/action plan, which included construction services and the design of
facilities and bioremediation and groundwater management. Our plan resulted in
substantial savings for the client.
 
 Outsourced Services
 
   Through our Outsourced Services platform, we have broad capabilities for
operations, maintenance, management and construction at federal facilities and
in the private sector. This platform is a leading provider of project, program
and construction management services to the DOD and state and local government
agencies. As a result of the OHM acquisition, we are leveraging our core
competencies into new, high-growth service areas, especially toward outsourcing
and privatization occurring in federal, state and local governments. These core
competencies meet facilities management needs in the private sector as well.
Our Outsourced Services platform also offers recurring services that are not
dependent on regulatory enforcement.
 
   The following is an example of the type of project performed by our
Outsourced Services platform. We have been awarded a third consecutive contract
by the Air Force for construction management services over a five year period
at Hill Air Force Base in Utah. The value of this contract is approximately
$95.0 million, and involves projects ranging from small renovation and
replacement work to the installation of sophisticated centrifuge technology. We
also are coordinating the activities of several subcontractors that are
performing on-going construction activities.
 
 International
 
   We are building our International platform to meet the global environmental
needs of our U.S.-based clients. In November 1996, we bought 50.1% of the stock
of Chi Mei Scientech/Entech, a Taiwan-based wastewater treatment design/build
firm, now doing business as Chi Mei IT. As a part of our purchase of GTI, we
acquired GTI's subsidiaries in Australia, Italy and the United Kingdom. We also
entered into a four-year marketing agreement with Fluor Daniel, Inc. that is
expected to provide us project diversification on a worldwide basis. In
February 1999, we signed an agreement to acquire Roche, a 700 employee firm
based in Canada. Roche has current project experience in over 20 countries.
Also, we have in the past, and may in the future, enter into joint venture
agreements or investments for international projects. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition--
Results of Operations--Continuing Operations--Revenues."
 
   The following is an example of the type of project performed by our
International platform. We were appointed to design, install and operate a soil
vapor extraction system to remediate a former gasworks site in London, England,
under a contract for approximately (Pounds)500,000 (or approximately $800,000).
Under a detailed design, created to speed installation and minimize
commissioning time, we were able to treat an area of 43,000 square meters.
During the course of the project, we bioremediated or volatillised over 100
tons of contaminated soil. The site will now be redeveloped as a major
exhibition site.
 
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
Clients
 
   Our clients are federal, state and local governments and commercial
businesses worldwide.
 
 Federal, State and Local Governmental Clients
 
   Due to our technical expertise, project management experience and full-
service capabilities, we have successfully bid on and executed CERCLA and RCRA-
related contracts for many federal and other government agencies. See
"Business--Operations--Regulations."
 
   Federal government contracts are typically awarded through competitive
bidding pursuant to federal procurement regulations and involve several
bidders. After a successful bidder is selected, there is usually a period for
contract negotiations. Government contracts also typically have annual funding
limitations and are limited by public sector budgeting constraints. Some of
these contracts provide a maximum amount of services that may be performed by
us, and specific services are authorized from time to time through a series of
task orders under the master contract.
 
   Many of these government contracts are multi-year Indefinite Delivery Order
(IDO) agreements. These programs provide estimates of what the agency expects
to spend, and our program management and technical staffs work closely with the
client to define the scope and amount of work required. While these contracts
do not initially provide us with any specific amount of work, as projects are
defined, the work is awarded to us without further formal competitive bidding.
Approximately 40% of our revenues for the nine months ended December 25, 1998
were from IDOs.
 
   Although we generally serve as the prime contractor on our federal
government contracts, or as a part of a joint venture which is the prime
contractor, we also serve as a subcontractor to other prime contractors on some
federal government programs. As has become typical in the environmental
industry, we have entered and may continue to enter into joint venture or
teaming arrangements with competitors when bidding on the largest, most complex
contracts.
 
   The table below sets forth the percentage of revenues we receive from
federal, state and local government contracts as a percentage of our
consolidated revenues.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Twelve Months Ended           Nine Months Ended
                               -------------------------     -----------------
                               March 28,      March 27,        December 25,
                                  1997           1998              1998
Source                         ---------      ---------        ------------
<S>                            <C>            <C>            <C>
Federal government:
  DOD........................             42%            47%         52%
  DOE........................             14              9          10
  Other federal agencies.....              3              2           7
                                  ----------     ----------         ---
                                          59             58          69
State and local governments..              8              5           5
                                  ----------     ----------         ---
  Total......................             67%            63%         74%
                                  ==========     ==========         ===
</TABLE>
 
 Bidding Process
 
   We have a set of company-wide estimating and proposal development procedures
designed to provide consistency across all operating platforms during the
preparation of both commercial and government proposals. Our shared services
group implements these procedures and provides resources to our business
platforms for preparation of cost estimates, proposals and bid submittals. Each
of our platforms has responsibility for responding to customer solicitations.
The final decision requires coordination between operations management,
business development personnel and corporate management. Before our bid is
submitted to a client, the approach and pricing are reviewed by operations and
estimating management, which
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
performs a risk evaluation of commercial terms and conditions and technical
aspects of the bid opportunity. Pricing then is established in accordance with
an authority limits matrix that is issued by our legal department.
 
 Commercial Clients
 
   We serve numerous commercial clients including chemical, petroleum and other
manufacturing firms, utilities, real estate and transportation service
companies and law firms. Much of our commercial work represents new contracts
awarded by existing clients. No single commercial client accounted for 10% or
more of our consolidated revenues in the nine months ended December 25, 1998,
or during fiscal years 1998 or 1997. Although in recent years enforcement of
CERCLA has diminished, clients are still seeking strategic, integrated
solutions to their environmental problems, which we seek to provide.
 
Backlog
 
   As of December 25, 1998, we had existing backlog of $3.5 billion including
approximately $0.9 billion of funded backlog, of which $0.7 billion is expected
to be completed during 1999. Approximately 90% of our backlog at December 25,
1998 was under government programs, for which funds have already been
appropriated. In addition, approximately 82% of our backlog is expected to be
charged to our clients on a cost-reimbursable basis. Many of our commercial
contracts are evergreen contracts and are typically not part of our backlog.
The predictability and stability of our backlog permits us to manage our fixed
costs appropriately, minimize our overhead and bid selectively on new work.
 
Technology Development and Patents
 
   Our technology development program focuses on innovative applications to
client projects of new and existing technologies and methods. The program has
four principal goals:
 
  .  to support project managers and clients to ensure successful application
     of environmental technologies,
 
   .  to continue to improve technologies developed in-house through use on
client projects,
 
  .  to evaluate and implement technologies developed by others that present
     commercial opportunities for us, and
 
   .  to improve third party technologies for enhanced client value.
 
   We emphasize several technologies including bioremediation. For example, we
have used naturally occurring organisms in our patented BIOFAST(R) system to
clean a number of sites. We have licensed from a third party "barrier wall and
reactive gate technology," which assists in the decomposition of contaminants,
and continue to apply it to client projects. The EPA has also extended for a
third year our contract to operate its Test & Evaluation Facility in
Cincinnati, Ohio, which is available for private party sponsored technology
evaluations. It also provides treatability testing and process development
services on contaminated waste waters, sludges and soils. Major efforts this
year focused on safe drinking water and water treatment processes including
filtration and disinfection technologies. We also have improved our
environmental information management technologies. We have received extensive
patent coverage for the Manage IT system, which we use to manage and track
hazardous waste at client sites. Through the use of proprietary and other
environmental information management systems, we have become a leading user of
advanced data base management technology to serve clients' needs.
 
   We hold over 20 patents for various environmental technologies. Two specific
patents cover certain design features of equipment used in our on-site
remediation business. The first patent is for a filtration system to remove
pollutants from flowing creeks and streams and the second, known as a Portable
Method for Decontaminating Earth, is for a decontamination system to remove
contaminants from the soil through a
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
process commonly known as soil vapor extraction. We also have the X*TRAX(R) and
LT*X(R) thermal desorption processes. The X*TRAX(R) and LT*X(R) systems are
waste treatment processes that thermally separate organic contaminants from
soils or solids and then treat the resulting organic vapor stream.
 
Contracts
 
   We enter into various types of contracts with our clients, including fixed-
price and cost-reimbursable plus fixed fee and award fee contracts. For the
nine months ended December 25, 1998, 20% of our revenue was derived from fixed-
price contracts and 80% from cost-reimbursable plus fixed fee and award fee
contracts. Under a fixed-price contract, the client agrees to pay a specified
price for our performance of the entire contract. Under a cost-plus contract,
we charge clients negotiated rates based on our direct and indirect costs plus
a fee component. Our ability to perform profitably under fixed-price and other
types of contracts often depends on our ability to identify, manage and recover
on claims for differing and unanticipated conditions and other changes. For a
description of the risks we face with our fixed-price contracts, see
"Business--Operations--Fixed-Price Contracts" and "Business--Operations--
Government Contractor Risks."
 
   We provide our services under contracts, purchase orders or retainer
letters. We bill all of our clients periodically based on costs incurred, on
either an hourly-fee basis or on a percentage of completion basis, as the
project progresses. Generally, our contracts do not require that we provide
performance bonds, although we typically require our subcontractors to post a
bond. A performance bond, issued by a surety company, guarantees the
contractor's performance under the contract. If the contractor defaults under
the contract, the surety will, in its discretion, step in to finish the job or
pay the client the amount of the bond. We have signed indemnity agreements with
our two sureties to indemnify them from obligations under bonds that arise from
our failure to perform under contracts for which bonds are issued. If, however,
the contractor does not have a performance bond and defaults in the performance
of a contract, the contractor is responsible for all damages resulting from the
breach of contract. These damages include the cost of completion, together with
possible consequential damages such as lost profits. To date, we have not
incurred material damages beyond the coverage of any performance bond, and we
have never had a bond called where the surety has been required to take over a
project or pay damages.
 
   For the nine months ended December 25, 1998 subcontractor costs comprised
approximately 30% of our revenues. The absence of qualified subcontractors with
whom we have a satisfactory relationship could adversely affect the quality of
our services and our ability to perform under some of our contracts.
 
Competition
 
   We believe that the principal competitive factors in all areas of our
business are:
 
  .  technical proficiency,
 
  .  operational experience,
 
  .  price,
 
  .  breadth of services offered, and
 
  .  local presence.
 
   We compete with a diverse array of small and large organizations including
the following:
 
  .  national or regional environmental management firms;
 
  .  national, regional and local architectural, engineering and construction
     firms;
 
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
  .  environmental management divisions or subsidiaries of international
     engineering, construction and systems companies; and
 
  .  hazardous waste generators that have developed in-house capabilities.
 
   Increased competition, combined with changes in client procurement
procedures, has resulted in, among other things:
 
  .  lower contract margins,
 
  .  more fixed-price or unit-price contracts, and
 
  .  contract terms that increasingly require us to indemnify our clients
     against damages or injuries to third parties and property and
     environmental fines and penalties.
 
   The entry of large systems contractors and international engineering and
construction firms into the environmental services industry has increased
competition for major federal government contracts and programs, which have
been our primary source of revenue in recent years. In addition, our industry
recently has been subject to intense consolidation. We are participating
actively in this consolidation to support our growth and diversification
strategy. However, we cannot assure that we will be able to compete
successfully given the intense competition and trends in our industry.
 
Regulatory
 
   Our clients and we are subject to extensive and evolving environmental laws
and regulations. The level of enforcement of these laws and regulations affects
the demand for many of our services and creates certain significant risks and
potential opportunities for us in providing our services. Regulatory
enforcement and changes may also affect our inactive disposal sites in Northern
California. See "Business--Operations-- Environmental Contractor Risks" and our
"Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--Discontinued Operations."
 
   Over the past several years, interested parties have proposed a number of
significant changes to existing environmental laws. Most of the proposed
changes have been delayed in Congress. The proposals would overhaul the
government regulatory process, require regulatory risk assessments and cost-
benefit analyses and reduce requirements for reporting to the government.
Although the impact of these proposed changes upon our business cannot yet be
fully predicted, the proposed changes in regulations and the perception that
enforcement of current environmental laws has been reduced, appear to have
decreased the demand for some of our services, as clients anticipate and adjust
to the potential changes. Proposed changes could result in increased or
decreased demand for some of our services. For example, if regulatory changes
decrease the cost of remediation projects or result in more funds being spent
for actual remediation, that portion of our business could increase while
amounts spent for studies could decrease. The ultimate impact of the proposed
changes will depend upon a number of factors, including the overall strength of
the U.S. economy and clients' views on the cost-effectiveness of remedies
available under the changed regulations.
 
   The principal environmental legislation and proposed changes in those laws
affecting us and our clients is described below:
 
   Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of
1980. CERCLA governs the cleanup of sites at which there have been or may be
releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances into the environment.
CERCLA provides that any person who (1) currently or at the time of disposal of
a hazardous substance, owned or operated any facility at which hazardous
substances were released, (2) arranged for disposal, treatment, or
transportation of hazardous substances by others or (3) accepted hazardous
substances for transport to facilities or sites from which there is a release
or threatened release of hazardous substances, is liable for the costs of
cleanup and damages to natural resources. These persons are called potentially
responsible parties (PRPs). CERCLA provides that the federal government can
either clean up these sites itself or order the PRPs to do so. CERCLA created
the Hazardous Substance Superfund to be used by
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
the federal government to pay for certain cleanup efforts. When the federal
government expends Superfund money for remedial activities, it must seek
reimbursement from the PRPs. CERCLA generally imposes strict, joint and several
retroactive liability upon PRPs.
 
   CERCLA's Superfund taxing authority expired in December 1995, and CERCLA's
authority to expend funds originally expired in September 1994. However,
Congress has extended the EPA's authority to use funds on an interim basis.
Congress to date has linked long-term reinstatement of Superfund's taxing and
spending authority to comprehensive reauthorization and revision of CERCLA. The
Congressional Budget Office estimates that the Superfund trust fund has
sufficient funds for the CERCLA program through the year 2001.
 
   A number of changes in CERCLA have been proposed. The suggested changes
include changes in cleanup standards, remedy selection, the amount of funds
available for cleanup, and CERCLA's provision for allocating responsibility for
cleanups. We believe Congress' failure to reauthorize CERCLA, and continuing
uncertainty concerning the details of the legislation, have resulted in project
delays and/or the failure of clients to initiate projects. Arguments over state
participation in CERCLA programs and provisions for damages to natural
resources make passage of a bill reauthorizing CERCLA more uncertain. Potential
exhaustion of the monies in the Superfund trust may accelerate the passage of
legislation reauthorizing CERCLA.
 
   In response to Congressional and private sector pressure and, in part, to
avoid more sweeping changes by Congress, the EPA has relaxed regulatory
requirements and enforcement. For example, the EPA has attempted, through
various regulatory initiatives, to make it easier to redevelop "brownfields,"
i.e., lightly to moderately contaminated urban sites. Brownfields sites
nationally have been estimated to number in the hundreds of thousands. Similar
legislation has also been introduced, and a number of states have initiated
similar programs. The EPA is currently attempting to raise funds for
brownfields programs through bond programs. While we believe such programs
offer additional opportunities, we cannot predict the ultimate impact of these
programs.
 
   Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976. RCRA restricts the land
disposal of certain wastes, prescribes more stringent management standards for
hazardous waste disposal sites, sets standards for underground storage tank
(UST) management and provides for corrective action procedures. RCRA also
imposes liability and stringent management standards on generators or
transporters of hazardous waste and owners or operators of waste treatment,
storage or disposal facilities.
 
   RCRA's requirement that USTs be upgraded to double-walled tanks with leak
detection systems became effective on December 22, 1998, with some 250,000
tanks estimated to remain in violation nationwide. We believe that increased
state and EPA enforcement actions for UST noncompliance will prompt increased
repair or replacement of these tanks. Further, in November 1998, the EPA
adopted its new Hazardous Waste Identification Rule regulation, allowing more
flexible and cost-effective approaches to site cleanups. In particular, the
final rule streamlines permitting, treatment and technological requirements for
waste remediation.
 
   Clean Air Legislation. The Clean Air Act requires compliance with National
Ambient Air Quality Standards for specific pollutants and empowers the EPA to
establish and enforce limits on the emission of various pollutants from
specific types of facilities. The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 modified the
Clean Air Act in a number of significant areas. Among other changes, these
amendments
 
  .  established emissions allowances for sulfur and nitrogen oxides,
 
  .  established strict requirements applicable to emissions of air toxics,
 
  .  established a facility-wide operating permit program for all major
     sources of regulated pollutants,
 
  .  established requirements for management of accidental releases of toxic
     air pollutants, and
 
  .  created significant new penalties, both civil and criminal, for
     violations of the Clean Air Act.
 
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
   Although the EPA recently promulgated regulations significantly tightening
standards for ozone and particulate emissions, and these regulations might
eventually increase demand for our air quality services, the proposals have met
with substantial opposition (including court challenges) and their ultimate
fate and impact remain uncertain. Also, while world leaders recently agreed to
the "Kyoto Protocol" (treaty) to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and these
proposals could increase demand for our air quality services, they have also
met with substantial opposition, and their ultimate fate remains uncertain.
Also uncertain are the fate and impact of proposals for tax credits for
greenhouse gas emission reductions as an alternative to the Kyoto Protocol.
 
   The Price Anderson Act (PAA). Approximately 11% of our $3.5 billion in
backlog consists of projects in our energy and nuclear services business. We
service the need of the DOE in converting its weapons facilities to civilian
purposes and the need of the nuclear power industry in the decontamination and
decommissioning of nuclear power plants. We expect this portion of our business
to continue to grow as up to 35 operating commercial power plants reach the end
of their useful lives over the next 20 years.
 
   The PAA promotes and regulates the nuclear power industry in the U.S. The
PAA comprehensively regulates the manufacture, use and storage of radioactive
materials, and promotes the nuclear power industry by offering broad
indemnification to nuclear power plant operators and DOE contractors. While the
PAA's indemnification provisions are broad, it has not been determined whether
they apply to all liabilities that might be incurred by a radioactive materials
cleanup contractor such as us. Also, the PAA expires in 2002. Because nuclear
power remains controversial and no new nuclear plants are planned in the U.S.,
it is not clear that the PAA and its indemnification provisions will be
extended beyond 2002. Our business could be adversely affected if the PAA were
not extended beyond 2002.
 
   The Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996. FQPA has created an
increased demand for agricultural chemical registration and defense services.
JSC, one of our recent acquisitions, is a leading supplier of these services.
Also, the regulatory initiatives incorporated in FQPA, including more
comprehensive risk evaluation and management for hazardous chemicals, are
likely to influence future EPA policies and practices. Such regulatory
developments may increase demand for our services.
 
   Other Federal and State Environmental Laws. Our clients also use our
services in complying with, and our operations are subject to regulation under,
among others, the following federal laws:
 
   .  the Toxic Substances Control Act,
 
   .  the Clean Water Act,
 
   .  the Safe Drinking Water Act,
 
   .  the Occupational Safety and Health Act, and
 
   .  the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act.
 
   Many states also have passed Superfund-type legislation and other
regulations and policies to cover more detailed aspects of hazardous materials
management. This legislation addresses such topics as:
 
   .  air pollution control,
 
   .  UST and aboveground storage tank (AST) management,
 
   .  water quality,
 
   .  solid waste,
 
   .  hazardous waste,
 
   .  surface impoundments,
 
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
   .  site cleanup, and
 
   .  wastewater discharge.
 
Environmental Contractor Risks
 
   Although we believe that we generally benefit from increased environmental
regulation, and from enforcement of those regulations, increased regulation,
enforcement and private litigation also create significant risks for us. These
risks include potentially large civil and criminal liabilities from violations
of environmental laws and regulations and liabilities to clients and to third
parties for damages arising from performing services for clients. Our failure
to observe the laws or the terms and conditions of licenses and permits we hold
could adversely impact our ability to carry on our business as presently
conducted.
 
 Liabilities Arising out of Environmental Laws and Regulations
 
   Our operations are subject to regulation by a number of federal and other
laws and agencies. As such, we may be held directly liable for failure to abide
by these laws. Any such failure could lead to our debarment or suspension as a
government contractor. Companies that are subject to environmental liabilities
have also sought to expand the reach of the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) or (Superfund), the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and similar state statutes to make
contractor firms responsible for cleanup costs. These companies claim that
environmental contractors are owners or operators of hazardous waste facilities
or that they arranged for treatment, transportation or disposal of hazardous
substances. If we are held responsible under CERCLA or RCRA for damages caused
while performing services or otherwise, we may be forced to bear this liability
by ourselves, notwithstanding the potential availability of contribution or
indemnification from other parties. Further, one of our businesses involves the
purchase and redevelopment of environmentally impaired property. As the owner
of such properties, we may be required to clean up all contamination at these
sites, even if we did not place it there. We use insurance and other risk
mitigation techniques to manage these risks but we cannot guarantee the
adequacy of those measures.
 
 Potential Liabilities to Clients and Third Parties
 
   In performing services for our clients, we could become liable for breach of
contract, personal injury, property damage, negligence and other causes of
action. The damages available to a client are potentially large and could
include consequential damages.
 
   Many potential clients, particularly in connection with projects involving
large scale cleanups, try to shift to contractors the risk of completing the
project, if the contamination is either more extensive or difficult to resolve
than they anticipated. In this competitive market, clients increasingly try to
pressure contractors to accept greater risks of performance, liability for
damage or injury to third parties or property and liability for fines and
penalties. We have from time to time been involved in claims and litigation
involving disputes over such issues.
 
   Environmental management contractors also potentially face liabilities to
third parties for property damage or personal injury stemming from a release of
toxic substances resulting from a project performed for clients. These
liabilities could arise long after completion of a project.
 
   Over the past several years, the EPA and other federal agencies have
constricted significantly the circumstances under which they will indemnify
their contractors against liabilities incurred in connection with CERCLA
projects and continue their attempts to renegotiate previously agreed
indemnities.
 
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
 
Insurance
 
   We maintain liability insurance programs that are structured to provide
coverage for major and catastrophic losses. We self insure against losses that
may occur in the ordinary course of business. Effective April 1, 1998, our
liability insurance program provides for coverage of up to $75.0 million. This
coverage has a $500,000 deductible. We also carry pollution liability insurance
with policy limits of up to $35.0 million. This coverage has a $1.0 million
deductible. However, we cannot assure that any future claims will not exceed
our coverages.
 
   In preceding years, our insurance program required us to self-insure for the
first $5.0 million retention for each of its general liability, automobile
liability and contractor's pollution liability coverages. We are obligated to
indemnify our insurance carriers against liabilities and costs of defense,
subject to certain limitations for each of these kinds of coverage, up to that
$5.0 million limit. Letters of credit support this indemnity commitment.
 
   Although we believe our insurance program is appropriate for the management
of our risks, our insurance policies may not fully cover our operations. Policy
coverage exclusions, retaining risks through deductible and self-insured
retention programs, or losses in excess of the coverage may cause all or a
portion of one or more losses not to be covered by our insurance.
 
Concentration of Revenues
 
   Agencies of the federal government are among our most significant clients.
For the nine months ended December 25, 1998, approximately 69% of our net
revenue was derived from federal agencies as follows:
 
   .  52% from the DOD;
 
   .  10% from the DOE; and
 
   .  7% from other federal agencies.
 
   Many of our contracts with federal government agencies require annual
funding approval and may be terminated at their discretion. A reduction in
spending by federal government agencies could limit the continued funding of
our existing contracts with them and could limit our ability to obtain
additional contracts. These limitations, if significant, could have a material
adverse effect on our business.
 
Government Contractor Risks
 
   As a major provider of services to governmental agencies, we face the risks
associated with government contracting, which include the risk of substantial
civil and criminal fines and penalties for violations of applicable regulations
and the risk of public scrutiny of our performance at high profile sites.
Government contracting requirements are complex, highly technical and subject
to varying interpretations. As a result of our government contracting business,
we have been, are and expect in the future to be, the subject of audits and
investigations by governmental agencies, including the Defense Contract Audit
Agency (the DCAA) and the EPA's Office of Inspector General (EPAOIG). During
the course of an audit, the DCAA or EPAOIG may disallow costs if it determines
that we improperly accounted for such costs in a manner inconsistent with Cost
Accounting Standards. Under the type of "cost reimbursable" government
contracts that we typically perform, only those costs that are reasonable,
allocable and allowable are recoverable under the Federal Acquisition
Regulations and Cost Accounting standards. At present, there are several
unresolved and/or ongoing audits of our billings dating back to 1995 (and, in
some instances, earlier years as well). A disallowance of a significant amount
of our costs could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
   In addition to the damage to our business reputation, the failure to comply
with the terms of one or more of our government contracts could also result in
our suspension or debarment from future government contract projects for a
significant period of time. This could result in a material adverse effect on
our business. On or
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
 
about September 2, 1998, OHM Corporation, one of its subsidiaries, and The IT
Group entered into a Compliance Agreement with the EPA to address alleged past
practices by OHM that, according to the EPA, may constitute a basis for our
suspension and/or debarment. A breach of the Compliance Agreement by us or any
of our subsidiaries is potentially cause for our immediate suspension from work
and/or debarment. In this regard, EFM also has several open audits by EPAOIG
and investigations involving both the Department of Justice and EPAOIG.
 
Fixed-Price Contracts
 
   We enter into various types of contracts with our clients, including fixed-
price contracts. For the nine months ended December 25, 1998, approximately 20%
of our net revenue was derived from fixed-price contracts. Fixed-price
contracts protect clients but expose us to a number of risks. These risks
include:
 
   .  underestimation of costs;
 
   .  problems with the appropriate choice of technologies;
 
   .  unforeseen costs or difficulties;
 
   .  delays beyond our control; and
 
   .  economic and other changes that may occur during the contract period.
 
   The risks we face under fixed-price contracts could have a material adverse
effect on our business.
 
Closure of Inactive Disposal Sites and Potential CERCLA Liabilities
 
   Before 1987, we were a major provider of hazardous waste transportation,
treatment and disposal operations in California. In December 1987, we adopted a
strategic restructuring program that included a formal plan to divest our
transportation, treatment and disposal operations and we stopped taking new
business. Closure plans for all four of these facilities have now been approved
by all applicable regulatory agencies. Closure construction has been completed
at three of these facilities (Montezuma Hills, Benson Ridge and Vine Hill). At
December 25, 1998, our consolidated balance sheet included accrued liabilities
of approximately $7.9 million to complete the closure and post-closure of our
disposal facilities and the potentially responsible party (PRP) matters, net of
certain trust fund and annuity investments, restricted to closure and post-
closure use and net of anticipated insurance settlements.
 
 Impact of Uncertainty in Closure Cost Estimates
 
   Closure and post-closure costs associated with our inactive disposal sites
are incurred over a significant number of years and are subject to a number of
variables. We have estimated the impact of these costs in our provision for
loss on disposition of discontinued operations. However, closure and post-
closure costs could be higher than estimated if regulatory agencies were to
require procedures significantly different than those in the plans developed by
us or if there are additional delays in the closure plan approval process.
Since recording our initial provision for loss, we have been required to make
four upward adjustments to the provision. During each of the three fiscal years
ended December 25, 1998, we funded accrued costs of $11.1 million, $14.9
million and $15.7 million relating to our closure plans and construction and
PRP matters. We expect to incur costs over the next several years; however, we
expect the nature of the costs to change from closure design and construction
to post-closure monitoring.
 
   Closure plans for our Panoche facility, the final facility to be closed,
were approved on March 18, 1998. The approved plans provide for submittal of
technical studies that will be utilized to determine final aspects, details and
costs of closure construction and monitoring programs. While we believe that
the approved closure
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
 
plans substantially reduce future cost uncertainties, the ultimate costs will
depend upon the results of the technical studies called for in the approved
plans. Closure construction under the plans is scheduled for completion in the
fall of 2000.
 
 Uncertainties in Carrying Value of Long-Term Assets
 
   The carrying value of our long-term assets of transportation, treatment and
disposal discontinued operations of $40.0 million at December 25, 1998 is
principally comprised of unused residual land at the inactive disposal
facilities and assumes that sales will occur at market prices estimated by us
based on certain assumptions about entitlements, development agreements and
other factors. A portion of the residual land is the subject of a local
community review of our development strategy, which will be the subject of
public hearings and City Council deliberation through the second quarter of
1999. We can make no assurances as to the timing of development or sales of any
of our residual land, or our ability to ultimately liquidate the land for the
sale prices assumed. If our assumptions are not realized, the value of the land
could be materially different from the current carrying value.
 
 Impact of Possible PRP Liabilities
 
   As a major provider of hazardous waste transportation, treatment and
disposal operations in California prior to the December 1987 adoption of our
strategic restructuring program, we have been named a PRP at a number of other
sites including the GBF Pittsburg Superfund site, and may from time to time be
so named at additional sites, and also may face damage claims by third parties
for alleged releases or discharges of contaminants or pollutants arising out of
our transportation, treatment and disposal discontinued operations.
 
 Summary
 
   Our provision for loss on disposition of transportation, treatment and
disposal discontinued operations is based on various assumptions and estimates,
including those discussed above. We periodically reevaluate the adequacy of
this provision in light of developments since our adoption of the divestiture
plan, and we believe that the provision as adjusted is reasonable. However, the
ultimate effect of the divestiture on our consolidated financial condition,
liquidity and results of operations is dependent on future events, the outcome
of which we cannot determine at this time. Closure and post-closure costs could
be higher than estimated if regulatory agencies were to require closure and/or
post-closure procedures significantly different than those in the approved
plans, or if we are required to perform unexpected remediation work at the
facilities in the future or to pay penalties for alleged noncompliance with
regulations or permit conditions. Outcomes significantly different from those
used to estimate the provision for loss could result in a material adverse
effect on our business.
 
   For additional information about our discontinued operations, see the "Notes
to the Consolidated Financial Statements--Discontinued Operations".
 
Substantial Leverage
 
   We have now and, after the Note offering, will continue to have a
significant amount of indebtedness. The following chart shows certain important
credit statistics as of the dates or at the beginning of the periods specified
below without giving effect to the Note offering or the EFM or Roche
acquisitions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            At December 25, 1998
                                                            --------------------
<S>                                                         <C>
Total indebtedness.........................................       $422,662
Stockholders' equity.......................................       $238,168
Debt to equity ratio.......................................          1.8:1
</TABLE>
 
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
 
   Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example,
it could:
 
  .  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic conditions;
 
  .  limit our ability to pursue our acquisition business strategy;
 
  .  limit our ability to obtain necessary financing or bonding, fund future
     working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate
     requirements;
 
  .  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from
     operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the
     availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital
     expenditures and other general corporate purposes;
 
  .  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our
     business and the environmental services industry;
 
  .  place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that
     have less debt; and
 
  .  limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our
     indebtedness, our ability to borrow additional funds. And, failing to
     comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which,
     if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on us.
 
   We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future.
During 1998, we amended and restated our credit facilities so that they now
provide for a $228.0 million eight-year term loan and a $185.0 million six-year
revolving credit facility. At December 25, 1998, we had outstanding $225.8
million of borrowings under the term loan and $143.0 million under the
revolving credit facility. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the
related risks that we now face could increase.
 
   For more information on our indebtedness, see "Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements--Long-term debt" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Results of Operations and Financial Condition--Liquidity and Capital
Resources".
 
Ability to Service Debt
 
   Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to
fund planned capital expenditures and any future acquisitions will depend on
our ability to generate cash in the future. Our success is dependent upon our
results of operations, which are heavily dependent on various factors,
including managing utilization of our professional staff, properly executing
projects and successfully bidding new contracts at adequate margin levels.
This, to a certain extent, is also subject to general economic, financial,
competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our
control.
 
   Based on our current level of operations and anticipated cost savings and
operating improvements, we believe our cash flow from operations, available
cash and available borrowings under our credit facilities will be adequate to
meet our future liquidity needs, excluding acquisitions, for the next twelve
months.
 
   We can make no assurance, however, that our business will generate
sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be
available to us under our credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable
us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs.
 
History of Losses
 
   The following table shows the losses we have incurred in our five most
recent fiscal periods. We cannot assure you that we will not continue to incur
losses. For a more detailed discussion of our operating results and special
charges, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and
Financial Condition."
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Twelve Months Ended
                         ------------------------------------------ Nine Months Ended
                         March 31,  March 29, March 28,  March 27,    December 25,
                           1995       1996      1997        1998          1998
                         ---------  --------- ---------  ---------- -----------------
                                               (In thousands)
<S>                      <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Net loss applicable to
 common stock........... $(18,483)   $(3,654) $(13,693)   $(23,193)     $(12,091)
Net income (loss)
 applicable to common
 stock, excluding
 special charges........ $  7,000    $ 4,600  $ (5,300)   $  2,800      $ 11,200
</TABLE>
 
Fluctuations in our Quarterly Operating Results
 
   Our quarterly revenues, expenses and operating results may fluctuate
significantly due to a number of factors, including:
 
  .  the seasonality of the spending cycle of our public sector clients,
     notably the federal government;
 
  .  employee hiring and utilization rates;
 
  .  the number and significance of client projects commenced and completed
     during a quarter;
 
  .  delays incurred in connection with a project;
 
  .  the ability of our clients to terminate projects without penalties;
 
  .  weather conditions.
 
   Variations in any of these factors could cause significant fluctuations in
our operating results from quarter to quarter and could result in net losses.
 
Management of Growth
 
   We are growing rapidly through acquisitions. Our revenues were $400.0
million for the twelve months ended March 29, 1996 and since that time, we have
acquired eight companies representing an aggregate of $770.0 million in annual
revenue at the time of acquisition. Our growth presents numerous managerial,
administrative, operational and other challenges.
 
   Furthermore, our business strategy calls for continued growth and
diversification through acquisitions. Identifying and pursuing future
acquisition opportunities requires a significant amount of management time and
skill. Additionally, acquisitions involve certain risks that could cause our
actual growth or operating results to differ from our or others' expectations.
For example:
 
  .  We may not be able to identity suitable acquisition candidates or to
     acquire additional companies on favorable terms;
 
  .  We may not be able to obtain the necessary financing, on favorable terms
     or at all, to finance any of our potential acquisitions;
 
  .  We may fail to successfully integrate or manage these acquired companies
     due to differences in business backgrounds or corporate cultures or
     inadequate internal systems or controls;
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
 
  .  These acquired companies may not perform as we expect;
 
  .  If we fail to successfully integrate any acquired company or are unable
     to improve our internal systems and controls fast enough to accommodate
     our growth, our reputation could be damaged. This could make it more
     difficult to market our services or to acquire additional companies in
     the future;
 
  .  The acquisition and integration process could take significant time away
     from management's responsibilities for supervising the ongoing business.
 
Risks of Achievement of Cost Savings and Integration of Operations
 
   Our future success depends in part on our ability to achieve cost savings
from our acquisitions. We cannot guarantee that we will realize any cost
savings or other benefits from our recent acquisitions other than those already
realized, or that we will realize any cost savings or other benefits from
future acquisitions.
 
Control of Board of Directors
 
   In November 1996, The Carlyle Group and some of its affiliates acquired
45,000 shares of our 6% cumulative convertible participating preferred stock
and warrants to purchase 1,250,000 shares of our common stock. As a result of
paid-in-kind dividends, paid through December 25, 1998, Carlyle now holds
46,095 shares of convertible preferred stock, which totals approximately 21%,
or approximately 24% assuming the warrants are exercised, of the voting power
of the Company. The terms of our convertible preferred stock provide that until
November 20, 2001, the holders of our convertible preferred stock have the
right to elect a majority of the Board of Directors, as long as they continue
to hold at least 20% of the voting power of the Company. In addition, the sale
by Carlyle of its interests under specific conditions constitute events of
default under our credit facilities. For more information on our relationship
with Carlyle, see "Management--Board of Directors," "Description of Capital
Stock" and our "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--Preferred Stock--
Carlyle Investment."
 
International Operations
 
   For the nine months ended December 25, 1998, approximately 1.3% of our
revenues came from international operations. Our international operations in
general are subject to a number of risks including:
 
  .  foreign currency risks,
 
  .  differences in accounting practices,
 
  .  work stoppages,
 
  .  transportation delays and interruptions,
 
  .  political instability,
 
  .  expropriation and nationalization,
 
   .  tariffs and import and export controls,
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
 
   .  differing licensing and permit requirements,
 
   .  conflicting U.S. and foreign laws.
 
   We cannot predict what effect, if any, these risks would have on our
business.
 
Reliance on Key Personnel
 
   Our future success is significantly dependent on our senior management team,
which has significant experience. We have entered into employment agreements
with a number of our senior executives. The loss of the services of our senior
executives could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition,
we also are dependent on the continuing contributions of our platform and
project managers, scientists and other professionals and other key personnel,
particularly those employees who maintain close relationships with our clients,
which relationships are extremely important to our continued success. Our
failure to attract and retain key personnel also could have a material adverse
effect on our business.
 
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
   At December 25, 1998, our consolidated balance sheet included accrued
liabilities of $7.9 million to complete the closure and post-closure of our
disposal facilities and the PRP matters, net of trust fund and annuity
investments, restricted to closure and post-closure use and anticipated
insurance settlement proceeds. In December 1987, we adopted a strategic
restructuring program which included a formal plan to divest the
transportation, treatment and disposal operations through sale of some
facilities and closure of others. Subsequent to this date, we ceased obtaining
new business for these operations. We have funded previously accrued costs of
$11.1 million for the nine months ended December 25, 1998, $14.9 million in the
twelve months ended March 27, 1998 and $15.7 million in the twelve months ended
March 28, 1997 relating to our closure plans and construction and PRP matters.
We expect to incur costs over the next several years, but the nature of the
costs will change from closure design and construction to post-closure
monitoring. See "Business--Operations--Closure of Inactive Disposal Sites and
Potential CERCLA Liabilities," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results
of Operations and Financial Condition--Liquidity and Capital Resources" and our
"Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--Discontinued Operations" for more
information on the financial implications of our discontinued operations.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   At December 25, 1998, without giving effect to the EFM and Roche
acquisitions, we employed approximately 5,600 employees. Many of these are
professional level employees, including over 700 engineers, 300 environmental
scientists, 300 geologists and 500 other specialists in related fields. In
addition, our professional employees hold in the aggregate over 950 masters
degrees and 150 PhD's. Our ability to retain, expand and utilize our staff,
including those employees that have primary responsibility for maintaining
client relationships, will be a significant factor in our future success. None
of our employees are represented by labor unions under Company-wide collective
bargaining agreements. However, we do employ union labor from time to time on a
project-specific basis. We consider our relations with our employees to be
good.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
 
   We own or lease property in 36 states, the District of Columbia, the United
Kingdom, Italy and Australia. Excluding discontinued operations, we own
approximately 54 acres and lease approximately 1.8 million square feet of
property for various uses, including
 
   .  regional and project offices,
 
   .  technology and process development laboratories,
 
   .  field remediation support service facilities, and
 
   .  corporate offices.
 
   We consider these facilities adequate for our present and anticipated
activities.
 
   Additionally, we own approximately 2,800 acres related to discontinued
operations, principally in Northern California, of which approximately 900
acres were used for hazardous waste disposal facilities and approximately 1,900
are adjacent to those facilities, but were never used for waste disposal.
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
 
 Continuing Operations Legal Proceedings
 
   We are subject from time to time to a number of different types of claims
arising in the ordinary course of our business, including contractual disputes
with clients, subcontractors and suppliers, claims for professional negligence,
environmental claims, governmental audits and investigations and claims for
personal injuries and property damage. We do not believe that any of these
claims will have a material adverse effect on our business. See our "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements--Commitments and Contingencies--
Contingencies" for information regarding the legal proceedings related to our
continuing operations.
 
 Discontinued Operations Legal Proceedings
 
   We have been, are and may in the future be subject from time to time to a
number of different types of claims arising out of our discontinued operations
including environmental claims for recovery of all or a portion of the cleanup
costs at sites we previously owned or operated or to which we took our or a
client's wastes, including claims for personal injuries and property damage. We
do not believe any of these claims will have a material adverse effect on our
business. See our "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--Discontinued
Operations" for information regarding the legal proceedings related to our
transportation, treatment and disposal discontinued operations.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SHAREHOLDERS.
 
   We submitted one matter to a vote of our shareholders during the quarter
ended December 25, 1998.
 
   Pursuant to a Consent Statement dated October 23, 1998, we requested that
our stockholders grant their written consent in lieu of voting at a special
meeting to the amendment of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation to
change its name to "The IT Group, Inc." As of November 16, 1998, the initial
date through which we announced we would continue the solicitation, we received
the approval of approximately 89% of the shares entitled to consent. On October
22, 1998, the record date for soliciting consents, there were outstanding
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
 
and entitled to vote 22,628,433 shares of common stock, and 45,819 shares of 6%
Convertible Preferred Stock convertible into 6,036,653 shares of common stock,
for a total of 28,665,086 shares of common stock entitled to consent on an as-
converted basis, and they approved the name change as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       For                       Against & Withheld                                   Non-votes
       ---                       ------------------                                   ---------
   <S>                           <C>                                                  <C>
    25,519,802                         24,472                                         3,120,812
</TABLE>
 
   In addition, all 45,819 shares of 6% Convertible Preferred Stock, voting as
a single class, approved the name change.
 
   On December 23, 1998, we filed with the Delaware Security State the
Certificate of Amendment of our Certificate of Incorporation finally changing
our name to "The IT Group, Inc."
 
ITEM 4A. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY.
 
   The following table provides information as of December 25, 1998 regarding
our executive officers and the positions they hold. The officers are appointed
annually by the Board of Directors to serve at the discretion of the Board.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          First elected
                                                                                           officer of
Name                     Age                           Position                            the Company
- ----                     ---                           --------                           -------------
<S>                      <C> <C>                                                          <C>
Anthony J. DeLuca.......  51 Chief Executive Officer and President                            1990
David L. Backus.........  57 Senior Vice President, Outsourced Services and International     1998
James G. Kirk...........  60 Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary                    1996
James R. Mahoney........  60 Senior Vice President, Consulting and Ventures                   1991
Raymond J. Pompe........  64 Senior Vice President, Engineering and Construction              1988
Philip O. Strawbridge...  44 Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer              1998
</TABLE>
 
   Mr. DeLuca was named Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company on
July 22, 1997 and President and Acting Chief Executive Officer and a director
of the Company as of July 1, 1996. Prior thereto, Mr. DeLuca had been Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since March 1990.
Before joining the Company Mr. DeLuca had been a partner at the public
accounting firm Ernst & Young LLP.
 
   Mr. Backus joined us as Senior Vice President, Outsourced Services and
International in December 1998 in connection with the GTI acquisition. Mr.
Backus joined GTI in 1992 as Vice President of GTI's Western Operations. Prior
to joining GTI, Mr. Backus was employed by Morrison Knudsen Corporation from
1975 to 1992 in various executive positions, including Group Vice President of
Morrison Knudsen's Environmental Group. From 1972 to 1975, Mr. Backus was the
Director of Business Development for M.K. Ferguson Company. Prior to that, Mr.
Backus was involved in the construction business.
 
   Mr. Kirk, who joined the Company as General Counsel, Eastern Operations, in
1991, was named Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in September
1996. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Kirk served as Vice President and
General Counsel for Limbach Constructors from 1978 to 1991. From 1973 to 1978,
Mr. Kirk was Assistant General Counsel for Dravo Corporation.
 
   Mr. Mahoney, who joined the Company in January 1991 as Senior Vice President
and Director of Technology, was named Senior Vice President, Corporate
Development and Sales in April 1992, Senior Vice President, Technical
Operations and Corporate Development in March 1995, and Senior Vice President,
Consulting and Ventures in July 1996. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Mahoney
was Director of the National Acid Precipitation Assessment Program, a U.S.
government research and assessment program, from 1988 to 1991. From 1984 to
1987, Mr. Mahoney served in various environmental managerial capacities with
Bechtel Group, Incorporated, a major engineering and construction firm.
 
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
 
   Mr. Pompe joined the Company in 1988 as Vice President, Construction and
Remediation, was named Senior Vice President, Project Operations, in March
1995, and Senior Vice President, Engineering and Construction in July 1996.
Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Pompe was employed by Dravo Corporation, a
major construction firm, from 1956 to 1988 in various executive capacities,
most recently as Senior Vice President responsible for construction projects.
 
   Mr. Strawbridge joined the Company through the Company's acquisition of OHM
Corporation ("OHM") in May 1998 as Senior Vice President and Chief
Administrative Officer. Mr. Strawbridge joined OHM Corporation in February 1996
as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer and was
given the additional responsibility of President of OHM's wholly owned
subsidiary OHM Energy Services in October, 1996. Prior to joining OHM, Mr.
Strawbridge was employed by Fluor Corporation from 1988 to 1996 in various
managerial capacities including Senior Director of Contracts and Finance and
acting Vice President of Fluor Daniel Fernald. From 1976 to 1988, Mr.
Strawbridge was employed by the U.S. Government in various management and
executive capacities.
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER
        MATTERS.
 
   Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and Pacific
Stock Exchange under the symbol ITX. The following table sets forth the high
and low sale prices of the common stock, as reported by the NYSE for the
periods indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Quarter ended                                                   High      Low
- -------------                                                 -------- ---------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
June 27, 1997................................................ $  8 1/4 $ 6 3/8
September 26, 1997...........................................   9 1/4    6 13/16
December 26, 1997............................................   9 9/16   7
March 27, 1998...............................................  10 5/8    7 3/8
June 26, 1998................................................  11 1/2    8 7/8
September 25, 1998...........................................  10 1/4    5
December 25, 1998............................................  11 1/2    5 1/2
</TABLE>
 
   On March 5, 1999, the closing sale price of the common stock on the NYSE as
reported by The Wall Street Journal was $13.9375 per share. On that date there
were 2,020 stockholders of record.
 
   We have not paid a cash dividend on our common stock for the nine months
ended December 25, 1998, the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 and the twelve
months ended March 28, 1997. We have no present intention to pay cash dividends
on our common stock in the foreseeable future in order to retain all earnings
for investment in our business. Our credit agreements prohibit cash dividends
on common stock.
 
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
 
   The following table sets forth income statement information for the
Company's continuing operations and other financial information for the nine
months ended December 25, 1998 (the transition period as a result of our change
in fiscal year) and the periods ended March 27, 1998, March 28, 1997, March 29,
1996 and March 31, 1995. Share and per share data have been restated to reflect
the one-for-four reverse stock split effective November 21, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Nine Months            Twelve Months Ended
                            Ended     ------------------------------------------
                         December 25, March 27,  March 28,  March 29,  March 31,
                             1998       1998       1997       1996       1995
                         ------------ ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                      <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT
 INFORMATION
Revenues................   $757,435   $442,216   $362,131   $400,042   $423,972
Gross margin............     90,961     51,090     38,138     58,152     61,916
Special charges.........     24,971     14,248      8,403         --         --
Loss from continuing
 operations (net of
 preferred stock
 dividends).............    (12,091)   (12,527)   (13,693)    (3,654)    (7,880)
Loss per common share
 from continuing
 operations.............      (0.63)     (1.28)     (1.48)     (0.41)     (0.89)
Weighted average shares
 outstanding............     19,149      9,737      9,227      8,982      8,889
OTHER FINANCIAL
 INFORMATION
Working capital.........   $120,260   $ 74,924   $110,705   $ 89,174   $ 73,838
Costs in excess of net
 assets of acquired
 businesses.............    356,619    211,878      9,363      8,770      7,728
Total assets............    948,606    709,217    342,531    315,314    362,152
Long-term debt..........    405,059    284,697     65,874     65,611     80,189
Long-term accrued
 liabilities............     31,979     27,528     15,184     30,223     45,207
Stockholders' equity....    238,168    148,150    168,853    140,865    145,921
</TABLE>
 
   No cash dividends were paid on common shares for any period.
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND
        FINANCIAL CONDITION.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
 Overview
 
   We are a leading provider of diversified, value-added services in the areas
of environmental consulting, engineering and construction and remediation. In
addition, we are leveraging our core project management competencies to offer
our clients a variety of outsourcing services such as facilities management. We
have a strong reputation for both the high quality of our work and the breadth
of the services we provide.
 
   Our clients are federal, state and local governments in the U.S. and
commercial businesses worldwide. We obtained 69% of our revenues for the nine
months ended December 25, 1998 from the federal government under more than 100
contracts that range in length from one to ten years. In addition, we serve
1,500 commercial clients on projects which range in length from one month to
more than one year. For the nine months ended December 25, 1998, our revenues
were $757.4 million. Approximately 90% of our backlog at December 25, 1998 was
under federal government programs, and approximately 82% is expected to be
charged to our clients on a cost-reimbursable basis. Many of our commercial
contracts are evergreen contracts and are typically not part of our backlog.
 
   In the course of providing our services, we routinely subcontract services.
These subcontractor costs are passed through to clients and, in accordance with
industry practice, are included in our revenue. Our cost of
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
 
revenue includes subcontractor costs, salaries, direct and indirect overhead
costs such as rents, utilities and travel directly attributable to projects.
Our selling, general and administrative expenses are comprised primarily of
costs related to the executive offices, corporate accounting, information
technology, marketing and bid and proposal costs. These costs are generally
unrelated to specific client projects. In addition, we include in these
expenses amortization of intangible assets such as goodwill resulting from
acquisitions.
 
 Acquisitions
 
   Since 1996, we have made eight acquisitions to expand and diversify our
business to meet our strategic objectives. The following table provides some
information on these acquisitions.
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Most Recent
                                                                                          Fiscal Year
 Date of                                                                                    Revenues
 Acquisition         Name               Location(s)                Business           Prior to Acquisition
 -----------         ----               -----------                --------           --------------------
                                                                                         (In millions)
 <C>         <C>                  <C>                      <S>                        <C>
 Mar. 1996   Gradient             Massachusetts            Environmental/human                  $5
             Corporation                                   health risk assessment
                                                           Litigation support
 
 Nov. 1996   Chi Mei IT           Taiwan                   Wastewater treatment                $12
                                                           design/build
 
 May 1997    PHR                  California               Historical pollution                 $3
             Environmental        Washington, DC           liability research and
             Consultants, Inc.                             investigation
 
 Sept. 1997  Pacific              California               Environmental consulting            $10
             Environmental                                 and engineering services
             Group, Inc.
 
 Jan. 1998   Jellinek, Schwartz & Washington, DC           Science-based                       $12
             Connolly, Inc.       Colorado                 environmental consulting
                                  England                  and advocacy services
 
 Mar. 1998   LandBank, Inc.       Colorado                 Real estate acquisition              $3
                                                           and restoration company
 
 Feb. and    OHM Corporation      Over 30 regional offices Leading diversified                $525
 June 1998                                                 services firm providing
                                                           a broad range of
                                                           services for
                                                           governmental and private
                                                           sector clients
                                                           Leading provider of
                                                           operations, maintenance
                                                           and construction
                                                           outsourcing services
 
 Dec. 1998   Fluor Daniel         Over 30 offices in       Broad-based                        $200
             GTI, Inc.            North America,           environmental services
                                  Europe and               firm
                                  Australia
</TABLE>
 
   On February 5, 1999, we signed an agreement to acquire all of the
outstanding common stock of Roche Limited Consulting Group (Roche) for an
initial payment of $10.0 million in cash, plus two potential earnout payments.
Roche is based in Quebec City, Canada and provides engineering and construction
services to wastewater, paper, mining and transportation industries worldwide.
Roche has approximately 700 employees and had revenue of $28.3 million in its
most recent year ended December 31, 1998. The acquisition is expected to close
in April 1999.
 
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
 
   On March 8, 1999, we signed an agreement to acquire specified assets of the
Environment and Facilities Management Group (EFM Group) of ICF Kaiser
International, Inc. (Kaiser) for a purchase price of $82.0 million reduced by
$8.0 million representing working capital retained by Kaiser. We also agreed to
assume specified liabilities. The EFM Group provides environmental remediation,
program management and technical support for United States Government agencies
including the DOD, National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) and the
DOE as well as private sector environmental clients. The EFM Group has
approximately 500 employees and had revenue of $105.9 million for the calendar
year ended December 31, 1998. The acquisition is expected to close in April
1999.
 
 Change in Fiscal Year
 
   In June 1998, we changed our fiscal year-end from the last Friday in March
to the last Friday in December of each year effective with the nine months
ended December 25, 1998. Accordingly, the following discussion compares
financial results for a nine-month period to a full twelve-month year.
Likewise, the financial results for the nine-month period ended December 25,
1998 include OHM's results for the entire nine-month period while the financial
results for the twelve-month period ended March 27, 1998 include only one month
of OHM financial results because we acquired 54% of OHM on February 25, 1998.
In addition, our operating results will be discussed based on the business
platforms we established when we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information" for the nine months ended December 25, 1998. These platforms
include Engineering & Construction, Consulting & Ventures, Outsourced Services
and International.
 
Nine Months Ended December 25, 1998 Compared to Twelve Months Ended March 27,
1998
 
 Revenues and Gross Margin
 
 
   Company. Revenues for the nine months ended December 25, 1998 were $757.4
million, an increase of approximately 71%, when compared to the $442.2 million
in revenues reported in the twelve months ended March 27, 1998. This increase
is primarily attributable to higher revenues in the Engineering & Construction
platform resulting from the OHM acquisition.
 
   Our gross margin for the nine months ended December 25, 1998 was 12.0%,
slightly higher than the 11.6% gross margin reported in the twelve months ended
March 27, 1998. In the 1999 fiscal year, management expects to maintain these
gross margin levels. However, our ability to maintain or improve our gross
margin levels is heavily dependent on various factors including utilization of
professional staff, proper execution of projects, successful bidding of new
contracts at adequate margin levels and continued realization of overhead
savings achieved upon the completed integration of recent acquisitions.
 
   Engineering & Construction. Revenues from the Engineering & Construction
platform were $597.9 million for the nine months ended December 25, 1998
compared to $346.1 million for the twelve months ended March 27, 1998, an
increase of approximately 73%. Our Engineering & Construction platform includes
revenues from the Department of Defense (DOD), Department of Energy (DOE) and
commercial clients. Revenues from the DOD and a small number of other
government agencies were $363.0 million in the nine months ended December 25,
1998 or $163.6 million greater than the $199.4 million of DOD revenues in the
twelve months ended March 27, 1998. DOE revenues of $79.8 million in the nine
months ended December 25, 1998 were $39.3 million higher than the $40.5 million
of DOE revenues reported in the twelve months ended March 27, 1998. Commercial
revenues were $155.1 million in the nine months ended December 25, 1998 or
$48.9 million higher than the $106.2 million of commercial revenues reported in
the twelve months ended March 27, 1998.
 
   A substantial percentage of our revenues continue to be earned from federal
governmental contracts with various federal agencies. Revenues from federal
governmental contracts accounted for 69% of our revenues in the nine months
ended December 25, 1998 compared to 58% in the twelve months ended March 27,
1998. The increase in government revenues for the nine months ended December
25, 1998 both in absolute dollars and as
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
 
a percentage of revenue is primarily attributable to the OHM acquisition.
Federal governmental revenues are derived principally from work performed for
the DOD and, to a lesser extent, the DOE and are thus included in our
Engineering & Construction platform. We expect to continue to earn a
substantial portion of our Engineering & Construction revenues from the DOD
indefinite delivery order contracts which are primarily related to remedial
action work. In addition, management expects to increase our revenues from the
DOE in the future due to an expected transition by the DOE over the next
several years to emphasize remediation, as opposed to studies, combined with
our favorable experience in winning and executing similar work for the DOD and
our past performance of DOE studies. We believe that we have begun to benefit
from this transition by the DOE with the commencement in 1998 of a $122.0
million project to perform the excavation, pretreatment and drying of an
estimated one million tons of materials for the DOE's Fernald Environmental
Management Project.
 
   The increase in commercial revenues for the nine months ended December 25,
1998 is primarily attributable to the OHM acquisition. However, revenue growth
from the commercial sector, excluding recent acquisitions, could be restricted
in the near term partly due to increased emphasis on competitive bids and
commercial clients delaying certain work until final Congressional action is
taken on the reauthorization of CERCLA. As for CERCLA, it is uncertain when
reauthorization will occur or what the details of the legislation, including
retroactive liability, cleanup standards, and remedy selection, may include.
Uncertainty regarding possible rollbacks of environmental regulation and/or
reduced enforcement could further decrease the demand for our services, as
clients anticipate and adjust to the new regulations. These factors have been
partially offset by an increased desire on the part of commercial clients for
strategic environmental services that provide an integrated, proactive approach
to environmental issues and that are driven by economic, as opposed to legal or
regulatory, concerns. Further, legislative or regulatory changes could also
result in increased demand for our services if such changes decrease the cost
of remediation projects or result in more funds being spent for actual
remediation. The ultimate impact of any such changes will depend upon a number
of factors, including the overall strength of the U.S. economy and clients'
views on the cost effectiveness of the remedies available.
 
   Our Engineering & Construction platform segment profit was $63.8 million for
the nine months ended December 25, 1998, an increase of 72% when compared to
the $37.0 million segment profit for the twelve months ended March 27, 1998.
This increase is primarily attributable to the OHM acquisition. The Engineering
& Construction segment profit was 10.7% of Engineering & Construction revenues
for both the nine months ended December 25, 1998 and for the twelve months
ended March 27, 1998.
 
   Consulting & Ventures. Revenues from our Consulting & Ventures (C & V)
platform were $79.4 million for the nine months ended December 25, 1998
compared to $79.6 million reported during the twelve months ended March 27,
1998, a decrease of approximately 0.3%. Most of the revenues from Consulting &
Ventures are derived from commercial clients. The increase in these revenues on
an annualized basis is primarily due to four acquisitions of specialized
companies during the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 as well as the GTI
acquisition during the nine months ended December 25, 1998. For a description
of our recent acquisitions, see "Acquisitions." Excluding any future
acquisitions, revenue growth from the commercial sector could be restricted as
discussed above under Engineering & Construction.
 
   Our Consulting & Ventures platform segment profit was $10.6 million for the
nine months ended December 25, 1998, an increase of 45% when compared to the
$7.3 million segment profit reported in the twelve months ended March 27, 1998.
The Consulting & Ventures segment profit was 13.4% and 9.2% of Consulting &
Ventures revenues for the nine months ended December 25, 1998 and the twelve
months ended March 27, 1998, respectively. The increase in absolute dollars and
as a percentage of revenue is primarily attributable to the acquisitions of JSC
and GTI.
 
   Outsourced Services. Outsourced Services revenues were $70.4 million for the
nine months ended December 25, 1998 compared to $6.8 million reported in the
twelve months ended March 27, 1998. This increased revenue is almost entirely
attributable to the OHM acquisition and the inclusion of its outsourcing
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
 
operations in our results of operations for the nine months ended December 25,
1998, as opposed to the one month of results included in the twelve months
ended March 27, 1998. OHM's outsourcing operations provide a range of project,
program and construction management services to the DOD as well as state and
local government agencies.
 
   Our Outsourced Services platform segment profit improved to $7.9 million for
the nine months ended December 25, 1998, an increase of $7.0 million when
compared to the $0.9 million segment profit reported in the twelve months ended
March 27, 1998. This increase is also a result of the OHM acquisition.
 
   International. International revenues, primarily from our 50.1% investment
in Chi Mei IT, a subsidiary operating in Taiwan, were $9.8 million for the nine
months ended December 25, 1998 compared to $9.6 million for the twelve months
ended March 27, 1998. The increase, on an annualized basis, is the result of
Chi Mei increased project volume and the GTI acquisition on December 3, 1998.
See "Business--Operations--International" for a more detailed description of
the International platform.
 
   Our International platform reported a loss of $0.4 million for the nine
months ended December 25, 1998 compared to a loss of $1.4 million in the twelve
months ended March 27, 1998. This improvement is primarily due to improved
project margins on several Chi Mei projects. Through the Chi Mei board of
directors, we undertook to improve management oversight, project management
skills and change order negotiation efforts. We believe these efforts will
minimize future potential losses and provide the basis for profitable Chi Mei
operations. The GTI acquisition increased the size of the International
platform with operations primarily in Australia, the United Kingdom and Italy.
The GTI acquisition included approximately $80.0 million of contract backlog
for work to be performed for the U.S. Air Force Center for Environmental
Excellence under a worldwide five-year indefinite delivery order cost-
reimbursable contract. We expect to increase the platform further with the
acquisition of Roche in 1999 (see "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--
Subsequent Events").
 
   Backlog. Our total funded and unfunded backlog at both December 25, 1998 and
March 27, 1998 was approximately $3.5 billion. At December 25, 1998, the
backlog included approximately $525.0 million of funded contracted backlog
scheduled to be completed during 1999 and approximately $320.0 million of
unfunded project work expected to be defined and performed in 1999 under
existing indefinite delivery order contracts. We expect to earn revenues from
our backlog primarily over the next one to five years, with a substantial
portion of the backlog consisting of governmental contracts, many of which are
subject to annual funding and definition of project scope. The backlog at both
December 25, 1998 and March 27, 1998 includes $2.7 billion of future work we
estimate we will receive (based on historical experience) under existing
indefinite delivery order programs. In accordance with industry practices,
substantially all of our contracts are subject to cancellation, delay or
modification by the customer.
 
   Our backlog at any given time is subject to changes in scope of services
which may lead to increases or decreases in backlog amounts. These scope
changes have led to a number of contract claims requiring negotiations with
clients in the ordinary course of business. (See "Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements--Summary of significant accounting policies--Contract
accounting and accounts receivable").
 
 Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
   Selling, general and administrative expenses were 5.5% of revenues for the
nine months ended December 25, 1998 compared to 7.2% of revenues in the twelve
months ended March 27, 1998. This decrease is primarily attributable to the
elimination of certain duplicative overhead functions and other cost savings
achieved as a result of the OHM acquisition. In fiscal 1999, management expects
selling, general and administrative expenses to decrease slightly as a
percentage of revenues because the full effect of the cost savings from the OHM
acquisition will be realized. In addition, we anticipate additional cost
savings to be achieved from the GTI acquisition that occurred on December 3,
1998.
 
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
 
   Selling, general and administrative expenses include goodwill amortization
expense of $7.0 million for the nine months ended December 25, 1998 and $1.4
million for the twelve months ended March 27, 1998. The significant increase to
goodwill amortization is primarily due to the OHM acquisition. Selling, general
and administrative expenses (excluding goodwill) were 4.6% of revenues for the
nine months ended December 25, 1998 and 6.9% of revenues for the twelve months
ended March 27, 1998.
 
 Special Charges
 
   We recorded special charges of $25.0 million for the nine months ended
December 25, 1998 compared to $14.2 million for the twelve months ended March
27, 1998. For the nine months ended December 25, 1998 we recorded a non-cash
charge of $25.0 million, including $10.6 million (net of cash proceeds of $5.8
million) related to the sale of our investment in Quanterra, Incorporated and
$14.4 million, related to the write-down of assets associated with the HTTS(R)
business. A summary of the special charges incurred during the nine months
ended December 25, 1998 is outlined below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Nine Months Ended December 25, 1998
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                 Cash/     Special              Reserve balance
                                Noncash    Charges     Activity   at 12/25/98
                                ------- -------------- -------- ---------------
                                        (In thousands)
<S>                             <C>     <C>            <C>      <C>
Write-off of the Quanterra
 Investment.................... Noncash    $(10,550)   $10,550        $--
Write-down of the assets--
 Primarily the Hybrid Thermal
 Treatment System(R)........... Noncash     (14,421)    14,421         --
                                           --------    -------        ---
  Total........................            $(24,971)   $24,971        $--
                                           ========    =======        ===
</TABLE>
 
   Quanterra. On May 27, 1998, our Board of Directors considered and approved
the divestiture of certain non-core assets including our 19% common stock
ownership interest in Quanterra, Incorporated, an environmental laboratory
business. This charge of $10.6 million represented the net book value of our
investment in Quanterra less proceeds of $5.8 million from a sale completed in
June 1998. No additional cash was expended in connection with the writeoff.
 
   Hybrid Thermal Treatment System(R). On May 27, 1998, our Board of Directors
considered and approved the divestiture of the assets associated with our
Hybrid Thermal Treatment System(R) (HTTS(R)) business. This resulted in a
charge of $14.4 million representing the net book value of these assets less
estimated salvage value.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
 
   The special charges of $14.2 million recorded in the twelve months ended
March 27, 1998 included $5.7 million for integration costs associated with the
acquisition of OHM, a $3.9 million non-cash charge related to a project claim
settlement, a $2.8 million charge associated with the relocation of our
corporate headquarters, and a $1.8 million loss from the sale of a small
remediation services business. A summary of the special charges incurred during
the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 is outlined below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Twelve Months Ended March 27, 1998
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                 Cash/     Special              Reserve balance
                                Noncash    Charges     Activity   at 12/25/98
                                ------- -------------- -------- ---------------
                                        (In thousands)
<S>                             <C>     <C>            <C>      <C>
Integration costs--OHM
 acquisition
  Severance...................     Cash    $ (2,197)   $ 2,197           --
  Duplicative offices/assets..     Cash      (2,478)     1,226      $(1,252)
  Other.......................     Cash      (1,019)     1,019           --
 
Claim Settlement
  Helen Kramer................  Noncash      (3,943)     3,943           --
 
Relocation of Corporate
 Headquarters
  Severance and relocation....     Cash      (1,743)     1,743           --
  Duplicative offices/assets..     Cash        (710)       710           --
  Other.......................     Cash        (358)       358           --
 
Sale of remediation business..  Noncash      (1,800)     1,800           --
                                           --------    -------      -------
  Total.......................             $(14,248)   $12,996      $(1,252)
                                           ========    =======      =======
</TABLE>
 
   OHM Acquisition. The $5.7 million special charge for integration costs
associated with the acquisition of OHM included $2.2 million of costs for
severance and $3.5 million of costs and other related items for closing and
eliminating duplicative offices. As part of the plan of integration, we laid-
off more than 100 employees, primarily in the operating group and
administrative support functions. In addition, as part of the plan we closed
three leased facilities, reduced the size of three more facilities and
subleased a portion of eight additional facilities. As of December 25, 1998,
$1.3 million of the integration charge remained to be paid. The remaining costs
relate to the facility closures and office consolidations and will be paid over
the remaining terms of the leases. Most of these lease commitments will be paid
within the next three years. One lease requires payments over the next seven
years.
 
   Helen Kramer. In December 1997, we settled a contract claim which has been
outstanding in excess of five years with the US Army Corps of Engineers, the
Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of Justice (jointly
Government) arising out of work performed by our joint venture with Davy
International at the Helen Kramer Superfund project. On December 26, 1997, the
joint venture received a $14.5 million payment from the Government to resolve
all outstanding project claims related to additional work resulting from
differing site conditions. In early January 1998, the joint venture paid $4.3
million to the Government to resolve related civil claims by the Government.
Our share of the joint venture results is 60%, accordingly, we received net
cash of $6.0 million, our proportionate share of the settlement. In December
1997, we recorded a non-cash pre-tax charge of $3.9 million because the cash
received was less than the receivables related to this project which totaled
approximately $9.9 million.
 
   Relocation of Corporate Headquarters and Sale of Remediation Business. The
special charges that occurred in the first quarter of the twelve months ended
March 27, 1998 resulted from the relocation of our corporate headquarters from
Torrance, California to Monroeville (Pittsburgh), Pennsylvania and the sale of
our California based small project remediation services business. The
headquarters relocation consolidated the corporate overhead functions with our
largest operations office and moved us closer to our lenders and largest
shareholders, which are located in the Eastern United States. As a result of
this relocation, we incurred a pre-tax charge of $2.8 million. The relocation
charge included $0.8 million of costs for severance, $0.9 million of
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
 
costs for the relocation of some employees, $0.7 million of costs related to
the closure of the offices in Torrance, California and $0.4 million of other
related costs. As part of this relocation, 32 employees were laid off,
primarily corporate management and administrative support personnel. As of
December 25, 1998, these amounts have been paid. In May 1997, we incurred a
non-cash pre-tax charge of $1.8 million to sell our California based small
projects remediation services business.
 
 Interest, Net
 
   Net interest expense was 3.3% of revenues for the nine months ended December
25, 1998 and 1.8% for the twelve months ended March 27, 1998. The following
table shows net interest expense for these comparative periods:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Nine Months  Twelve Months
                                                         Ended         Ended
                                                      December 25,   March 27,
                                                          1998         1998
                                                      ------------ -------------
                                                            (In thousands)
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
Interest incurred....................................   $25,876       $10,730
Capitalized interest.................................        --           (10)
Interest income......................................      (981)       (2,751)
                                                        -------       -------
  Interest, net......................................   $24,895       $ 7,969
                                                        =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
   The increase in interest expense is primarily attributable to the credit
facilities used in the OHM acquisition (see "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements--Long-term debt").
 
 Income Taxes
 
   For the nine months ended December 25, 1998, we reported a loss from
continuing operations of $0.7 million and recorded an income tax charge of $9.7
million before adjusting for the special charge. We also provided a deferred
tax asset valuation adjustment for a portion of the special charges and
recognized a tax benefit of $3.0 million on the divestiture of the HTTS(R)
business (see "Special Charges"). The total net tax charge is $6.7 million. Our
effective income tax rate from continuing operations is more than the federal
statutory rate primarily due to the valuation adjustment for the above charge
and amortization of cost in excess of net assets of acquired businesses (see
"Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--Income taxes").
 
   For the twelve months ended March 27, 1998, we reported a loss from
continuing operations before income taxes and an extraordinary item of $2.2
million and recorded an income tax charge of $4.2 million after adjusting for
the special charge and a $2.3 million deferred tax asset valuation adjustment
prior to the acquisition of OHM. We also recognized a tax benefit of $3.5
million on an extraordinary charge for the early extinguishment of debt and a
$3.0 million benefit for a loss from disposition of a discontinued operation.
The total net tax benefit is $2.4 million. Our effective income tax rate from
continuing operations is more than the federal statutory rate primarily due to
the above charge, state income taxes and nondeductible expenses (see "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements--Income taxes").
 
   We will need to have approximately $288.0 million of future earnings to
fully realize our deferred tax asset of $109.6 million (net of a valuation
allowance of $50.3 million) at December 25, 1998, assuming a net 38% federal
and state tax rate. We evaluate the adequacy of the valuation allowance and the
realizability of the deferred tax asset on an ongoing basis. Because of our
position in the industry, recent acquisitions and restructuring, and existing
backlog, management expects that our future taxable income will more likely
than not allow us to fully realize our recorded deferred tax asset of $109.6
million. The increase in gross deferred tax asset is primarily due to the
acquisitions of OHM and GTI.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
 
 Extraordinary Item
 
   For the twelve months ended March 27, 1998, we recorded a $5.7 million
charge, net of income tax benefit of $3.5 million, for the early extinguishment
of $65.0 million of senior debt which was refinanced in connection with the
acquisition of OHM. We incurred a $5.6 million payment for the make whole
interest provision as a result of retiring our $65.0 million senior debt, in
accordance with the loan agreement. In addition, we also expensed approximately
$3.6 million related to the unamortized loan origination expenses associated
with issuing the $65.0 million senior debt.
 
 Dividends
 
   Our reported dividends for the nine months ended December 25, 1998 were $4.7
million and $6.2 million for the twelve months ended March 27, 1998. Our
reported dividends include imputed dividends on our Convertible Preferred Stock
of $0.9 million for the nine months ended December 25, 1998 and $2.1 million
for the twelve months ended March 27, 1998, which are not payable in cash or
stock. Commencing with November 21, 1997, our Convertible Preferred Stock
outstanding accrued a 3% in-kind stock dividend for one year during which the
statement of operations also included an imputed dividend at a rate of
approximately 3% per annum. This additional imputed dividend of $0.9 million
for the nine months ended December 25, 1998 and $0.5 million for the twelve
months ended March 27, 1998, will never be paid in cash, except for fractional
shares, and represents the amortization of the fair market value adjustment
recorded since the date of issuance. Commencing with November 21, 1998, our
outstanding Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled to a 6% cumulative cash
dividend payable quarterly. We reported cash dividends on our outstanding
depositary shares each representing 1/100 of a share of our 7% cumulative
convertible exchangeable preferred stock (the 7% Preferred Stock) of $2.7
million in the nine months ended December 25, 1998 and $3.6 million for the
twelve months ended March 27, 1998. The decrease in cash dividends between the
March 27, 1998 and December 25, 1998 fiscal periods of $0.9 million is due to
the shortened fiscal period.
 
   Our dividends are summarized below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Nine Months  Twelve Months
                                                       Ended         Ended
                                                    December 25,   March 27,
                                                        1998         1998
                                                    ------------ -------------
                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>
7% Cumulative convertible exchangeable cash
 dividend..........................................    $2,697       $3,595
6% Cumulative convertible participating
  --Imputed non-cash dividend......................       860        2,105
  --In kind 3% stock dividend......................       894          467
  --Cash dividend..................................       213           --
                                                       ------       ------
    Total..........................................    $4,664       $6,167
                                                       ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
Twelve Months Ended March 27, 1998 Compared to Twelve Months Ended March 28,
1997
 
 Revenues and Gross Margin
 
   Company. Revenues for the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 were $442.2
million or 22% higher than the $362.1 million in revenues reported in the
twelve months ended March 28, 1997. The twelve months ended March 27, 1998
include the results of OHM Corporation since February 25, 1998, the date on
which we acquired a 54% controlling interest. Revenues related to OHM in the
twelve months ended March 27, 1998 were $42.1 million.
 
   Gross margins were 11.6% of revenues in the twelve months ended March 27,
1998 and 10.5% in the twelve months ended March 28, 1997. The improved gross
margin was due to spreading fixed overhead costs over higher revenue levels.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
 
   Engineering & Construction. Engineering & Construction revenues were $346.1
million in the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 compared to $308.6 million in
the twelve months ended March 28, 1997, an increase of approximately 12%. DOD
revenues were $199.4 million in the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 or $45.9
million greater than the $153.5 million of DOD revenues in the twelve months
ended March 28, 1997. The strong improvement in DOD activity was due to
increased funding of the DOD indefinite delivery order programs and an increase
in the number of DOD contracts being executed. In addition, OHM contributed
about $20.0 million to the increase in DOD revenues in the twelve months ended
March 27, 1998. DOE revenues of $40.5 million in the twelve months ended March
27, 1998 were $9.1 million lower than the $49.6 million of DOE revenues
reported in the twelve months ended March 28, 1997. Commercial revenues were
$106.2 million in the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 or $0.7 million higher
than the $105.5 million in commercial revenue reported in the twelve months
ended March 28, 1997.
 
   Our Engineering & Construction platform segment profit of $37.0 million in
the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 increased 43% over the $25.9 million
segment profit reported in the twelve months ended March 28, 1997. This
increase is primarily a result of the increase in higher margin, DOD revenues.
The Engineering & Construction segment profit was 10.7% and 8.4% of Engineering
& Construction revenues for the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 and the
twelve months ended March 28, 1997, respectively.
 
   Consulting & Ventures. Consulting & Ventures revenues of $79.6 million in
the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 exceeded the twelve months ended March
28, 1997 revenues of $48.8 million by $30.8 million, an increase of
approximately 63%. This increase is primarily attributable to the acquisitions
of specialized companies primarily serving targeted commercial markets.
 
   Our Consulting & Ventures platform segment profit was $7.3 million in the
twelve months ended March 27, 1998 compared to $0.7 million in the twelve
months ended March 28, 1997. The increase in segment profit is also due to the
acquisitions that occurred in the twelve months ended March 27, 1998. The
Consulting & Ventures segment profit was 9.1% and 1.4% of Consulting & Ventures
revenues for the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 and the twelve months ended
March 28, 1997, respectively.
 
   Outsourced Services. Outsourced Services revenues in the twelve months ended
March 27, 1998 were $6.8 million, from the OHM acquisition, compared to none in
the twelve months ended March 28, 1997. As discussed previously, the OHM
acquisition occurred on February 25, 1998 and consequently no revenue from OHM
was included in the twelve months ended March 28, 1997 results.
 
   Outsourced Services reported $0.9 million in segment profit in the twelve
months ended March 27, 1998 compared to none in the twelve months ended March
28, 1997.
 
   International. International revenues were $9.6 million in the twelve months
ended March 27, 1998 compared to $4.7 million in the twelve months ended March
28, 1997. This increase is the result of the Chi Mei acquisition in October
1996.
 
   The International platform segment loss of $1.4 million in the twelve months
ended March 27, 1998 compares to segment profit of $0.2 million in the twelve
months ended March 28, 1997. The higher loss is the result of losses on
selected international projects.
 
 Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
   Selling, general and administrative expenses were 7.2% of revenues in the
twelve months ended March 27, 1998 and 9.2% in the twelve months ended March
28, 1997. Selling, general and administrative expenses of $31.8 million in the
twelve months ended March 27, 1998 were $1.7 million or 5.0% lower than the
twelve months ended March 28, 1997 level primarily due to the full year impact
of the corporate restructuring initiated at the end of the second fiscal
quarter of 1997 and the relocation of our corporate headquarters in the first
quarter of the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 which resulted in reduced
lease expense and labor cost as
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
 
we integrated and consolidated management and corporate functions into our
largest facility (see "Special Charges").
 
   Selling, general and administrative expenses include goodwill amortization
of $1.4 million for the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 and $0.8 million for
the twelve months ended March 28, 1997. Selling, general and administrative
expenses, excluding goodwill, were 6.9% of revenues for the twelve months ended
March 27, 1998 and 9.0% of revenues for the twelve months ended March 28, 1997.
 
 Special Charges
 
   Special charges of $14.2 million were recorded in the twelve months ended
March 27, 1998. These special items include $5.7 million for integration costs
associated with the acquisition of OHM, $3.9 million non-cash charge related to
the Helen Kramer project claim settlement, $2.8 million charge associated with
the relocation of our corporate headquarters, and $1.8 million loss from the
sale of a small remediation services business. See previous table on Special
Charges incurred in the twelve months ended March 27, 1998.
 
   Corporate Restructuring. Special charges of $8.4 million were recorded in
the twelve months ended March 28, 1997. The special charge relating to a
corporate restructuring included $3.4 million for severance, $4.1 million for
closing and reducing the size of selected offices and $0.9 million for other
related items. As part of the restructuring plan, we laid-off 133 employees and
paid over $2.5 million in termination benefits. In addition, we approved a plan
to close five leased facilities and reduce the size of eleven other leased
facilities by either sublease or abandonment. The remaining costs to be paid
relate to the facility closures and office space reductions which will be paid
out over the terms of the leases. One of these facility closures has a
remaining lease obligation of approximately six years. A summary of the special
charges incurred during the twelve months ended March 28, 1997 is outlined
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Twelve Months Ended March 28, 1997
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                  Cash/     Special              Reserve balance
                                 Noncash    Charges     Activity   at 12/25/98
                                 ------- -------------- -------- ---------------
                                         (In thousands)
<S>                              <C>     <C>            <C>      <C>
Corporate Restructuring:
  Severance and relocation......  Cash      $(3,400)     $3,400       $  --
  Duplicative offices/assets....  Cash       (4,100)      3,227        (873)
  Other.........................  Cash         (903)        903          --
                                            -------      ------       -----
    Total.......................            $(8,403)     $7,530       $(873)
                                            =======      ======       =====
</TABLE>
 
 Interest, Net
 
   Net interest expense was 1.8% of revenues in the twelve months ended March
27, 1998 and 1.5% of revenues in the twelve months ended March 28, 1997. The
following table shows net interest expense for these comparative periods:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Twelve Months Ended
                                                             -------------------
                                                             March 27, March 28,
                                                               1998      1997
                                                             --------- ---------
                                                               (In thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>
Interest incurred...........................................  $10,730   $ 7,168
Capitalized interest........................................      (10)       --
Interest income.............................................   (2,751)   (1,908)
                                                              -------   -------
  Interest, net.............................................  $ 7,969   $ 5,260
                                                              =======   =======
</TABLE>
 
   The increase in the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 net interest expense
compared to the twelve months ended March 28, 1997 of $2.7 million is
attributable to the credit facilities used in the OHM acquisition
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
 
(see "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--Long-term debt"). Loan
origination costs, fees and interest expense incurred for the period February
25, 1998 to March 27, 1998 related to the acquisition of OHM stock were
approximately $3.4 million.
 
 Income Taxes
 
   For the twelve months ended March 27, 1998, we reported a loss from
continuing operations before income taxes and an extraordinary item of $2.2
million and recorded an income tax charge of $4.2 million after adjusting for
the special charge and a $2.3 million deferred tax asset valuation adjustment
prior to the acquisition of OHM. We also recognized a tax benefit of $3.5
million on an extraordinary charge for the early extinguishment of debt and a
$3.0 million benefit for a loss from disposition of a discontinued operation.
The total net tax benefit is $2.4 million. Our effective income tax rate from
continuing operations is more than the federal statutory rate primarily due to
the above charge, state income taxes and nondeductible expenses (see "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements--Income taxes").
 
   For the twelve months ended March 28, 1997, in which we reported a loss from
continuing operations before income taxes of $9.0 million, we recorded an
income tax benefit of $0.2 million which included a $4.6 million tax charge
resulting from the adjustment of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance
based on our assessment of the uncertainty as to when we will generate a
sufficient level of future earnings to realize the deferred tax asset created
by the special charges (see "Special Charges").
 
 Dividends
 
   Our dividends are summarized below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Dividend Summary on
                                                              Preferred Stock
                                                            -------------------
                                                            March 27, March 28,
                                                              1998      1997
                                                            --------- ---------
                                                              (In thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>       <C>
7% Cumulative convertible exchangeable cash dividend.......  $3,595    $4,050
6% Cumulative convertible participating
  --Imputed non-cash dividend..............................   2,105       866
  --In kind 3% stock dividend (including cash paid of
   $12,000 for fractional shares)..........................     467        --
                                                             ------    ------
    Total..................................................  $6,167    $4,916
                                                             ======    ======
</TABLE>
 
   Commencing with November 21, 1997, our Convertible Preferred Stock
outstanding accrued a 3% in-kind stock dividend for one year during which the
statement of operations also included an imputed dividend at a rate of
approximately 3% per annum.
 
Discontinued Operations
 
   At December 25, 1998, our consolidated balance sheet included accrued
liabilities of $7.9 million to complete the closure and post-closure of our
disposal facilities and the PRP matters net of trust fund and annuity
investments, restricted to closure and post-closure use and anticipated
insurance settlement proceeds. In the twelve months ended March 27, 1998, we
increased our provision for loss on disposition of our discontinued
transportation, treatment and disposal business by $5.0 million net of income
tax benefit of $3.0 million. This increased provision primarily related to an
additional accrual for closure costs related to the former Panoche disposal
site. In March 1998, we announced approval by the California Department of
Toxic Substances Control of the final closure and post closure plan for the
last of our four inactive treatment, storage and disposal facilities. The
approved plans allow us to proceed with the completion of final closure
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
 
construction and provides for future submittal of technical studies that will
be utilized to determine final aspects and costs of closure construction and
monitoring programs for the former Panoche disposal site.
 
   For further information regarding our discontinued operations, see "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements--Discontinued operations."
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   Working capital increased by $45.4 million or 60.6% to $120.3 million at
December 25, 1998 from $74.9 million at March 27, 1998 as a result of the
acquisitions of OHM and GTI. The current ratio at December 25, 1998 was 1.44:1
which compares to 1.38:1 at March 27, 1998.
 
   Cash used by operating activities for the nine months ended December 25,
1998 totaled $34.5 million compared to $19.5 million of cash used for operating
activities in the twelve months ended March 27, 1998. This $15.0 million
increase is principally due to an increase in working capital requirements as a
result of the OHM acquisition. The $34.5 million of cash used for operating
activities during the nine months ended December 25, 1998 also includes $11.1
million of costs associated with our discontinued operations (see "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements--Discontinued operations"). We expect our
discontinued operations cash usage for the twelve months ended December 31,
1999 to be less than $8.0 million.
 
   Capital expenditures were $6.9 million, $4.8 million and $3.4 million for
the nine months ended December 25, 1998, the twelve months ended March 27, 1998
and the twelve months ended March 28, 1997, respectively. Capital expenditures
for the nine months ended December 25, 1998 were $2.1 million higher than the
twelve months ended March 27, 1998 due primarily to computer related
expenditures required to integrate our recent acquisitions. We expect capital
expenditures to increase to approximately $14.0 million in fiscal year 1999 due
to information technology upgrades required to integrate recent acquisitions.
 
   Cash used for the acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired was $81.3
million and $163.2 million for the nine months ended December 25, 1998 and the
twelve months ended March 27, 1998, respectively. On February 25, 1998, we
purchased 54% of OHM for $160.2 million which is included in the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows net of $12.0 million of cash acquired. On June 11,
1998, we paid $34.8 million as part of the consideration to acquire the balance
of OHM. On December 3, 1998, we acquired GTI for $69.4 million (or $40.1
million net of $29.3 million in cash acquired). We also acquired speciality
consulting firms PHR, PEG, JSC and LandBank for cash during the twelve months
ended March 27, 1998. These acquisition agreements, along with the acquisition
of Beneco by OHM, include potential future contingent payments. The total
potential future contingent payments range from a low of $1.9 million to a
maximum of approximately $19.1 million.
 
   We do not expect to pay significant cash income taxes over the next several
years due to our net operating loss carryforwards. (See "Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements--Income taxes" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Results of Operations and Financial Condition--Income Taxes".)
 
   In connection with the OHM acquisition, we entered into a $240.0 million
credit facility which was used to complete the cash tender offer to acquire 54%
of OHM, to refinance our $65.0 million principal amount of senior notes and for
working capital purposes until we acquired the balance of OHM on June 11, 1998.
On June 11, 1998, the credit facilities were amended and restated to effect a
$378.0 million refinancing. Under this refinancing, we initially borrowed
$228.0 million under term loan provisions and approximately $85.0 million
through a revolving credit facility. On September 14, 1998, the lenders under
the credit facilities approved the first amendment, increasing the revolving
credit facility from $150.0 million to $185.0 million.
 
   Long-term debt, including OHM's 8% convertible subordinated debentures, of
$405.1 million at December 25, 1998 increased from $284.7 million at March 27,
1998 primarily due to the acquisitions of OHM and GTI. (See "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements--Long-term debt".) Our ratio of total debt,
including current portion, to equity was 1.77:1 at December 25, 1998, 2.03:1 at
March 27, 1998 and 0.42:1 at March 28, 1997. See "Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements--Long-term debt".
 
   Due to conditions existent in the long-term credit markets during the third
and fourth quarter of 1998, we utilized our revolving credit facility and
current cash flow as described above to finance the acquisition of GTI.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
 
As a result of the utilization of funds for acquisition purposes and a $28.8
million increase in unbilled receivables related to certain government projects
which, according to the contract terms can not be billed until certain
milestones are achieved, we have utilized a larger portion of our existing
revolving credit capacity than would normally be expected. Between the date of
the GTI acquisition and mid March 1999, we have had average daily availability
under our revolving credit facilities and cash of $25.0 million. We continue to
have significant cash requirements including interest, operating lease
payments, preferred dividend obligations, required term loan and subordinated
debenture principal payments, the potential acquisition contingent payments
discussed above, expenditures for the closure of our inactive disposal sites
and PRP matters (see "Transportation, Treatment and Disposal Discontinued
Operations") and contingent liabilities.
 
   The EFM and Roche acquisitions require an aggregate cost which (excluding
potential earnout payments) we estimate to be approximately $85.4 million. To
finance the acquisitions and to pay down borrowings under our revolving credit
facilities, and with improving conditions in the capital markets, we have begun
a private placement of $200 million of senior subordinated notes (Notes). If
the offering is completed, the Notes will have a fixed rate of interest payable
every six months in cash commencing in 1999 and will be redeemable on or after
2004. The Notes will be general unsecured obligations, subordinated to
borrowings under our credit facilities and other senior indebtedness and pari
passu with other existing future indebtedness unless the terms of that
indebtedness expressly provide otherwise.
 
   As of December 25, 1998, on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to the
Note offering and the EFM and Roche acquisitions, the aggregate amount of debt
including the current portion would have been approximately $518.2 million, and
approximately $127.7 million would have been available for additional working
and acquisition capital under the revolving credit facilities.
 
   Our obligation to close the EFM acquisition is subject to the successful
completion of the Note offering and if the acquisition does not close on or
before May 27, 1999, either party can terminate the agreement and we will
forfeit $5.5 million in payments we will have made under the agreement by that
time. Our obligations to close the Roche acquisition are not subject to any
financing contingencies, however, we have agreed with Roche's shareholders to
purchase certain shareholders' interests for approximately $3.5 million by
March 31, 1999 and to postpone the purchase of the remaining interests until
completion of the Note offering.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
   The following discussion of our exposure to various market risks contains
"forward looking statements" that involve risks and uncertainties. These
projected results have been prepared utilizing certain assumptions considered
reasonable in the circumstances and in light of information currently available
to us. Nevertheless, because of the inherent unpredictability of interest
rates, actual results could differ materially from those projected in such
forward-looking information.
 
   At December 25, 1998, we had fixed-rate debt totaling $44.5 million in
principal amount and having a fair value of $40.7 million. These instruments
are fixed rate and, therefore, do not expose us to the risk of earnings loss
due to changes in market interest rates. However, the fair value of these
instruments would decrease to approximately $40.0 million if interest rates
were to increase by 10% from their levels at December 25, 1998.
 
   At December 25, 1998, we had floating-rate long-term debt totaling $368.8
million in principal amount and having a fair value of $368.8 million. These
borrowings are under our Bank Credit Facilities (see "Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements--Long-term debt"). We have entered into a swap agreement
with a notional amount of $126.0 million as required by our credit facilities
and to reduce our exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates relating
to this debt. We have not entered into any other derivative financial
instruments for trading purposes. If floating rates were to increase by 10%
from December 25, 1998 levels, we would incur additional interest expense of
approximately $1.8 million.
 
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
 
   As discussed in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--Discontinued
Operations, our consolidated balance sheet includes $7.9 million of accrued
liabilities to complete the closure and post-closure of our disposal facilities
and other matters, net of certain trust fund and annuity investments which are
restricted to closure and post-closure use and insurance recovery. These trust
fund assets total $20.1 million at December 25, 1998 and consist predominately
of high quality common stocks, fixed rate AAA rated corporate and government
bonds, and annuity investments which provide for periodic payments into the
trust fund. If interest rates were to increase by 10% from their levels at
December 25, 1998, the decrease in fair value of the fixed-rate debt securities
would not be material to us. If the market prices of the individual equity
securities were to decrease by 10% from their levels at December 25, 1998, the
resulting loss in fair value of these securities would not be material to us.
 
Year 2000 Compliance
 
   The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer programs being written using
two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. Any of our computer
programs or hardware that have date-sensitive software or embedded chips may
recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This
could result in a system failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of
operations, including, among other things, a temporary inability to process
transactions, send invoices, or engage in similar normal business activities.
 
 State of Readiness
 
   Our core financial and administrative software systems are certified as Year
2000 compliant by the vendor. During the twelve months ended March 27, 1998, we
established an integration test plan to test this software and verify Year 2000
compliance. In February 1998, we completed the integration tests which verified
that the Company's core financial and administrative software systems were Year
2000 compliant. Our core hardware was also tested and was found to be fully
compliant with the Year 2000 requirements. We recently hired a Year 2000
Program Director and have begun communicating with clients, suppliers,
financial institutions and others with which we do business to coordinate Year
2000 conversion. A significant portion of our business (69%) is attributable to
the U.S. federal government (see "Business--Operations--Clients"). If the U.S.
federal government is not Year 2000 compliant, there could be a delay in the
collection of accounts receivable from the U.S. federal government in January
2000. At this time, we cannot predict the impact on our consolidated financial
condition, liquidity and results of operations of the U.S. federal government's
Year 2000 readiness. However, we do not believe there will be any significant
delays in the collection of our accounts receivable.
 
 Costs
 
   We have prepared a detailed conversion plan and have estimated the total
cost of Year 2000 compliance to be approximately $3.1 million. As of December
25, 1998, we have incurred costs of approximately $0.5 million to address year
2000 issues. All of the costs have been or will be charged to operating expense
and funded through operating cash flows.
 
 Risks and Contingencies
 
   We are currently developing a contingency plan to address how we will handle
the most reasonably likely worst case scenarios including situations where our
clients, suppliers, financial institutions and others are not Year 2000
compliant on January 1, 2000. We do not have control over these third parties
and, as a result, cannot currently estimate to what extent future operating
results may be adversely affected by the failure of these third parties to
successfully address their Year 2000 issues. However, our contingency plan will
include actions designed to identify and minimize any third party exposures and
management believes that, based on third party exposures identified to date,
these issues should be resolved by the year 2000.
 
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
 
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
   Statements of our intentions, beliefs, expectations or predictions for the
future, denoted by the words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect,"
"project," "imply," "intend," "foresee," and similar expressions are forward-
looking statements that reflect our current views about future events and are
subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Such risks, uncertainties and
assumptions include those identified in the "Business" section of this report
and the following:
 
  .  changes in laws or regulations affecting our operations, as well as
     competitive factors and pricing pressures,
 
  .  bidding opportunities and success,
 
  .  project results, including success in pursuing claims and change orders,
 
  .  management of our cash resources, particularly in light of our
     substantial leverage,
 
  .  funding of backlog,
 
  .  matters affecting contracting and engineering businesses generally, such
     as the seasonality of work and the impact of weather and clients' timing
     of projects,
 
  .  our ability to generate a sufficient level of future earnings to utilize
     our deferred tax assets,
 
  .  the ultimate closure costs of our discontinued operations,
 
  .  the success of our acquisition strategy, including the effects of the
     integration of recent acquisitions and any future acquisitions,
     including the proposed acquisitions of EFM and Roche described in this
     report, and achievement of expected cost savings and other synergies
     therefrom, and
 
  .  industry-wide market factors and other general economic and business
     conditions.
 
   Our actual results could differ materially from those projected in these
forward-looking statements as a result of these factors, many of which are
beyond our control.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
 
       INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT
              SCHEDULE FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 25, 1998
                       AND TWO YEARS ENDED MARCH 27, 1998
 
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
   <S>                                                                     <C>
   Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors......................  45
   Consolidated Balance Sheets--December 25, 1998 and March 27, 1998......  46
   Consolidated Statements of Operations--Nine Months Ended December 25,
    1998
    and Years Ended March 27, 1998 and March 28, 1997.....................  47
   Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity--Nine Months Ended
    December 25, 1998 and Years Ended March 27, 1998 and March 28, 1997...  48
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows--Nine Months Ended December 25,
    1998
    and Years Ended March 27, 1998 and March 28, 1997.....................  49
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................  50
 
Financial Statement Schedule.
 
   II. Valuation and qualifying accounts..................................  95
</TABLE>
 
   Schedules not filed herewith are omitted because of the absence in all
material respects of conditions under which they are required or because the
information called for is shown in the consolidated financial statements or
notes thereto.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
 
                REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors
The IT Group, Inc.
 
   We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The IT
Group, Inc. as of December 25, 1998 and March 27, 1998 and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for
the nine months ended December 25, 1998 and for each of the two years in the
period ended March 27, 1998. Our audits also included the financial statement
schedule listed in the index at Item 8. These consolidated financial statements
and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and
schedule based on our audits.
 
   We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
   In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position
of The IT Group, Inc. at December 25, 1998 and March 27, 1998 and the
consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine months
ended December 25, 1998 and each of the two years in the period ended March 27,
1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our
opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation
to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.
 
                                             ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 15, 1999, except for the
subsequent event footnote as to
which the date is March 8, 1999
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        December 25, March 27,
                                                            1998       1998
                                                        ------------ ---------
                                                            (In thousands)
                         ASSETS
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents.............................  $  21,265   $  24,765
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
  accounts of $18,958,000 and $19,026,000,
  respectively.........................................    338,589     210,630
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets.............     17,308      25,523
 Deferred income taxes.................................     15,919      12,750
                                                         ---------   ---------
   Total current assets................................    393,081     273,668
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
 Land and land improvements............................      2,166         846
 Buildings and leasehold improvements..................     15,072      18,222
 Machinery and equipment...............................     81,763     159,433
                                                         ---------   ---------
                                                            99,001     178,501
   Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......     51,331     102,480
                                                         ---------   ---------
     Net property, plant and equipment.................     47,670      76,021
Cost in excess of net assets of acquired businesses....    356,619     211,878
Investment in Quanterra................................         --      16,300
Other assets...........................................     17,469      17,557
Deferred income taxes..................................     93,719      73,745
Long-term assets of discontinued operations............     40,048      40,048
                                                         ---------   ---------
   Total assets........................................  $ 948,606   $ 709,217
                                                         =========   =========
         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable......................................  $ 150,912   $  82,597
 Accrued wages and related liabilities.................     44,929      38,395
 Billings in excess of revenues........................      8,219       3,723
 Other accrued liabilities.............................     43,254      42,091
 Short-term debt, including current portion of long-
  term debt............................................     17,603      16,738
 Net current liabilities of discontinued operations....      7,904      15,200
                                                         ---------   ---------
   Total current liabilities...........................    272,821     198,744
Long-term debt.........................................    364,824     240,147
8% convertible subordinated debentures.................     40,235      44,550
Long-term accrued liabilities of discontinued
 operations, net.......................................         --       3,773
Other long-term accrued liabilities....................     31,979      23,755
Minority interest......................................        579      50,098
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred stock, $100 par value; 180,000 shares
  authorized
   7% cumulative convertible exchangeable, 20,556
    issued and outstanding, 24,000 shares authorized...      2,056       2,056
   6% cumulative convertible participating, 46,095 and
    45,271 shares issued and outstanding...............      4,609       4,451
 Common stock, $.01 par value; 50,000,000 shares
  authorized; 22,675,917 and 9,737,589 shares issued,
  respectively.........................................        227          97
 Treasury stock at cost, 47,484 and 8,078 shares,
  respectively.........................................        (74)        (74)
 Additional paid-in capital............................    348,794     246,681
 Deficit...............................................   (116,984)   (104,893)
 Accumulated other comprehensive income (deficit)......       (460)       (168)
                                                         ---------   ---------
   Total stockholders' equity..........................    238,168     148,150
                                                         ---------   ---------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..........  $ 948,606   $ 709,217
                                                         =========   =========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (In thousands, except per share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Twelve Months Ended
                                        Nine Months Ended --------------------
                                          December 25,    March 27,  March 28,
                                              1998          1998       1997
                                        ----------------- ---------  ---------
<S>                                     <C>               <C>        <C>
Revenues...............................     $757,435      $442,216   $362,131
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of revenues.....................      666,474       391,126    323,993
  Selling, general and administrative
   expenses............................       41,828        31,774     33,431
  Special charges......................       24,971        14,248      8,403
                                            --------      --------   --------
Operating income (loss)................       24,162         5,068     (3,696)
Other income, net......................           --           716         --
Interest, net..........................      (24,895)       (7,969)    (5,260)
                                            --------      --------   --------
Loss from continuing operations before
 income taxes..........................         (733)       (2,185)    (8,956)
(Provision) benefit for income taxes...       (6,694)       (4,175)       179
                                            --------      --------   --------
Loss from continuing operations........       (7,427)       (6,360)    (8,777)
Discontinued operations--closure costs
 (net of $3,040 income tax benefit)....           --        (4,960)        --
                                            --------      --------   --------
Loss before extraordinary item.........       (7,427)      (11,320)    (8,777)
Extraordinary item--early
 extinguishment of debt (net of $3,497
 income tax benefit)...................           --        (5,706)        --
Net loss...............................       (7,427)      (17,026)    (8,777)
Less preferred stock dividends.........       (4,664)       (6,167)    (4,916)
                                            --------      --------   --------
Net loss applicable to common stock....     $(12,091)     $(23,193)  $(13,693)
                                            ========      ========   ========
Net loss per share basic and diluted:
  Continuing operations (net of
   preferred stock dividends)..........     $  (0.63)     $  (1.28)  $  (1.48)
  Discontinued operations--loss from
   remediation.........................           --         (0.51)        --
  Extraordinary item--early
   extinguishment of debt..............           --         (0.59)        --
                                            --------      --------   --------
                                            $  (0.63)     $  (2.38)  $  (1.48)
                                            ========      ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
 
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                  For nine months ended December 25, 1998 and
                         two years ended March 27, 1998
                                 (In thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               7%           6%
                           cumulative   cumulative                                          Accumulated
                          convertible   convertible                                            Other
                          exchangeable participating                 Additional            Comprehensive
                           preferred     preferred   Common Treasury  paid-in                 Income
                             stock         stock     stock   stock    capital    Deficit     (Deficit)    Totals
                          ------------ ------------- ------ -------- ---------- ---------  ------------- --------
<S>                       <C>          <C>           <C>    <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
Balance at March 29,
 1996...................     $2,400       $   --      $ 91    $(84)   $206,465  $ (68,007)     $  --     $140,865
 Comprehensive income:
  Net loss..............         --           --        --      --          --     (8,777)        --       (8,777)
  Foreign currency
   translation
   adjustments net of
   tax..................         --           --        --      --          --         --        (17)         (17)
                                                                                                         --------
 Comprehensive loss.....                                                                                   (8,794)
                                                                                                         --------
 Net proceeds from
  preferred stock and
  warrants issued to
  Carlyle...............         --        4,117        --      --      36,492         --         --       40,609
 Conversion of preferred
  stock.................       (344)          --         7      --         337         --         --           --
 Restricted stock
  awards, net...........         --           --        (1)     10         214         --         --          223
 Dividends on preferred
  stock.................         --           87        --      --         779     (4,916)        --       (4,050)
                             ------       ------      ----    ----    --------  ---------      -----     --------
Balance at March 28,
 1997...................      2,056        4,204        97     (74)    244,287    (81,700)       (17)     168,853
 Comprehensive income:
  Net loss..............         --           --        --      --          --    (17,026)        --      (17,026)
  Foreign currency
   translation
   adjustments net of
   tax..................         --           --        --      --          --         --       (151)        (151)
                                                                                                         --------
 Comprehensive loss.....                                                                                  (17,177)
                                                                                                         --------
 Restricted stock.......         --           --        --      --         223         --         --          223
 Dividends on preferred
  stock.................         --          247        --      --       2,232     (6,167)        --       (3,688)
 Stock options
  exercised.............         --           --        --      --         (61)        --         --          (61)
                             ------       ------      ----    ----    --------  ---------      -----     --------
Balance at March 27,
 1998...................      2,056        4,451        97     (74)    246,681   (104,893)      (168)     148,150
 Comprehensive income:
  Net loss..............         --           --        --      --          --     (7,427)        --       (7,427)
  Foreign currency
   translation
   adjustments net of
   tax..................         --           --        --      --          --         --       (292)        (292)
                                                                                                         --------
 Comprehensive loss.....                                                                                   (7,719)
                                                                                                         --------
 Restricted stock.......         --           --        --      --          38         --         --           38
 Dividends on preferred
  stock.................         --          158        --      --       1,421     (4,664)        --       (3,085)
 IT shares issued in
  exchange for OHM
  stock, net of stock
  issue costs...........         --           --       130      --     100,654         --         --      100,784
                             ------       ------      ----    ----    --------  ---------      -----     --------
Balance at December 25,
 1998...................     $2,056       $4,609      $227    $(74)   $348,794  $(116,984)     $(460)    $238,168
                             ======       ======      ====    ====    ========  =========      =====     ========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Twelve Months Ended
                                          Nine Months Ended --------------------
                                            December 25,    March 27,  March 28,
                                                1998          1998       1997
                                          ----------------- ---------  ---------
<S>                                       <C>               <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss..............................      $  (7,427)    $ (17,026) $ (8,777)
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
     net cash provided by (used for)
     operating activities:
      Net loss from discontinued
       operations.......................             --         4,960        --
      Extraordinary charge for early
       retirement of debt...............             --         3,640        --
      Depreciation and amortization.....         20,094        13,158    14,363
      Non-recurring special charges.....         24,971         5,743        --
      Deferred income taxes.............          6,187           678       370
      Other.............................             13          (980)      (45)
  Changes in assets and liabilities, net
   of effects from acquisitions and
   dispositions of businesses:
    (Increase) decrease in receivables..        (88,612)          386    25,422
    (Increase) decrease in prepaid
     expenses and other current assets..           (364)         (717)      601
    Increase (decrease) in accounts
     payable............................         65,359        (7,687)      905
    (Decrease) increase in accrued wages
     and related liabilities............        (14,825)       (4,471)    2,473
    Increase (decrease) in billings in
     excess of revenues.................          4,496        (4,634)    5,183
    (Decrease) increase in other accrued
     liabilities........................        (30,190)        1,591    (2,111)
    (Decrease) increase in other long-
     term accrued liabilities...........         (3,126)          733       452
    Decrease in liabilities of
     discontinued operations............        (11,069)      (14,914)  (14,041)
                                              ---------     ---------  --------
    Net cash (used for) provided by
     operating activities...............        (34,493)      (19,540)   24,795
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Capital expenditures..................         (6,860)       (4,766)   (3,361)
  Investment in Quanterra...............             --            --    (3,325)
  Proceeds from sale of equity interest
   in Quanterra.........................          5,750            --        --
  Proceeds from disposition of business              --         2,800        --
  Acquisition of businesses, net of cash
   acquired.............................        (81,332)     (163,189)   (1,455)
  Other, net............................          1,003        (4,896)      700
                                              ---------     ---------  --------
  Net cash used by investing
   activities...........................        (81,439)     (170,051)   (7,441)
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Financing costs.......................         (6,179)       (4,113)       --
  Repayments of long-term borrowings....       (409,690)      (68,666)     (438)
  Long-term borrowings..................        531,015       210,940       962
  Net proceeds from issuance of
   preferred stock......................             --            --    40,609
  Dividends paid on preferred stock.....         (2,714)       (2,702)   (4,050)
  Issuances of common stock, net........             --            --       (33)
                                              ---------     ---------  --------
  Net cash provided by financing
   activities...........................        112,432       135,459    37,050
                                              ---------     ---------  --------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash
 equivalents............................         (3,500)      (54,132)   54,404
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
 of period..............................         24,765        78,897    24,493
                                              ---------     ---------  --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
 period.................................      $  21,265     $  24,765  $ 78,897
                                              =========     =========  ========
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
Summary of significant accounting policies:
 
 Basis of presentation and principles of consolidation
 
   The consolidated financial statements include The IT Group, Inc. (formerly
International Technology Corporation) (IT or the Company) and its wholly-owned
and majority-owned subsidiaries. The Company uses the equity method to account
for certain joint ventures in which the Company does not have in excess of 50%
of voting control. Intercompany transactions are eliminated.
 
   On June 9, 1998, the Board of Directors of IT approved a change in IT's
fiscal year end from the last Friday in March of each year to the last Friday
of December of each year. The report covering the transition period is IT's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the nine months ended December 25, 1998.
 
 Estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements
 
   The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements
and the accompanying notes. Actual results inevitably will differ from those
estimates and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial
statements.
 
 Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
   In June of 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities". This statement will be required to be adopted as of the first
fiscal quarter of the year 2000. The Company intends to adopt FASB No. 133 by
the effective date although earlier adoption is permitted. The statement
requires the swap agreements, used by the Company to manage the interest rate
risks associated with the variable nature of the Company's Credit Facilities,
to be recorded at fair market value and reflected in earnings. The Company has
evaluated its existing interest rate contracts and management does not believe
that the effect of market volatility on interest rates will have a material
effect on earnings for the existing contracts including anticipated
modifications.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
 Transition Period
 
   The Company elected to change its fiscal year-end from the last Friday in
March to the last Friday in December effective for the nine months ended
December 25, 1998. Comparative information for the nine months ended December
25, 1998, December 26, 1997 and December 27, 1996 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Nine Months Ended
                                        --------------------------------------
                                        December 25, December 26, December 27,
                                            1998         1997         1996
                                        ------------ ------------ ------------
                                                     (unaudited)  (unaudited)
                                        (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues...............................   $757,435     $306,178     $266,419
Cost of revenues.......................    666,474      271,572      239,778
                                          --------     --------     --------
Gross profit...........................     90,961       34,606       26,641
Selling, general and administrative
 expense...............................     41,828       21,182       25,339
Special charges........................     24,971        8,554        8,403
                                          --------     --------     --------
Operating income (loss)................     24,162        4,870       (7,101)
Interest, net..........................    (24,895)      (3,386)      (4,105)
                                          --------     --------     --------
Income (loss) from continuing
 operations............................       (733)       1,484      (11,206)
(Provision) benefit for income taxes...     (6,694)      (4,316)       1,146
                                          --------     --------     --------
Net loss...............................     (7,427)      (2,832)     (10,060)
                                          --------     --------     --------
Less preferred stock dividends.........     (4,664)      (4,609)      (3,395)
                                          --------     --------     --------
Net loss applicable to common stock....   $(12,091)    $ (7,441)    $(13,455)
                                          ========     ========     ========
Basic and diluted loss per common
 share.................................   $  (0.63)    $  (0.76)    $  (1.48)
                                          ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
 Cash equivalents
 
   Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with an original maturity
of three months or less.
 
 Contract accounting and accounts receivable
 
   The Company primarily derives its revenues from providing environmental
management services in the United States, principally to federal, state and
local governmental entities, large industrial companies, utilities and waste
generators. Services are performed under time-and-material, cost-reimbursement,
fixed-price and unit-bid contracts. The Company's contracts are generally
completed within 2 years.
 
   Revenues from time-and-material and cost-reimbursement contracts are
recognized as costs are incurred. Estimated fees on such contracts and revenues
on fixed-price and certain unit-bid contracts are recognized under the
percentage-of-completion method determined based on the ratio of costs incurred
to estimated total costs. Anticipated losses on contracts are recorded as
identified. Certain contracts include provisions for revenue adjustments to
reflect scope changes and other matters, including claims, which require
negotiations with clients to settle the amounts in the ordinary course of
business, leading to some estimates of claim or scope change amounts being
included in revenues. When such amounts are finalized, any changes from the
estimates are reflected in earnings.
 
   Included in accounts receivable, net at December 25, 1998 are billed
receivables, unbilled receivables and retention in the amounts of $269.0
million, $60.6 million and $9.0 million, respectively. Billed receivables,
unbilled receivables and retention from the U.S. Government as of December 25,
1998 were $145.6 million,
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
$37.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively. At March 27, 1998, billed
receivables, unbilled receivables and retention were $172.7 million, $27.0
million and $10.9 million, respectively. Billed receivables, unbilled
receivables and retention from the U.S. Government as of March 27, 1998 were
$93.1 million, $9.9 million and $2.2 million, respectively.
 
   Unbilled receivables typically represent amounts earned under the Company's
contracts but not yet billable according to the contract terms, which usually
consider the passage of time, achievement of certain milestones, negotiation of
change orders or completion of the project. Generally, unbilled receivables are
expected to be billed and collected in the subsequent year. Billings in excess
of revenues represent amounts billed in accordance with contract terms, which
are in excess of the amounts includable in revenue.
 
   Included in accounts receivable at December 25, 1998 is approximately $31.6
million associated with claims and unapproved change orders, which are believed
by management to be probable of realization. Most of these claims and change
orders are being negotiated or are in arbitration and should be settled within
one year. This amount includes contract claims in litigation (see "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements--Contingencies"). While management believes
no material loss will be incurred related to these claims and change orders,
the actual amounts realized could be materially different than the amount
recorded.
 
   The Company performs periodic evaluations of its clients' financial
condition and generally does not require collateral. At December 25, 1998,
accounts receivable are primarily concentrated in federal, state and local
governmental entities and in commercial clients in which the Company does not
believe there is any undue credit risk.
 
 Property, plant and equipment
 
   The cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated using primarily the
straight-line method over the following useful lives of the individual assets:
buildings--20 to 30 years, land improvements--3 to 20 years, and machinery and
equipment--3 to 10 years including salvage value. Amortization of leasehold
improvements is provided using the straight-line method over the term of the
respective lease.
 
 Interest
 
   Interest incurred was $25.9 million, $10.7 million and $7.2 million for the
nine months ended December 25, 1998, the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 and
the twelve months ended March 28, 1997, respectively.
 
   Interest income is principally earned on the Company's investments in cash
equivalents and was $1.0 million, $2.8 million and $1.9 million for the nine
months ended December 25, 1998, the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 and the
twelve months ended March 28, 1997, respectively.
 
 Intangible assets
 
   Cost in excess of net assets of acquired businesses is amortized over 20 to
40 years on a straight-line basis. At December 25, 1998 and March 27, 1998,
accumulated amortization is $16.6 million and $9.6 million, respectively. The
Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of intangibles resulting from
business acquisitions and measures the amount of impairment, if any, by
assessing current and future levels of income and cash flows as well as other
factors, such as business trends and prospects and market and economic
conditions. Other intangibles arising principally from acquisitions, are
amortized on a straight-line basis over periods not exceeding 20 years.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
 Stock-based compensation
 
   The Company grants stock options for a fixed number of shares to employees
and members of the Board of Directors with an exercise price equal to the fair
value of the shares at the date of grant. The Company accounts for its stock
grants in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees," (APB No. 25) and the related interpretations. The pro forma
information regarding net income and earnings per share as required by
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-
Based Compensation" (SFAS No. 123) is disclosed in the note Stock incentive
plans: Compensation cost.
 
 Changes in Presentation of Comparative Financial Statements
 
   Certain amounts in the March 27, 1998 financial statements were reclassified
to conform with the presentation in the current period.
 
 Risks and uncertainties
 
   The Company provides a broad range of environmental and hazardous waste
remediation services to its clients located primarily in the United States. The
assessment, remediation, analysis, handling and management of hazardous
substances necessarily involve significant risks, including the possibility of
damages or injuries caused by the escape of hazardous materials into the
environment, and the possibility of fines, penalties or other regulatory
action. These risks include potentially large civil and criminal liabilities
for violations of environmental laws and regulations, and liability to clients
and to third parties for damages arising from performing services for clients,
which could have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial
condition, liquidity and results of operations of the Company. Although the
Company believes that it generally benefits from increased environmental
regulations and from enforcement of those regulations, increased regulation and
enforcement also create significant risks for the Company.
 
   The Company does not believe there are currently any material environmental
liabilities related to continuing operations not already recorded or disclosed
in its financial statements. The Company anticipates that its compliance with
various laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment will
not have a material effect on its capital expenditures, future earnings or
competitive position.
 
   The Company's revenue from governmental agencies accounted for 74%, 63% and
67% of revenue for the nine months ended December 25, 1998, the twelve months
ended March 27, 1998 and the twelve months ended March 28, 1997, respectively.
Because of its dependence on government contracts, the Company also faces the
risks associated with such contracting, which could include civil and criminal
fines and penalties. As a result of its government contracting business, the
Company has been, is and may in the future be subject to audits and
investigations by government agencies. The fines and penalties which could
result from noncompliance with the Company's government contracts or
appropriate standards and regulations, or the Company's suspension or debarment
from future government contracting, could have a material adverse effect on the
consolidated financial condition, liquidity and results of operations of the
Company. The dependence on government contracts will also continue to subject
the Company to significant financial risk and an uncertain business environment
caused by any federal budget reductions.
 
   In addition to the above, there are other risks and uncertainties that
involve the use of estimates in the preparation of the Company's consolidated
financial statements. (See "Business Acquisitions and Commitments and
contingencies").
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
 Fair value of financial instruments (continuing operations)
 
   The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating
the fair value of its financial instruments:
 
   Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet
approximates its fair value.
 
   Long and short-term debt: The fair value of the 8% convertible subordinated
debentures was based on a quoted market price at December 25, 1998. The
carrying amount of the credit agreement and other debt approximates its fair
value.
 
   The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company's financial
instruments are:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         December 25, 1998    March 27, 1998
                                        ------------------- -------------------
                                        Carrying Estimated  Carrying Estimated
                                         amount  fair value  amount  fair value
                                        -------- ---------- -------- ----------
                                                    (In thousands)
<S>                                     <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.............. $ 21,265  $ 21,265  $ 24,765  $ 24,765
Long and short-term debt:
  Credit agreement debt:
    Revolver borrowings outstanding--
     pre-OHM Merger....................       --        --    33,200    33,200
    Revolver borrowings outstanding....  143,000   143,000   126,293   126,293
    Term Loan..........................  225,750   225,750    80,000    80,000
  8% Convertible Subordinated
   Debentures--Due October 1, 2006.....   44,548    40,650    46,753    45,643
  Other................................    9,364     9,364    15,189    15,189
</TABLE>
 
Business Acquisitions:
 
 Fluor Daniel GTI, Inc.
 
   On December 3, 1998, the Company acquired the outstanding common stock of
Fluor Daniel GTI, Inc. (GTI), an environmental consulting, engineering and
construction management services company. GTI operates mainly throughout the
United States with minor foreign operations. Total consideration amounted to
$69.4 million plus approximately $2.0 million in transaction costs. This
transaction was accounted for as a purchase in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board (APB) No. 16. The excess of the purchase price over the fair
value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the merger of $16.3 million
is primarily classified as cost in excess of net assets of acquired businesses
and is being amortized over forty years.
 
   The estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of
GTI are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Description                                                          Amount
- -----------                                                      --------------
                                                                 (In thousands)
<S>                                                              <C>
Current assets.................................................     $91,644
Property and equipment.........................................       3,587
Intangibles, primarily cost in excess of net assets of acquired
 businesses....................................................      16,324
Other long term assets.........................................       5,972
Current liabilities............................................      46,130
</TABLE>
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
 
                              THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
   As a result of the merger with GTI, the Company has adopted a plan and
commenced the process of closing specific overlapping facilities and reducing
consolidated employment. The acquired balance sheet includes an accrual of
$7.9 million for the estimated GTI severance, office closure costs and lease
termination costs of which $0.9 million has been paid through December 25,
1998. The balance will be paid primarily over the next twelve months.
 
   The purchase price allocation is preliminary and based upon information
currently available. Management is continuing to gather and evaluate
information regarding the valuation of assets and liabilities at the date of
the acquisition. Management does not anticipate material changes to the
preliminary allocation.
 
 OHM Acquisition
 
   In January 1998, the Company entered into a merger agreement to acquire OHM
Corporation (OHM), an environmental and hazardous waste remediation company
servicing primarily industrial, federal government and local government
agencies located primarily in the United States. The transaction was effected
through a two-step process for a total purchase price of $303.4 million
consisting of (a) the acquisition of 54% of the total outstanding shares
through a cash tender offer, which was consummated on February 25, 1998, at
$11.50 per share for 13.9 million shares of OHM common stock, for a total
consideration of $160.2 million plus $4.6 million in acquisition costs and (b)
the acquisition on June 11, 1998 of the remaining 46% of the total outstanding
shares through the exchange of 12.9 million shares of Company common stock
valued at $8.04 per share, or $103.8 million and payment of $30.8 million plus
$4.0 million in acquisition costs.
 
   This transaction was accounted for as a step acquisition and therefore the
effects of the first phase of the merger were included in the March 27, 1998
financial statements and the effects of both phases were included in the June
26, 1998 financial statements. The excess of the purchase price over the fair
value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the merger of $328.5
million has been finalized during the nine months ended December 25, 1998 and
is classified as cost in excess of net assets of acquired businesses with
amortization over forty years.
 
   The estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of
OHM as adjusted are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Description                                                           Amount
- -----------                                                       --------------
                                                                  (In thousands)
<S>                                                               <C>
Current assets...................................................    $117,309
Property and equipment...........................................      19,324
Cost in excess of net assets of acquired businesses..............     328,495
Other long term assets...........................................      72,666
Current liabilities..............................................     126,385
Long term liabilities, primarily debt............................     107,924
</TABLE>
 
   As a result of the merger with OHM (the OHM Merger), the Company adopted a
plan and has commenced the process of closing specific overlapping facilities
and reducing consolidated employment. The acquired balance sheet includes an
accrual of $16.2 million for the estimated OHM severance, office closure costs
and lease termination costs of which $7.3 million has been paid through
December 25, 1998. The balance relating primarily to office lease costs is
anticipated to be paid over the next seven years.
 
 Pro Forma Effects of Acquisitions
 
   The following unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations gives
effect to the GTI acquisition as if the acquisition occurred on March 28, 1997
and the effect of the OHM merger as if this merger occurred
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
on March 29, 1996. Basic and diluted loss per share has been calculated
utilizing the basic and diluted weighted average of IT shares outstanding
during the periods adjusted for approximately 12.9 million shares of common
stock issued June 11, 1998 for the OHM acquisition assuming the 12.9 million
shares were outstanding as of the beginning of the periods presented.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Twelve Months Ended
                               Nine months ended -----------------------------
                               December 25, 1998 March 27, 1998 March 28, 1997
                                   Pro Forma       Pro Forma      Pro Forma
                               ----------------- -------------- --------------
                                    (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                            <C>               <C>            <C>
Revenues......................     $897,284        $1,119,115      $984,945
Loss from continuing
 operations before
 extraordinary item...........       (3,680)          (53,074)      (12,280)
Net loss......................       (9,771)          (48,602)      (12,280)
Net loss applicable to common
 stock........................      (14,435)          (54,769)      (17,196)
Loss per share:
  Basic and diluted...........        (0.64)            (2.42)        (0.78)
</TABLE>
 
   The above amounts are based upon certain assumptions and estimates which the
Company believes are reasonable. The pro forma results do not reflect
anticipated cost savings and do not necessarily represent results which would
have occurred if the GTI and OHM mergers had taken place at the date and on the
basis assumed above.
 
 Other Acquisitions
 
   The Company acquired certain other businesses during the twelve months ended
March 27, 1998 and the twelve months ended March 28, 1997 for aggregate
consideration of $12.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively. These
acquisition agreements include potential contingent payments. The Company paid
$1.3 million in cash under two of these agreements through December 25, 1998.
Potential future contingent payments relating to these acquisitions as of
December 25, 1998 range from a low of $1.9 million to a maximum of
approximately $9.1 million. The Company paid $1.9 million in January 1999. In
accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16--Business
Combinations, these acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method
and in the aggregate were not material to require disclosure of pro forma
financial information. In addition, in connection with the acquisition of OHM,
the Company assumed the potential future earnout payments relating to Beneco, a
company acquired by OHM in June 1997, which range from a low of zero to a
maximum of $10.0 million. See "Subsequent Events" also for acquisitions after
December 25, 1998.
 
Consolidated statements of cash flows supplemental disclosures:
 
   Supplemental cash flow information is:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Twelve Months Ended
                                         Nine Months Ended -------------------
                                           December 25,    March 27, March 28,
                                               1998          1998      1997
                                         ----------------- --------- ---------
                                                    (In thousands)
<S>                                      <C>               <C>       <C>
Interest paid, net of amounts
 capitalized............................     $ 24,634      $ 11,060   $6,713
Interest received.......................        1,008         2,652    1,730
Income taxes paid.......................          335           770      287
Income tax refunds received.............           --             3    1,178
Acquisition liabilities assumed.........       66,050       218,440    6,346
Stock issued in connection with
 acquisitions...........................      103,810            --       --
</TABLE>
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
Special Charges:
 
   Asset Sales. On May 27, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors considered
and approved the divestiture of certain non-core assets. The non-core assets
primarily include the Company's 19% common stock ownership interest in
Quanterra, Inc., (an environmental laboratory business) and the assets
associated with the Company's Hybrid Thermal Treatment System (HTTS(R))
business (thermal transportable incineration equipment). As a result of these
actions, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of $25.0 million in the three
months ending June 26, 1998 including $10.6 million (net of cash proceeds of
$5.8 million) related to the sale of the Quanterra investment and $14.4
million, primarily related to assets associated with the HTTS(R) business.
 
   Special charges of $14.2 million were recorded in the twelve months ended
March 27, 1998. The charges include $5.7 million for integration costs
associated with the acquisition of OHM, a $3.9 million non-cash charge related
to a project claim settlement, a $2.8 million charge associated with the
relocation of the Company's corporate headquarters, and a $1.8 million loss
from the sale of a small remediation services business.
 
   OHM. The $5.7 million special charge for integration costs associated with
the acquisition of OHM included $2.2 million of costs for severance and $3.5
million of costs and other related items for closing and consolidating the
Company's offices with OHM offices. As part of the plan of integration, the
Company identified slightly more than 100 IT employees, primarily in the
operating group and administrative support functions, to be laid-off. In
addition, the Company approved a plan for restructuring IT offices in which it
would close three leased facilities, reduce the size of three more facilities
and sublease a portion of eight additional facilities. As of December 25, 1998,
$1.3 million of the integration charge remained to be paid. The remaining costs
relate to the facility closures and office consolidations and will be paid over
the remaining terms of the leases. Most of these lease commitments will be paid
within the next three years. One lease requires payments over the next seven
years.
 
   Helen Kramer. In December 1997, the Company settled a contract claim which
has been outstanding in excess of five years with the US Army Corps of
Engineers, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and the Department
of Justice (jointly Government) arising out of work performed by the joint
venture of IT and Davy International at the Helen Kramer Superfund project. On
December 26, 1997, the joint venture received a $14.5 million payment from the
Government to resolve all outstanding project claims related to additional work
resulting from differing site conditions. In early January 1998, the joint
venture paid $4.3 million to the Government to resolve related civil claims by
the Government. IT's share of the joint venture results is 60%, accordingly, IT
received net cash of $6.0 million, its proportionate share of the settlement.
In December 1997, the Company recorded a non-cash pre-tax charge of $3.9
million as the cash received was less than the unbilled and billed receivables
related to this project which totaled approximately $9.2 million and $0.7
million, respectively.
 
   Relocation. The special charges that occurred in the first quarter of the
twelve months ended March 27, 1998 resulted from the relocation of the
Company's corporate headquarters from Torrance, California to Monroeville
(Pittsburgh), Pennsylvania and the sale of its California based small project
remediation services business. The headquarters relocation consolidated the
corporate overhead functions with the Company's largest operations office and
moved it closer to its lenders and largest shareholders which are located in
the Eastern United States. As a result of this relocation, the Company incurred
a pre-tax charge of $2.8 million. The relocation charge included $0.8 million
of costs for severance, $0.9 million of costs for the relocation of IT
employees, $0.7 million of costs related to the closure of the offices in
Torrance, California and $0.4 million of other related costs. As part of this
relocation, 32 employees were laid off, primarily corporate management and
administrative support personnel. As of December 25, 1998, these amounts have
been paid. In May 1997, the
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
Company incurred a non-cash pre-tax charge of $1.8 million to sell its
California based small projects remediation services business.
 
   Restructuring. In conjunction with the corporate restructuring which was
initiated in the second quarter of the twelve months ended March 28, 1997, the
Company incurred a pre-tax restructuring charge of $8.4 million. The
restructuring charge included $3.4 million of costs for severance, $4.1 million
of costs for closing and reducing the size of a number of the Company's
offices, and $0.9 million of costs for other related items. As part of the plan
of termination, the Company laid-off 133 employees and paid over $2.5 million
in termination benefits. In addition, the Company approved a plan to close five
leased facilities and reduce the size of eleven other leased facilities by
either sublease or abandonment. Most of the remaining costs to be paid relate
to the facility closures and office space reductions which will be paid out
over the terms of the lease. One of these facility closures has a remaining
lease obligation of approximately six years. At December 25, 1998, $0.9 million
of the charge remained to be paid.
 
Long-term debt:
 
   Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        December 25, March 27,
                                                            1998       1998
                                                        ------------ ---------
                                                            (In thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>
8% Convertible Subordinated Debentures--Due October 1,
   2006................................................   $ 44,548   $ 46,753
Credit Agreement Debt:
  Revolver borrowings outstanding......................         --     33,200
  Revolver borrowings outstanding......................    143,000    126,293
  Term Loan............................................    225,750     80,000
Other..................................................      9,364     15,189
                                                          --------   --------
                                                           422,662    301,435
Less current portion...................................     17,603     16,738
                                                          --------   --------
                                                          $405,059   $284,697
                                                          ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
   Aggregate maturity of long-term debt, including annual mandatory sinking
fund payments for the convertible subordinated debentures, for the five fiscal
years following December 25, 1998 is: 1999, $17.6 million; 2000, $9.4 million;
2001, $8.8 million; 2002, $8.8 million; 2003 and thereafter $378.0 million.
 
   The convertible subordinated debentures are convertible into 45.04 shares of
common stock and $107.50 cash per $1,000 unit with interest payable
semiannually on April 1 and October 1, and are redeemable at the option of the
Company. The convertible subordinated debentures require annual mandatory
sinking fund payments of 7.5% of the principal amount which commenced in 1996,
and continue through October 1, 2005.
 
   IT executed the OHM Tender Offer with a $240.0 million credit facility (the
credit facilities). The credit facilities were used to complete the Tender
Offer, to refinance IT's $65.0 million principal amount of senior notes and for
working capital purposes during the period from the Tender Offer closing date
of February 25, 1998 until the merger closing date of June 11, 1998. Loans made
under the credit facilities bore interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.50%
per annum (or the Bank's base rate plus 1.50% per annum) through June 10, 1998,
at the Company's option and required no amortization. The Company recorded an
extraordinary charge of $9.2 million, reduced by $3.5 million of deferred tax
benefit, as the result of the early extinguishment of existing debt necessary
to obtaining the credit facilities. On June 11, 1998, upon consummation of the
second step of the OHM acquisition (see "Business Acquisitions"), the Company's
credit facilities were refinanced. As such, the
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
Company classified applicable portions of the credit facilities outstanding as
of March 27, 1998 as long-term debt in accordance with the provisions of the
credit facilities.
 
   After the refinancing in conjunction with the OHM Merger, the credit
facilities consist of an eight-year amortizing term loan (term loans) of $228.0
million and a six-year revolving credit facility (revolving loans) of $185.0
million that contains a sublimit of $50.0 million for letter of credit
issuance. The term loans made under the credit facilities bear interest at a
rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.50% per annum (or the lender's base rate plus 1.50%
per annum) and amortize on a semi-annual basis in aggregate annual installments
of $4.5 million for the first six years after the OHM Merger, with the
remainder payable in eight equal quarterly installments in the seventh and
eighth years after the OHM Merger. The revolving loans made under the credit
facilities bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.00% per annum (or the
lender's base rate plus 1.00% per annum). Six months after completion of the
merger, adjustments to the interest rates were made based on the ratio of IT's
consolidated total debt to consolidated earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization. The credit facilities are secured by a security
interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company and its
subsidiaries. In addition, the facilities include representations, warranties
and covenants customary for facilities of this type that include various
financial covenants and limitations (subject to certain exceptions) on
indebtedness, lease obligations, mergers and acquisitions and other fundamental
changes prohibit the payment of cash dividends on common stock and limit
capital expenditures. The credit facilities also include customary events of
default. Events constituting default include a change of control of IT
including among other things, the disposition under certain circumstances of
the Company's 6% Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred Stock and
warrants on or after the funding of the credit facilities on June 11, 1998 to a
person other than the Preferred Stock Group (see "Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements--Preferred stock").
 
   On September 14, 1998, the lenders under the credit facilities approved the
first amendment to the loan agreement covering the credit facilities to
increase the revolving credit facility from $150.0 million to $185.0 million.
This increase in revolver funding availability was based upon growth
projections of the Company's business, the increase in seasonality of revenue
streams related to OHM contracts and to create additional flexibility to
finance further strategic and diversifying acquisitions, particularly due to
turmoil in the long-term credit markets during the second half of 1998.
 
   At October 26, 1998, the lenders under the credit facilities approved the
second amendment to the agreement. This second amendment provided for the
acquisition of GTI as a permitted acquisition under the credit facilities,
provided for the borrowing of up to $35.0 million under the revolving credit
facility to make the GTI acquisition and amended the financial covenants to
provide for the effects of the GTI acquisition. IT closed the acquisition of
GTI on December 3, 1998. The GTI acquisition was funded through the use of the
Company's cash on hand, borrowing of $35.0 million under the revolving facility
and use of $20.0 million of GTI's cash on hand, which was loaned to the Company
and is evidenced by an interest bearing promissory note payable on demand.
Letters of credit outstanding at December 25, 1998 were $20.4 million.
 
   As required by the credit facilities, on August 11, 1998, the Company
executed a six year swap agreement with a large multi national banking
organization. The swap agreement is based upon a notional amount of $126.0
million wherein the Company, the fixed-rate payer, pays (receives) the
difference between 3-month LIBOR and a fixed rate of 5.58% with its swap
counter-party, the floating-rate payer. The LIBOR rate is adjusted quarterly
and amounts owing or due are settled at each quarterly reset date. The Company
charges (credits) amounts exchanged under the swap to interest expense. Net
credits to the Company in the nine months ended December 25, 1998 were not
material. The swap agreement contains a one time cancellation option for the
counter-party and an imbedded interest rate cap for the Company. At any
quarterly reset date beginning with February 11, 2000, the counter-party, at
its option, may cancel the swap agreement for the remaining term. If the
counter-party elects to exercise its cancellation option, the Company receives
the benefit of a 7% interest
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
rate cap on the notional amount of $126.0 million. The terms of the interest
rate cap allow the Company to utilize the interest rate cap for any six
quarterly periods during the term of the swap agreement remaining after
exercise of the cancellation option by the counter-party. The election of the
six quarterly cap periods by the Company need not be consecutive quarters. The
mark to market value of the swap at December 24, 1998 represents a cost to the
Company of $3.3 million. This value is based on 1) the shape of the yield curve
at the valuation date, 2) the assumption that future rate changes are parallel
shifts along the yield curve at all points, 3) LIBOR futures prices at the
measurement date and 4) that option volatility remains unchanged from current
levels. The market value of the swap, assuming only a 50 basis point increase
in LIBOR rates, is a positive $1.2 million, reflecting the significant change
in market values associated with small interest rate changes.
 
   The Company also has various miscellaneous outstanding notes payable and
capital lease obligations totaling $9.4 million. These notes payable mature at
various dates between January 1999 and November 2000, at interest rates ranging
from to 7.5% to 8.6%.
 
Income taxes:
 
   Income tax provision (benefit), net of changes in the deferred tax valuation
allowance, consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Twelve Months Ended
                                           Nine Months Ended -------------------
                                             December 25,    March 27, March 28,
                                                 1998          1998      1997
                                           ----------------- --------- ---------
                                                      (In thousands)
<S>                                        <C>               <C>       <C>
Current:
  Federal.................................      $   57        $    54    $(764)
  State...................................         450            559      215
                                                ------        -------    -----
                                                   507            613     (549)
                                                ------        -------    -----
Deferred:
  Federal.................................       5,696         (2,801)     336
  State...................................         491           (174)      57
  Foreign.................................          --             --      (23)
                                                ------        -------    -----
                                                 6,187         (2,975)     370
                                                ------        -------    -----
  Total provision (benefit)...............      $6,694        $(2,362)   $(179)
                                                ======        =======    =====
</TABLE>
 
   Income tax provision (benefit) is included in the statements of operations
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Twelve Months Ended
                                          Nine Months Ended -------------------
                                            December 25,    March 27, March 28,
                                                1998          1998      1997
                                          ----------------- --------- ---------
                                                     (In thousands)
<S>                                       <C>               <C>       <C>
Continuing operations before
 extraordinary items....................       $6,694        $ 4,175    $(179)
Extraordinary item: early extinguishment
 of debt................................           --         (3,497)      --
                                               ------        -------    -----
                                                6,694            678     (179)
Discontinued operations.................           --         (3,040)      --
                                               ------        -------    -----
  Total provision (benefit).............       $6,694        $(2,362)   $(179)
                                               ======        =======    =====
</TABLE>
 
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
   A reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes on the total
provision (benefit) computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 34% to
the loss from continuing operations before income taxes and the reported
provision (benefit) for income taxes of the total provision (benefit) is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Twelve Months Ended
                                          Nine Months Ended -------------------
                                            December 25,    March 27, March 28,
                                                1998          1998      1997
                                          ----------------- --------- ---------
                                                     (In thousands)
<S>                                       <C>               <C>       <C>
Income tax benefit computed at statutory
 federal income tax rate................       $  (249)      $  (743)  $(3,045)
State income taxes, net of federal tax
 benefit, if any........................           335           504       179
Equity in income (loss) of foreign
 subsidiaries...........................            --           121        --
Amortization of cost in excess of net
 assets of acquired businesses..........         2,557           287       100
Extraordinary item: early extinguishment
 of debt................................            --        (3,129)       --
Discontinued operations.................            --        (2,720)       --
Federal deferred tax asset valuation
 allowance adjustment...................         6,059         1,906     2,597
Research and development tax credits....        (2,540)           --        --
Other...................................           532         1,412       (10)
                                               -------       -------   -------
  Total provision (benefit).............       $ 6,694       $(2,362)  $  (179)
                                               =======       =======   =======
</TABLE>
 
   At December 25, 1998 and March 27, 1998, the Company had deferred tax assets
and liabilities as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         December 25, March 27,
                                                             1998        1998
                                                         ------------ ---------
                                                             (In thousands)
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Closure accruals--discontinued operations.............   $ 11,229   $ 15,771
  NOL carryforwards.....................................     64,490     72,319
  Tax basis in excess of book basis in Quanterra........         --     11,145
  Capital loss carryover................................     17,446         --
  Alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards..........      3,458      3,458
  Investment and other tax credit carryforwards.........     12,750     10,474
  Other accrued liabilities.............................      5,458     17,050
  Asset basis difference--OHM and GTI...................     62,292     25,987
  Other, net............................................     23,253      7,933
                                                           --------   --------
    Gross deferred tax asset............................    200,376    164,137
  Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset............    (50,267)   (31,865)
                                                           --------   --------
    Total deferred tax asset............................    150,109    132,272
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Tax depreciation in excess of book depreciation.......    (17,120)   (19,465)
  Asset basis difference--discontinued operations.......    (11,576)   (13,012)
  Other, net............................................    (11,775)   (13,300)
                                                           --------   --------
    Total deferred tax liabilities......................    (40,471)   (45,777)
                                                           --------   --------
    Net deferred tax asset..............................   $109,638   $ 86,495
                                                           ========   ========
Net current asset.......................................   $ 15,919   $ 12,750
  Net noncurrent asset..................................     93,719     73,745
                                                           --------   --------
    Net deferred tax asset..............................   $109,638   $ 86,495
                                                           ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
   Approximately $15.2 million and $3.9 million of the valuation allowance
relates to the OHM and GTI acquisitions, respectively. Tax benefits
subsequently recognized that are related to these amounts will reduce cost in
excess of net assets of acquired businesses.
 
   At December 25, 1998, the Company had net operating losses (NOL's), tax
credit carryforwards and capital losses with expiration dates as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Research
                                           Net        and              Capital
                                        Operating Development  Other     Loss
Expiration Dates                         Losses   Tax Credits Credits Carry Over
- ----------------                        --------- ----------- ------- ----------
                                                     (In thousands)
<S>                                     <C>       <C>         <C>     <C>
1998--2003............................. $     72    $ 1,140   $2,225   $45,910
2004--2008.............................   18,700      3,393       --        --
2009--2013.............................  156,386      5,992       --        --
Indefinite.............................       --         --    3,458        --
                                        --------    -------   ------   -------
  Total................................ $175,158    $10,525   $5,683   $45,910
                                        ========    =======   ======   =======
</TABLE>
 
   During the nine months ended December 25, 1998, the Company increased its
deferred tax asset valuation allowance from $31.9 million to $50.2 million. The
increase was principally related to the acquisition of OHM and GTI
corporations, respectively, and based on the Company's assessment of the
uncertainty as to when it will generate a sufficient level of future earnings
of applicable character to realize a portion of the deferred tax asset created
by the special charges. Because of the Company's position in the industry,
recent restructuring and acquisitions, and existing backlog, management expects
that its future taxable income will more likely than not allow the Company to
fully realize its deferred tax asset. The Company evaluates the adequacy of the
valuation allowance and the realizability of the deferred tax asset on an
ongoing basis.
 
   During the twelve months ended March 27, 1998, the Company increased its
deferred tax asset valuation allowance from $9.5 million to $31.9 million. The
increase was principally related to the acquisition of OHM corporation and the
Company's assessment of its ability to fully utilize the deferred tax asset.
During 1998, prior to the acquisition of OHM, the Company increased its
valuation allowance to offset increases in the deferred tax asset balance.
During the fourth quarter, the Company acquired OHM (see "Business
Acquisitions--OHM Acquisition") which substantially increased projected taxable
income.
 
   During the twelve months ended March 28, 1997, the Company increased its
deferred tax asset valuation allowance from $4.9 million to $9.5 million. This
change was principally due to the Company's assessment of the uncertainty as to
when it will generate a sufficient level of future earnings to realize the
deferred tax asset created by the special charges (see "Special Charges").
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
Earnings per share
 
   The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings
per share:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Twelve Months Ended
                                          Nine Months Ended --------------------
                                            December 25,    March 27,  March 28,
                                                1998          1998       1997
                                          ----------------- ---------  ---------
                                          (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                       <C>               <C>        <C>
Numerator:
  Loss from continuing operations and
   before extraordinary items............     $ (7,427)     $ (6,360)  $ (8,777)
  Preferred stock dividends..............       (4,664)       (6,167)    (4,916)
                                              --------      --------   --------
  Numerator for basic and dilutive
   earnings per share--income available
   to common stockholders................      (12,091)      (12,527)   (13,693)
  Discontinued operations--closure costs
   (net of income tax benefit)...........           --        (4,960)        --
                                              --------      --------   --------
                                               (12,091)      (17,487)   (13,693)
  Extraordinary charge for early
   retirement of debt (net of income tax
   benefit)..............................           --        (5,706)        --
                                              --------      --------   --------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
 stock...................................     $(12,091)     $(23,193)  $(13,693)
                                              ========      ========   ========
Denominator:
  Weighted-average number of common
   shares outstanding for basic and
   dilutive earnings per share...........       19,149         9,737      9,227
                                              ========      ========   ========
Net loss per share:
  Earnings from continuing operations
   (net of preferred stock dividends)....     $  (0.63)     $  (1.28)  $  (1.48)
  Earnings from discontinued operations..           --         (0.51)        --
  Extraordinary item--early
   extinguishment of debt................           --         (0.59)        --
                                              --------      --------   --------
Net loss per share.......................     $  (0.63)     $  (2.38)  $  (1.48)
                                              ========      ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
   In June 1998, approximately 12.9 million shares were issued in connection
with the second step of the OHM Merger. (See Business Acquisitions.)
 
Commitments and contingencies:
 
 Lease commitments
 
   The Company's operating lease obligations are principally for buildings and
equipment. Most leases contain renewal options at varying terms. Generally, the
Company is responsible for property taxes and insurance on its leased property.
At December 25, 1998, future minimum rental commitments under noncancelable
leases with terms longer than one year aggregate $125.1 million and require
payments in the five succeeding years and thereafter of $36.8 million, $31.1
million, $22.5 million, $14.6 million, $8.6 million, and $11.5 million,
respectively. A portion of these leased assets represent duplicative facilities
and equipment resulting from the OHM and GTI acquisitions. The Company is
currently and actively involved in attempting to sublease these assets.
 
   Rental expense related to continuing operations was $29.4 million for the
nine months ended December 25, 1998, $12.9 million (including $1.2 million of
the special charges) for the twelve months ended
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
March 27, 1998, and $12.6 million (including $2.2 million of the special
charges) for the twelve months ended March 28, 1997.
 
 Contingencies
 
 Coakley Landfill Action
 
   On March 9, 1998, the Coakley Landfill PRP Steering Committee terminated,
allegedly for cause, IT Corporation's contract to perform design and
remediation services at the Coakley Landfill and sued IT for damages for delay,
redesign, regrading, repair costs, as well as for possible exposure to
penalties by the USEPA. (The Coakley Landfill Group v. IT Corporation v. Gary
W. Blake, Inc., et al., U.S.D.C., D.N.H., Case No. 98-167-JD) IT disputes that
the Steering Committee is entitled to terminate the agreement for cause and
believes the termination action arose from IT's pending change order request of
approximately $6.3 million (which has now grown to $7.2 million). IT has
answered and counterclaimed for damages for wrongful termination, issuing
defective plans and specifications, breach of contract and unfair trade
practices. Discovery of the case is ongoing, and no trial date has been set and
the ultimate outcome of this matter cannot yet be predicted.
 
 Occidental Chemical Litigation
 
   OHM is in litigation in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of
New York with Occidental Chemical Corporation (Occidental) relating to the
Durez Inlet Project performed in 1993 and 1994 for Occidental in North
Tonawanda, New York. (Occidental Chemical Corporation v. OHM Remediation
Services Corporation, U.S.D.C., W.D.N.Y, Case No 94-0955(H)) OHM's account
receivables at December 25, 1998 include a claim receivable of $8.7 million
related to this matter. OHM's work was substantially delayed and its costs of
performance were substantially increased as a result of conditions at the site
that OHM believes were materially different than as represented by Occidental.
Occidental's amended complaint seeks $8.8 million in damages primarily for
alleged costs incurred as a result of project delays and added volumes of
incinerated waste. OHM's counterclaim seeks an amount in excess of $9.2 million
(inclusive of $8.7 million of claim receivable) for damages arising from
Occidental's breach of contract, misrepresentation and failure to pay
outstanding contract amounts. The Company has established additional reserves
for a portion of the receivables related to this matter. Management believes
that it has established adequate reserves should the resolution of the above
matter be lower than the amounts recorded. The parties have completed discovery
in the case and filed motions for summary judgement against each other.
Although the court may rule on the matter at any time, its ultimate outcome
cannot be predicted.
 
 GM--Hughes Massena Litigation
 
   These two matters (General Motors Corporation v. OHM Remediation Services
Corporation, U.S.D.C., N.D.N.Y., Case No. 7:96-CV-1214TJMDS) and (OHM
Remediation Services Corporation v. Hughes Environmental Systems, Inc. And ERM
Northeast, Inc., U.S.D.C., N.D.N.Y., Case No. 7:96-CV-0110TJMDS) have now been
fully settled.
 
 Other
 
   The Company is subject to other claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course
of its business. In the opinion of management, all such other pending claims
are either adequately covered by insurance or, if not insured, will not
individually or in the aggregate result in a material adverse effect on the
consolidated financial condition, liquidity and results of operations of the
Company. In the course of the Company's business, there is always
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
risk and uncertainty in pursuing and defending claims and litigation and, not
withstanding the reserves currently established, adverse future results in
litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect upon the
Company's consolidated financial condition, liquidity and results of
operations.
 
Governmental regulation:
 
   The Company is subject to extensive regulation by applicable federal, state
and local agencies. All facets of the Company's business are conducted in the
context of a complex statutory, regulatory and governmental enforcement
framework and a highly visible political environment. The Company's operations
must satisfy stringent laws and regulations applicable to performance. Future
changes in regulations may have a material adverse effect on the consolidated
financial conditional, liquidity and results of operations of the Company.
 
Preferred stock:
 
 Carlyle Investment
 
   At the November 20, 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, IT's shareholders
voted to approve a $45.0 million investment (the Carlyle Investment) by The
Carlyle Group (Carlyle), a Washington, D.C. based merchant banking firm. The
Carlyle Investment consists of 45,000 shares of 6% Cumulative Convertible
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $100 per share (Convertible Preferred
Stock) and detachable warrants to purchase 1,250,000 shares of IT common stock,
par value $.01 per share (Carlyle Warrants). The net proceeds to IT (after
related offering costs of $4.4 million) from the Carlyle Investment were $40.6
million.
 
   Carlyle holds approximately 21% (approximately 24% assuming exercise of the
Carlyle Warrants) of the voting power of IT. Until November 20, 2001, the
holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock have the right to elect a majority
of the IT Board of Directors, provided that such holders continue to hold at
least 20% of the voting power of IT. The terms of the Convertible Preferred
Stock provide that, until November 20, 2001, the holders of the Convertible
Preferred Stock have the right to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of
the Company, provided that Carlyle continues to own at least 20% of the voting
power of the Company.
 
   The Convertible Preferred Stock ranks, as to dividends and liquidation, pari
passu to the Company's 7% Preferred Stock (see "7% Preferred Stock") and prior
to the Company's common stock. The Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled to
cumulative annual dividends. No dividends were payable in the first year;
dividends were payable quarterly in kind for the second year at the rate of 3%
per annum and, through November 1998, Carlyle was paid dividends of an
additional 1,095 shares of Convertible Preferred Stock. Commencing November 21,
1998, dividends are payable quarterly in cash at the rate of 6% per annum. The
Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled to a liquidation preference of $1,000
per share.
 
   The Convertible Preferred Stock and detachable warrants may at any time, at
the option of Carlyle, be converted into IT common shares. At December 25,
1998, 7,323,015 and 1,250,000 common shares are issuable upon conversion of the
Convertible Preferred stock and Carlyle Warrants, respectively. The conversion
price of the Convertible Preferred Stock is $7.59 per share and the exercise
price of the warrants is $11.39 per share. The Company will be entitled at its
option to redeem all of the Convertible Preferred Stock at its liquidation
preference plus accumulated and unpaid dividends on or after November 21, 2003.
 
   Although the first two years' dividends are paid at a rate of 0% and 3%,
respectively, dividends were imputed during this period at a rate of
approximately 6% per annum. Imputed dividends were $0.9 million, $2.1 million
and $0.9 million in the nine months ended December 25, 1998, the twelve months
ended
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
March 27, 1998 and the twelve months ended March 28, 1997, respectively. Any
imputed dividends will never be paid in cash or stock.
 
 7% Preferred stock
 
   In a September 1993 public offering, the Company issued 2,400,000 depositary
shares, each representing a 1/100th interest in a share of the Company's 7%
Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock (7% Preferred Stock). The
depositary shares entitle the holder to all proportional rights and preferences
of the 7% Preferred Stock, including dividend, liquidation, conversion,
redemption and voting rights and preferences.
 
   The 7% Preferred Stock ranks, as to dividends and liquidation, pari passu to
the Convertible Preferred Stock (see "Carlyle Investment") and prior to the
Company's common stock. The dividend per annum and liquidation preference for
each share of 7% Preferred Stock are $175 and $2,500, respectively, and for
each depositary share are $1.75 and $25, respectively. Dividends on the 7%
Preferred Stock and depositary shares are cumulative and payable quarterly.
 
   The 7% Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holder into
shares of the Company's common stock at a conversion price of $23.36 per share,
subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. At December 25, 1998,
2,199,903 shares of common stock are issuable upon conversion of the 7%
Preferred stock. On any dividend payment date, the 7% Preferred Stock is
exchangeable at the option of the Company, in whole but not in part, for 7%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2008 in a principal amount equal to
$2,500 per share of Preferred Stock (equivalent to $25 per depositary share).
The 7% Preferred Stock may be redeemed at any time, at the option of the
Company, in whole or in part, initially at a price of $2,622.50 per share of
Preferred Stock (equivalent to $26.225 per depositary share) and thereafter at
prices declining to $2,500 per share of Preferred Stock (equivalent to $25 per
depositary share) on or after September 30, 2003.
 
   Additionally, the 7% Preferred Stock has a special conversion right that
becomes effective in the event of certain significant transactions affecting
ownership or control of the Company. In such situations, the special conversion
right would, for a limited period, reduce the then prevailing conversion price
to the greater of the market value of the common stock or $12.68 per share. The
Carlyle Investment (see "Carlyle Investment") triggered this special conversion
right. On January 9, 1997, holders of 344,308 depositary shares elected to
convert such shares to 678,816 shares of IT common stock.
 
   The 7% Preferred Stock is non-voting, except that holders are entitled to
vote as a separate class to elect two directors if the equivalent of six or
more quarterly dividends (whether consecutive or not) on the 7% Preferred Stock
are in arrears. Such voting rights will continue until such time as the
dividend arrearage on the 7% Preferred Stock has been paid in full.
 
Stock incentive plans:
 
 Summary
 
   At the November 20, 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, IT's shareholders
voted to approve the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (1996 Plan) which
provides for the issuance of the Company's common stock or any other security
or benefit with a value derived from the value of its common stock. Options are
granted at exercise prices equal to or greater than the quoted market price at
the date of grant. At December 25, 1998, the maximum number of shares of the
Company's common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the
1996 Plan is 242,819. At January 1 of each year, the maximum number of shares
available for award under the 1996 Plan may be increased by Board approval by
an amount which represents up to 2% of the number of the Company's common stock
which are issued and outstanding at that
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
date. During the nine months ended December 25, 1998, 331,500 stock options
were granted under the 1996 Plan, which expire in fiscal year 2008.
 
   The Company's 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (1991 Plan) and 1983 Stock Incentive
Plan (1983 Plan) provided for the granting of incentive and non-qualified stock
options and the issuance of the Company's common stock or any other security or
benefit with a value derived from the value of its common stock. No shares are
available for grant under these plans as such authority to grant as to the 1991
Plan expired in March 1996 and as to the 1983 Plan expired in September 1993.
Options granted under the plans and outstanding at December 25, 1998 will
expire at various dates through January 20, 2008.
 
   Changes in the number of shares represented by outstanding options under the
1996 Plan, the 1991 Plan and the 1983 Plan during the nine months ended
December 25, 1998, the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 and the twelve months
ended March 28, 1997 are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Twelve Months Ended
                                           Nine Months Ended --------------------
                                             December 25,    March 27,  March 28,
                                                 1998          1998       1997
                                           ----------------- ---------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>               <C>        <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year.........        770,457      747,679    744,847
Options converted........................        262,125           --         --
Options granted
  (Nine months ended December 25, 1998,
   $6.44--$10.13 per share; 1998, $7.00--
   $8.50 per share; 1997, $8.63 per
   share)................................        331,000      132,921    171,000
Options exercised
  (Nine months ended December 25, 1998,
   $10.24 per share 1997, $11.50 per
   share)................................           (750)          --     (3,629)
Options expired and forfeited............        (51,156)    (110,143)  (164,539)
                                               ---------     --------   --------
Outstanding at end of year ($7.00--$32.50
 per share)..............................      1,311,676      770,457    747,679
                                               =========     ========   ========
Vested options...........................        776,500      486,520    473,257
                                               =========     ========   ========
Common stock reserved for future
 issuance................................      1,554,495
</TABLE>
 
   Additional information regarding stock options granted to employees is
outline below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Twelve Months Ended
                                         Nine Months Ended -------------------
                                           December 25,    March 27, March 28,
                                               1998          1998      1997
                                         ----------------- --------- ---------
<S>                                      <C>               <C>       <C>
Weighted average fair value of options
 at grant date..........................      $ 6.19        $ 4.79    $ 5.34
Weighted average exercise price of all
 outstanding options....................      $11.11        $13.99    $15.96
Weighted average exercise price of
 vested options.........................      $12.39        $16.95    $19.04
Weighted average exercise price of
 options exercised......................      $10.24        $11.50    $   --
Weighted average exercise price for
 expired and forfeited options..........      $22.73        $19.69    $18.53
Weighted average remaining contractual
 life of options outstanding............         7.4           6.7       6.8
</TABLE>
 
   Approximately 188,000 OHM stock options converted into approximately 262,000
IT stock options on June 11, 1998. As of December 25, 1998, these options
remain outstanding.
 
 Compensation cost
 
   The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25) and related
interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
because, as discussed below, the alternative fair value accounting provided for
under Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation," (SFAS No. 123) requires use of option valuation
models that were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options. Under
APB 25, because the exercise price of the Company's employee stock options
equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no
compensation expense is recognized.
 
   SFAS No. 123 provides that, if its optional method of accounting for stock
options is not adopted (and which the Company has not adopted), disclosure is
required of pro forma net income and net income per share. In determining the
pro forma information for stock options granted, the fair value for these
options were estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option
pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Twelve Months Ended
                                          Nine Months Ended -------------------
                                            December 25,    March 27, March 28,
                                                1998          1998      1997
                                          ----------------- --------- ---------
<S>                                       <C>               <C>       <C>
Risk free interest rate based upon zero-
 coupon U.S. Treasury Notes.............          6.0%          6.0%     6.38%
Dividend yield..........................         None          None      None
Volatility factor of expected market
 price of the Company's common stock....        0.443         0.395     0.395
Weighted average expected life of each
 option.................................          7.4           6.7       6.8
</TABLE>
 
   The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating
the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are
fully transferrable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of
highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility.
Because the Company's employee stock options have characteristics significantly
different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective
input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in
management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable
single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.
 
   If compensation cost for the Company's stock options had been determined
based on the fair value at the grant dates as defined by SFAS No. 123, the
Company's net loss applicable to common stock and net loss per common share
would have increased to the following pro forma amounts:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Twelve Months Ended
                                        Nine Months Ended --------------------
                                          December 25,    March 27,  March 28,
                                              1998          1998       1997
                                        ----------------- ---------  ---------
                                        (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                     <C>               <C>        <C>
Net loss applicable to common stock
  As reported..........................     $(12,091)     $(23,193)  $(13,693)
                                            ========      ========   ========
  Pro forma............................     $(12,367)     $(23,386)  $(13,735)
                                            ========      ========   ========
Net loss per common share
  As reported..........................     $  (0.63)     $  (2.38)  $  (1.48)
                                            ========      ========   ========
  Pro forma............................     $  (0.65)     $  (2.40)  $  (1.49)
                                            ========      ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
   Additionally, under the 1991 Plan, the Company awarded shares of nonvested
restricted stock to officers and key employees which amounted to 266,019 in the
twelve months ended March 29, 1996. Vesting of awards is dependent upon
continued employment and, in the case of certain performance-related awards,
the sustained level of a target market price for the Company's common stock
that exceeds the related market price on the date of grant. On December 25,
1998, the total number of shares of restricted stock outstanding was 105,900.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
The cost of restricted stock awards is generally expensed over the vesting
period, which ranges from two to five years, and amounted to $0.2 million, $0.5
million and $0.6 million for the nine months ended December 25, 1998, the
twelve months ended March 27, 1998 and the twelve months ended March 28, 1997,
respectively.
 
 Employee benefit plans:
 
   The Company has a defined contribution, contributory pension and profit
sharing plan (the Plan), covering all employees with one year of continuous
service. The Company amended the Plan, effective December 25, 1998, to
discontinue the minimum annual contribution of 3% of participants' eligible
compensation. Additionally, beginning January 1, 1999, the Company amended its
voluntary 401(k) savings plan. The Company now contributes up to 4% of
participants' eligible compensation by matching 100% of each participants'
contribution (up to 4% of eligible compensation). Prior to January 1, 1999, the
Company contributed up to 2% of participants' eligible compensation by matching
50% of each participant's contribution (up to 4% of eligible compensation) to
the Company's voluntary 401(k) savings plan. The Plan currently allows a
maximum contribution of up to 15% of participants' eligible compensation up to
$10,000 annually. The Company funds current costs as accrued, and there are no
unfunded vested benefits.
 
   Pension and profit sharing expense was $3.5 million, $3.6 million and $3.6
million for the nine months ended December 25, 1998, the twelve months ended
March 27, 1998 and the twelve months ended March 28, 1997, respectively.
 
Operating segments:
 
 Organization
 
   The IT Group, Inc. has four reportable segments: Engineering & Construction
(E & C), Consulting & Ventures (C & V), Outsourced Services and International.
The Company's E & C Platform manages complex hazardous waste remediation
projects of all sizes involving the assessment, planning and execution of the
decontamination and restoration of property, plant and equipment that have been
contaminated by hazardous substances. The Outsourced Services Platform provides
full service capabilities for operations, maintenance, management and
construction at federal, state and local government facilities and in the
private sector. The C & V Platform provides a wide range of consulting services
including environmental permitting, facility siting and design, strategic
environmental management, environmental compliance/auditing, risk
assessment/management, pollution prevention, waste minimization, environmental
information systems, and data management. The Company's International Platform
is designed to meet the global needs of the Company's U.S. based clients and to
invest in businesses or enter into joint ventures to pursue and perform
international projects. Current International operations consist of a 50.1%
investment in a Taiwan-based wastewater treatment design/build firm and with
the acquisition of GTI in December 1998, the Company expanded its international
presence and provides environmental services through offices located in Europe
and Australia.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
 Segment Information
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Outsourced
                             E & C    Services   C & V  International  Total
                            -------- ---------- ------- ------------- --------
                                              (In thousands)
<S>                         <C>      <C>        <C>     <C>           <C>
Nine months ended December
 25, 1998
  Revenues................. $597,897  $70,400   $79,353    $ 9,785    $757,435
  Segment profit (loss)....   63,817    7,896    10,617       (418)     81,912
  Depreciation expense.....    6,044      162     1,607         69       7,882
  Segment assets...........  218,940   11,697    56,896      8,539     296,072
Twelve Months Ended March
 27, 1998
  Revenues................. $346,143  $ 6,819   $79,643    $ 9,611    $442,216
  Segment profit (loss)....   37,045      948     7,272     (1,419)     43,846
  Depreciation expense.....    4,387       22     1,605        113       6,127
  Segment assets...........  188,342    6,226    22,395      4,118     221,081
Twelve Months Ended March
 28, 1997
  Revenues................. $308,635  $    --   $48,832    $ 4,664    $362,131
  Segment profit...........   25,909       --       694        177      26,780
  Depreciation expense.....    8,704       --       758         56       9,518
  Segment assets...........   73,650       --    19,828      7,087     100,565
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Twelve Months Ended
                                        Nine months ended --------------------
                                          December 25,    March 27,  March 28,
                                              1998          1998       1997
                                        ----------------- ---------  ---------
<S>                                     <C>               <C>        <C>
Profit or Loss
  Total profit for reportable
   segments............................     $ 81,912      $ 43,846   $ 26,780
  Unallocated amounts:
    Corporate selling, general and
     administrative expense............      (32,779)      (23,814)   (22,073)
    Special charges (a)................      (24,971)      (14,248)    (8,403)
    Interest expense, net..............      (24,895)       (7,969)    (5,260)
                                            --------      --------   --------
    Loss before income taxes,
     extraordinary
     item and discontinued operations..     $   (733)     $ (2,185)  $ (8,956)
                                            ========      ========   ========
Assets (b)
  Assets for reportable segments.......     $296,072      $221,081   $100,565
  Other assets.........................      652,534       488,136    241,966
                                            --------      --------   --------
    Total consolidated assets..........     $948,606      $709,217   $342,531
                                            ========      ========   ========
Depreciation Expense
  Depreciation for reportable
   segments............................     $  7,882      $  6,127   $  9,518
  Depreciation on corporate assets
   (c).................................        2,059         2,606      2,842
                                            --------      --------   --------
    Total depreciation expense.........     $  9,941      $  8,733   $ 12,360
                                            ========      ========   ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) See "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--Special Charges". These
    special charges are excluded from segment profit (loss) because most of
    these items can not be identified with a particular segment and because
    management does not include special charges when analyzing the Company's
    business segments.
 
(b) Segment assets include primarily accounts receivable of each business
    segment. Other assets are principally long-term assets including property
    and equipment, cost in excess of net assets of acquired businesses, income
    tax assets and assets of discontinued operations.
 
(c) Depreciation on corporate assets includes corporate facilities, furniture
    and equipment and the Company's mainframe computer hardware and software
    which have not been allocated to the operating segments.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
 Geographic Information
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Twelve Months Ended
                            Nine months ended    -----------------------------------------------
                            December 25, 1998        March 27, 1998          March 28, 1997
                         ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
                                      Long-Lived              Long-Lived              Long-Lived
                         Revenues (a) Assets (b) Revenues (a) Assets (b) Revenues (a) Assets (b)
                         ------------ ---------- ------------ ---------- ------------ ----------
                                                     (In thousands)
<S>                      <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
United States...........   $746,992    $458,233    $431,599    $358,973    $351,152    $117,386
Other foreign
 countries..............     10,443       3,573      10,617       2,831      10,979       1,848
                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
                           $757,435    $461,806    $442,216    $361,804    $362,131    $119,234
                           ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of clients.
 
(b) Long-lived assets include non-current assets of the Company, excluding
    deferred income taxes.
 
 Major Clients
 
   The Company's revenues attributable to the U.S. federal government were
$525.0 million, $255.9 million and $215.1 million for the nine months ended
December 25, 1998, the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 and the twelve months
ended March 28, 1997, respectively. All four of the Company's operating
segments report revenues from the U.S. government. No other customer accounted
for 10% or more of the Company's consolidated revenues in any fiscal period.
 
 Revenues by Products and Services
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Twelve Months Ended
                                         Nine months ended -------------------
                                           December 25,    March 27, March 28,
                                               1998          1998      1997
                                         ----------------- --------- ---------
                                                    (In thousands)
<S>                                      <C>               <C>       <C>
Site remedial action projects...........     $607,682      $355,754  $313,299
Project, program and construction
 management.............................       70,400         6,819        --
Consulting and engineering services.....       79,353        79,643    48,832
                                             --------      --------  --------
                                             $757,435      $442,216  $362,131
                                             ========      ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
Quarterly results of operations (unaudited):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           First         Second       Third
                                          quarter       quarter      quarter
                                        ------------  ------------ ------------
                                        (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                     <C>           <C>          <C>
Nine months ended December 25, 1998:
  Revenues............................. $    225,188  $    260,187 $    272,060
  Gross margin.........................       27,058        30,553       33,350
  Income (loss) from continuing
   operations..........................      (19,291)        5,468        6,396
  Net income (loss) applicable to
   common stock........................      (20,860)        3,899        4,870
  Net income (loss) per share:
    Basic.............................. $      (1.76) $       0.17 $       0.22
                                        ============  ============ ============
    Diluted............................ $      (1.76) $       0.16 $       0.19
                                        ============  ============ ============
</TABLE>
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       First     Second     Third     Fourth
                                      quarter    quarter   quarter    quarter
                                      --------- --------- ---------  ---------
                                      (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                   <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
Twelve Months Ended March 27, 1998:
  Revenues........................... $ 98,181  $ 102,840 $ 105,157  $ 136,038
  Gross margin.......................   11,424     11,412    11,770     17,200
  Income (loss) from continuing
   operations before extraordinary
   item..............................   (2,914)     1,922    (1,840)    (3,528)
  Discontinued operations--closure
   costs.............................       --         --        --     (4,960)
  Extraordinary item--early
   extinguishment of debt............       --         --        --     (5,706)
  Net income (loss) applicable to
   common stock......................   (4,447)       385    (3,379)   (15,752)
  Net income (loss) per share:
  Basic and diluted:
    Earnings from continuing
     operations
     (net of preferred stock
     dividends)......................    (0.46)      0.04     (0.35)     (0.52)
    Discontinued operations..........       --         --        --      (0.51)
    Extraordinary item--early
     extinguishment of debt..........       --         --        --      (0.59)
                                      --------  --------- ---------  ---------
  Net income (loss) per share........ $  (0.46) $    0.04 $   (0.35) $   (1.62)
                                      ========  ========= =========  =========
</TABLE>
 
   See "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--Special Charges".
 
Discontinued operations:
 
 Overview
 
   Prior to December 1987 the Company was a major provider of hazardous waste
transportation, treatment, and disposal operations in California. In December
1987, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a strategic restructuring
program which included a formal plan to divest the transportation, treatment
and disposal operations through sale of some facilities and closure of certain
other facilities. Subsequent to this date, the Company ceased obtaining new
business for these operations. During the quarter ended March 27, 1998, the
Company recorded an increase in the provision for loss on disposition of $8.0
million or $5.0 million, net of income tax benefit of $3.0 million, primarily
for additional closure costs related to the approval of the closure plan by the
DTSC for the Panoche disposal site. Prior to the twelve months ended March 27,
1998, the Company cumulatively recorded a provision for loss on disposition
(including the initial provision and three subsequent adjustments) in the
amount of $168.2 million, net of income tax benefit of $32.9 million. During
each of the three fiscal years ended December 25, 1998, the Company funded
previously accrued costs of $11.1 million, $14.9 million and $15.7 million
relating to the closure plans and construction and PRP matters. The Company
expects to incur costs over the next several years; however, the nature of the
costs will change from closure design and construction to post-closure
monitoring. At December 25, 1998, the Company's consolidated balance sheet
included accrued liabilities of approximately $7.9 million to complete the
closure and post-closure of its disposal facilities and the PRP matters, net of
certain trust fund and annuity investments, restricted to closure and post-
closure use. The trust funds are invested in high quality common stock and AAA
rated corporate and government bonds which are recognized at fair market value
and annuity investments which pay periodic payments into the trust fund.
 
   The annuities and trust fund assets are held in a legally binding trust
agreement by a third party trustee naming the California EPA, Department of
Toxic Substances control (DTSC) as the beneficiary of the trust. As closure and
post closure obligations are met by the Company, DTSC is obligated to release
funds from the trusts to reflect reduced estimates of remaining costs.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 
   The provision for loss on disposition of transportation, treatment and
disposal discontinued operations is based on various assumptions and estimates,
including those discussed below. The adequacy of the provision for loss is
periodically reevaluated in light of the developments since the adoption of the
divestiture plan, and management believes that the provision as adjusted is
reasonable; however, the ultimate effect of the divestiture on the consolidated
financial condition, liquidity and results of operations of the Company is
dependent upon future events, the outcome of which cannot be determined at this
time. Closure and post-closure costs could be higher than estimated if
regulatory agencies were to require closure and/or post-closure procedures
significantly different than those in the approved plans, or if the Company is
required to perform unexpected remediation work at the facilities in the future
or to pay penalties for alleged noncompliance with regulations or permit
conditions. Outcomes significantly different from those used to estimate the
provision for loss could result in a material adverse effect on the
consolidated financial condition, liquidity and results of operations of the
Company.
 
 Northern California Facilities
 
   As a part of the Company's discontinued operations, the Company operated a
series of treatment, storage and disposal facilities in California, including
four major disposal facilities. Closure plans for all four of these facilities
have now been approved by all applicable regulatory agencies. Closure
construction has been completed at three of these facilities (Montezuma Hills,
Benson Ridge, and Vine Hill).
 
   On March 18, 1998, the DTSC certified the Environmental Impact Report and
approved the Closure Plan for the Panoche facility. The approved plans provide
for submittal of technical studies that will be utilized to determine final
aspects, details and costs of closure construction and monitoring programs.
While IT believes that the approved closure plans substantially reduce future
cost uncertainties to complete the closure of the Panoche facility, the
ultimate costs will depend upon the results of the technical studies called for
in the approved plans. Closure construction for the plan is scheduled to be
completed in the fall of 2000.
 
   The carrying value of the long-term assets of discontinued operations of
$40.0 million at December 25, 1998 is principally comprised of unused residual
land at the inactive disposal facilities and assumes that land sales will occur
at market prices estimated by the Company based on certain assumptions
(entitlements, development agreements, etc.). A portion of the residual land is
the subject of a local community review of its strategy which will be the
subject of public hearings and city council deliberation through the second
quarter of 1999. There is no assurance as to the timing of development or sales
of any of the Company's residual land, or the Company's ability to ultimately
liquidate the land for the estimated sale prices. If the assumptions used to
determine such prices are not realized, the value of the land could be
materially different from the current carrying value.
 
   The Company maintains Environmental Impairment Liability coverage for the
Northern California facilities through the Company's captive insurance company.
The limits of the policy are $32.0 million which meet the current requirements
of both federal and state law.
 
 Operating Industries, Inc. Superfund Site
 
   In June 1986, USEPA notified a number of entities, including the Company,
that they were PRPs with respect to the Operating Industries, Inc. (OII)
Superfund site in Monterey Park, California. Between October 1995 and April
1996, the Company, the USEPA and the Steering Committee agreed to settlements
of the Company's alleged liability for certain prior response costs incurred by
the USEPA. While resolving the Company's alleged liability for these response
costs, the settlement did not include a release of liability for
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
future or final OII remedies. The USEPA has requested, and the Steering
Committee and the Company have submitted, proposals to work cooperatively with
interested parties on the final remedy. While the USEPA has estimated response
costs for the final remedy to approximate $161.8 million, and the USEPA has
alleged the Company generated 2% by volume of the manifested hazardous wastes
disposed of at the site, the Company believes that USEPA's final remedy cost
estimates are substantially overstated. Should the costs of the final remedy be
greater than the amounts recognized or should the Company be forced to assume a
disproportionate share of the costs of the final remedy, the cost to the
Company of concluding this matter could materially increase.
 
 GBF Pittsburg Site
 
   In September 1987, the Company and 17 others were served with a Remedial
Action Order (RAO) issued by the DTSC, concerning the GBF Pittsburg landfill
site near Antioch, California. From the 1960's through 1974, a predecessor to
IT Corporation operated a portion of one of the two parcels as a liquid
hazardous waste site.
 
   In June 1997, the DTSC completed and released a final Remedial Action Plan
(RAP) selecting DTSC's preferred pump-and-treat remedial alternative, which the
Company now estimates to cost up to $18.0 million based on DTSC's prior
estimates. As part of the RAP, the DTSC also advised the PRP group of its
position that all PRPs, including the Company, are responsible for paying the
future closure and postclosure costs of the overlying municipal landfill, which
have been estimated at approximately $4.0 million. (The DTSC also seeks
approximately $1.0 million in oversight costs from all PRPs.) The PRP group
continues to believe that its preferred alternative of continued limited site
monitoring, which was estimated to cost approximately $4.0 million, is
appropriate and has filed an application with the appropriate Regional Water
Quality Control Board (RWQCB) for designation of the site as a containment zone
which, if approved, would facilitate the PRP group's preferred remedial
alternative.
 
   The Company and the PRP group initiated litigation (Members of the
GBF/Pittsburg Landfill(s) Respondents Group, etc., et al, v. State of
California Environmental Protection Agency Contra Costa County, California
Superior Court Case No. C97-02936) challenging the final RAP, and the PRP group
and the DTSC have agreed to stay this litigation and implementation of major
RAP elements pending the RWQCB's review of the containment zone application.
The PRP group continues to work with the RWQCB and the DTSC to determine the
scope of the studies necessary for consideration of the application.
 
   In the final RAP the DTSC assigned the Company and the other members of the
PRP group collective responsibility (on a non-binding basis) for 50% of the
site's response costs. The PRP group continues to believe that the DTSC
allocation is inappropriate and current owner/operators should pay a larger
portion of the site's response costs and the PRP group has initiated litigation
(Members of the GBF/Pittsburg Landfill(s) Respondents Group, etc., et al, v.
Contra Costa Waste Service, etc., et al. U.S.D.C., N.D. CA, Case No. C96-
03147SI) against the owner/operators of the site and other non-cooperating PRPs
to cause them to bear their proportionate share of site remedial costs. The
owner/operators are vigorously defending the PRP group's litigation, and the
outcome of the litigation cannot be determined at this time. Mediation of this
litigation has been postponed until late September 1999. IT Corporation has
paid approximately 50% of the PRP group's costs to-date on an interim basis.
 
   Failure of the PRP group to effect a satisfactory resolution with respect to
the choice of appropriate remedial alternatives or to obtain an appropriate
contribution towards site remedial costs from the current owner/operators of
the site and other non-cooperating PRPs, could substantially increase the cost
to the Company of remediating the site.
 
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
 
 Other Site Cleanup Actions
 
   The Company, as a major provider of hazardous waste transportation,
treatment and disposal operations in California prior to the December 1987
adoption of its strategic restructuring program, has been named a PRP at a
number of other sites and may from time to time be so named at additional sites
and may also face damage claims by third parties for alleged releases or
discharges of contaminants or pollutants arising out of its transportation,
treatment and disposal discontinued operations. The Company has either denied
responsibility and/or is participating with others named by the USEPA and/or
the DTSC in conducting investigations as to the nature and extent of
contamination at the sites. Based on the Company's experience in resolving
claims against it at a number of sites and upon current information, in the
opinion of management, with advice of counsel, claims with respect to sites not
described above at which the Company has been notified of its alleged status as
a PRP will not individually or in the aggregate result in a material adverse
effect on the consolidated financial condition, liquidity and results of
operations of the Company.
 
   The Company has initiated against a number of its past insurers claims for
recovery of certain damages and costs with respect to both its Northern
California sites and certain PRP matters. The carriers dispute their
allegations to the Company and the Company expects them to continue to contest
the claims. The Company has included in its provision for loss on disposition
of discontinued operations (as adjusted) an amount that, in the opinion of
management, with advice of counsel, represents a probable recovery with respect
to those claims.
 
Subsequent events:
 
   On February 5, 1999, the Company signed an agreement to acquire all of the
stock of Roche Limited Consulting Group (Roche) for $10.0 million plus two
potential earnout payments. Roche is based in Quebec City, Canada and provides
engineering and construction services to wastewater, paper, mining and
transportation industries worldwide. Roche has approximately 700 employees and
had revenue of $28.0 million in its most recent year ended December 31, 1998.
The acquisition is expected to close in April 1999.
 
   On March 8, 1999, the Company signed an agreement to acquire specified
assets of the Environment and Facilities Management Group (EFM Group) of ICF
Kaiser International, Inc. for $82.0 million in cash reduced by $8.0 million
representing working capital retained by Kaiser. The EFM Group provides
environmental remediation, program management and technical support for United
States Government agencies including the DOD, National Aeronautics and Space
Administration (NASA) and the DOE as well as private sector environmental
clients. The EFM Group has approximately 500 employees and had revenue of
approximately $106.0 million for the calendar year ended December 31, 1998. The
acquisition is expected to close in April 1999.
 
   The Company has begun a private placement of $200 million of subordinated
notes (Notes). If the offering of the Notes is completed, the Notes will have a
fixed rate of interest payable every six months in cash commencing in 1999 and
will be redeemable in or after 2004 at a premium. The Notes will be general
unsecured obligations of the Company, subordinated to the Company's credit
facilities (see Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--Long-term debt) and
other senior indebtedness and pari passu with other existing future
indebtedness unless the terms of that indebtedness expressly provide otherwise.
The proceeds of the Notes, assuming the offering is completed, will be used to
fund the Roche and EFM acquisitions and to refinance existing indebtedness.
 
   On March 5, 1999, the lenders under the Company's credit facilities approved
the third amendment to the loan agreement. The third amendment provides for the
Company to issue up to $250 million in subordinated notes for the acquisitions
(discussed above) and to pay down outstanding borrowings under the revolving
credit facility portion of the credit facilities.
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
 
   There were none.
 
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
 
   At the 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, stockholders approved a cash
investment (the Investment) of $45,000,000 in the Company by certain investors
affiliated with The Carlyle Group (collectively, Carlyle), a private merchant
bank headquartered in Washington, D.C. In consideration of its investment,
Carlyle received 45,000 shares of newly issued Cumulative Convertible
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $100 per share (the Convertible
Preferred Stock), and warrants (the Warrants) to purchase up to 1,250,000
shares of our Common Stock (at the current exercise price of $11.39 per share).
Carlyle's purchase of the Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants was financed
through the private sale of interests in limited partnerships affiliated with
Carlyle or through other entities. These partnerships and other entities then
purchased the Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants.
 
   Pursuant to the terms of the Investment, Carlyle is entitled to elect a
majority of our Board of Directors, until November 20, 2001, which date is five
years from the consummation of the Investment (the Five-Year Period), provided
that Carlyle continues to own at least 20% of the voting power of the Company.
Also pursuant to the terms of the Investment, the number of directors
comprising our Board will be an odd number. A majority of the directors (the
Preferred Stock Directors) will be elected by the holders of the Convertible
Preferred Stock acting by written consent and without a meeting of the Common
Stock holders, and the remaining directors (the Common Stock Directors) will be
elected by the Common Stock holders. The Preferred Stock Directors serve for
annual terms. The Investment agreements also provide that at least two of the
directors elected by the holders of the Common Stock will have no employment or
other relationship with us or Carlyle, other than their positions as directors
of the Company. During the Five-Year Period, holders of the Convertible
Preferred Stock will not participate in elections of the Common Stock Directors
and the Preferred Stock Directors will not have the right to vote on the
election of any director to fill a vacancy among the Common Stock Directors. At
the end of the Five-Year Period, provided that Carlyle continues to own at
least 20% of the voting power of the Company, holders of the Convertible
Preferred Stock will be entitled to elect the largest number of directors which
is a minority of the directors and to vote with the Common Stock holders (as a
single class) on the election of the remaining directors. Additionally, the
holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock, in the event they no longer have
the right to elect at least a minority of the directors, will have the right
(voting as a class with holders of our 7% Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable
Preferred Stock, par value $100 per share, and any other parity stock) to elect
two directors to the Board in the event we fail to make payment of dividends on
the Convertible Preferred Stock for six dividend periods.
 
   Pursuant to an agreement of merger dated January 15, 1998 (the OHM Merger
Agreement), the Company acquired OHM Corporation (OHM) in a two-step
transaction, comprised of a tender offer for 13,933,000 shares of OHM common
stock, or 54% of the outstanding OHM stock, for $160,300,000 in cash, which was
consummated on February 25, 1998, and a merger (the OHM Merger) of an IT
subsidiary into OHM on June 11, 1998. In the OHM Merger, the former OHM
shareholders received IT common stock representing approximately 57% of the
outstanding IT common stock and 45% of the voting power of IT, as well as cash
in the aggregate amount of $30,800,000. Subsequent to the OHM Merger, holders
of the Convertible Preferred Stock own approximately 21% (approximately 24%
assuming exercise of the Carlyle Warrants) of the Company's voting power.
 
   At the Special Meeting of Shareholders held on June 11, 1998 (the Special
Meeting), at which the OHM Merger was approved, the shareholders also voted to
eliminate our classified Board of Directors system.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
 
Under that system, the Common Stock Directors served for three year terms which
were staggered to provide for the election of approximately one-third of the
Board members each year. As a result of the shareholders' vote to eliminate our
classified Board of Directors system, the holders of the Common Stock are
entitled to vote each year on the election of all Common Stock Directors.
 
   After the OHM Merger, pursuant to the OHM Merger Agreement, Richard W. Pogue
and Charles W. Schmidt were appointed to the Board of Directors as Common Stock
Directors. In connection with their appointment, the authorized number of
directors (both Common and Preferred Stock Directors) was increased to nine
(9), with the Board consisting of five Preferred Stock Directors and four
Common Stock Directors so that the Preferred Stock Directors continue to
represent a majority of the Board of Directors. To allow for this change, one
of the Common Stock Directors, E. Martin Gibson, resigned as such and was
reappointed as a Preferred Stock Director.
 
   After giving effect to the changes approved in connection with the OHM
Merger, our Board of Directors is constituted as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Term to Director of the
Name                      Age         Current Position          Expire  IT Group Since
- ----                      ---         ----------------          ------- ---------------
<S>                       <C> <C>                               <C>     <C>
Common Stock Directors:
Anthony J. DeLuca (1)...   51 Director, Chief Executive Officer  1999        1996
                              and President
 
James C. McGill (3).....   55 Director                           1999        1990
 
Richard W. Pogue (3)....   70 Director                           1999        1998
 
Charles W. Schmidt (2)..   71 Director                           1999        1998
 
Preferred Stock
 Directors:
Daniel A. D'Aniello (1)
 (2)....................   52 Director and Chairman of the       1999        1996
                              Board (non-officer position)
 
Philip B. Dolan (1)
 (2)....................   40 Director                           1999        1996
 
E. Martin Gibson (3)....   60 Director                           1999        1994
 
Robert F. Pugliese (3)..   66 Director                           1999        1996
 
James David Watkins
 (2)....................   72 Director                           1999        1996
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Member of Executive Committee
 
(2) Member of Compensation Committee.
 
(3) Member of Audit Committee.
 
Background of the Directors:
 
   Mr. D'Aniello has been a Managing Director for Carlyle since 1987. Mr.
D'Aniello was Vice President, Finance and Development for Marriott Corporation,
a hospitality company, from 1981 to 1987. He currently serves on the Board of
Directors for GTS Duratek, Inc., an environmental services company, Baker &
Taylor, Inc., a wholesale distributor of books, and PRA International, Inc. Mr.
D'Aniello is Chairman of GTS Duratek, Inc. and Vice Chairman of Baker & Taylor,
Inc.
 
   Mr. DeLuca was named Chief Executive Officer and President on July 22, 1997
and President and Acting Chief Executive Officer and a Director as of July 1,
1996. Prior thereto, Mr. DeLuca had been Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of the IT Group since March 1990. Before joining us Mr.
DeLuca had been a senior partner at the public accounting firm Ernst & Young
LLP.
 
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
 
   Mr. Dolan has been a Principal for Carlyle since 1998. Prior thereto, he was
a Vice President for Carlyle from 1989. He also serves on the Board of
Directors of Baker & Taylor, Inc. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Dolan was an
investment analyst and fund manager with the Trust Division of the Mercantile-
Safe Deposit and Trust Company and was engaged in management consulting and
practiced public accounting with Seidman & Seidman. Mr. Dolan is a Certified
Public Accountant.
 
   Mr. Gibson served as Chairman of the Board of Directors, a non-officer, non-
employee position, from April 6, 1995 until his resignation as Chairman upon
completion of the Investment. From 1990 until December 1994, Mr. Gibson served
as Chairman of Corning Life Sciences, Inc., a subsidiary of Corning
Incorporated. Mr. Gibson served in various other senior management capacities
with Corning Incorporated during his 32 year career there, including as a
Senior Vice President and General Manager of Corning Medical and Scientific
Division from 1980 until 1983, and as Group President of Corning Consumer
Products and Laboratory Sciences from 1983 until 1990. From 1983 to 1994, Mr.
Gibson served on the Board of Directors of Corning Incorporated. Mr. Gibson
also serves on the Boards of Directors of Hardinge, Inc., NovaCare, Inc. and
Primerica, Inc.
 
   Mr. McGill is currently, and has been for at least five years, a private
investor. He served as Chairman of McGill Environmental Systems, Inc. from 1970
to 1987. Mr. McGill serves on the Board of Trustees of the University of Tulsa
and on the Boards of Directors of two private corporations that are engaged in
venture capital and health exercise equipment businesses.
 
   Mr. Pogue is a consultant with Dix & Eaton, a public relations firm.
Effective June 30, 1994, Mr. Pogue retired as Senior Partner of the law firm of
Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue, Cleveland, Ohio, of which he had been a partner
since 1961. Mr. Pogue is also a Director of Continental Airlines, Inc., Derlan
Industries Limited, M.A. Hanna Company, KeyCorp, LAI Worldwide, Inc., Rotek
Incorporated and TRW Inc. Mr. Pogue was a Director of OHM for 12 years prior to
the OHM Merger.
 
   Mr. Pugliese has been Special Counsel to Eckert Seamans Cherin & Mellott
since 1993. Mr. Pugliese was Executive Vice President, Legal and Corporate
Affairs for Westinghouse Electric Corporation and served as General Counsel
from 1976 to 1992. Mr. Pugliese is a member of the Association of General
Counsel. Mr. Pugliese has served as Secretary to the Board of Directors of
Westinghouse Electric Corporation and Chairman of the Board of Trustees at the
University of Scranton, and served as a Director of OCWEN Asset Investment
Corporation and St. Clair Memorial Hospital.
 
   Mr. Schmidt retired in January 1991 as Senior Vice President, External
Affairs of Raytheon Company, a broadly diversified manufacturer of industrial
and consumer products, and was formerly President and Chief Executive Officer
of SCA Services, Inc., a company that provided waste management-related
services and previously was President and Chief Executive Officer of S.D.
Warren Company, a division of Scott Paper Company. Mr. Schmidt also serves as a
trustee of the Massachusetts Financial Services Family of Mutual Funds and is a
Director of Mohawk Paper Company. Mr. Schmidt was a Director of OHM for 12
years prior to the OHM Merger.
 
   Admiral Watkins has been the President of the Joint Oceanographic
Institutions, Inc. since 1993 and President of Consortium Oceanographic
Research and Education since 1994. Admiral Watkins was Secretary of Energy of
the United States from 1989 to 1993. Prior to his appointment as Secretary of
Energy, the Admiral served as Director of Philadelphia Electric Company and
VESTAR, Inc. (a pharmaceutical company), and was a consultant to the Carnegie
Corporation of New York. From 1982 to 1986, he served as the Chief of Naval
Operations, capping a career spanning nearly four decades. Admiral Watkins was
also appointed to chair the Presidential Commission on AIDS from 1987 to 1988.
He was a Trustee of the Carnegie Corporation of New York from 1993 to 1998.
Admiral Watkins currently serves as a Director of Edison International and
GTS-Duratek and as Chairman of Eurotech, Ltd.
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
 
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
 
   Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act)
requires directors, certain officers of the Company and persons holding more
than 10% of the Company's Common Stock to file reports concerning their
ownership of Common Stock by dates established under the Exchange Act and also
requires that the Company disclose any noncompliance with those requirements
during fiscal year 1998. Based solely upon a review of reports delivered to the
Company, the Company believes all Section 16(a) filing requirements were
satisfied.
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
 
   The "Executive Compensation" section of Registrant's definitive proxy
statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the nine
months ended December 25, 1998 is incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                       79
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
 
Principal Stockholders
 
   The following table sets forth information as of March 5, 1999 with respect
to beneficial ownership of (a) Common Stock, (b) Depositary Shares, each
representing 1/100 of a share of 7% Preferred Stock (the Depositary Shares),
(c) Convertible Preferred Stock and (d) the Warrants, by (w) each person known
by the Company to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of the outstanding
Common Stock (based solely on information contained in Schedules 13D, -G, or -F
filed by such persons and delivered to the Company), Depositary Shares,
Convertible Preferred Stock or Warrants, (x) each director of the Company, (y)
the executive officers of the Company and (z) all directors and persons serving
as executive officers of the Company as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Amount and                   Amount and                 Amount and     Percent of
                           Nature of       Percent of   Nature of    Percent of     Nature of    Convertible
                           Beneficial        Common     Beneficial   Depositary    Beneficial     Preferred
                          Ownership of       Stock     Ownership of    Shares     Ownership of      Stock
                             Common       Beneficially  Depositary  Beneficially   Convertible   Beneficially
          Name            Stock (1)(2)     Owned (2)      Shares       Owned     Preferred Stock    Owned
          ----            ------------    ------------ ------------ ------------ --------------- ------------
<S>                       <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>
TCG Holdings, L.L.C.....   6,556,061(3)      22.49%                                  41,263         89.52%
Carlyle Investment
 Management, L.L.C......     766,954(4)       3.28%                                   4,832         10.48%
Brahman Capital Corp. et
 al.....................   2,939,492(5)      13.01%
T. Rowe Price
 Associates, Inc.(6)....   1,493,311          6.60%
Dimension Fund Advisors
 (7)....................   1,239,915          5.49%
Baron Capital Group,
 Inc. (8)...............   1,200,000          5.31%
Daniel A. D'Aniello
 (9)....................           0            --
Philip B. Dolan (11)....           0            --
E. Martin Gibson........      12,226             *        5,000           *
James C. McGill (10)....      20,713             *        1,000           *
Robert F. Pugliese......       2,966             *
James D. Watkins........       2,966             *
Anthony J. DeLuca.......     188,485             *
David L. Backus.........           0             *
James G. Kirk...........       2,624             *
James R. Mahoney........      85,730             *
Richard W. Pogue........      69,841(11)         *
Raymond J. Pompe........      74,725             *
Charles W. Schmidt......      15,940             *
Philip O. Strawbridge...     173,195             *
All directors and
 executive officers as a
 group (14 persons)
 (12)...................     649,411          2.83%
</TABLE>
- --------
*Less than 1%
 
(1)  The number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned includes shares of
     Common Stock in which the persons set forth in the table have either
     investment or voting power. Unless otherwise indicated, all of such
     interests are owned directly, and the indicated person or entity has sole
     voting and investment power, subject to community property laws where
     applicable. The number of shares beneficially owned also includes shares
     that the following individuals have the right to acquire within 60 days of
     March 5, 1999 upon exercise of stock options (and conversion of Depositary
     Shares in the case of Messrs. Gibson and
   McGill) in the following amounts: (i) 6,875 shares upon exercise of options
   and 5,351 shares upon conversion of the Depositary Shares as to Mr. Gibson,
   (ii) 1,875 shares upon exercise of options and 1,070 shares upon conversion
   of the Depositary Shares as to Mr. McGill, (iii) 55,760 shares as to Mr.
   Pogue, (iv) 13,940 shares as to Mr. Schmidt, (v) 38,834 shares as to Mr.
   DeLuca, (vi) 31,834 shares as to Mr. Mahoney, (vii) 20,355 shares as to Mr.
   Pompe, (viii) 2,624 shares as to Mr. Kirk, and (ix) 136,565 shares as to Mr.
   Strawbridge.
 
 
                                       80
<PAGE>
 
(2)  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock
     beneficially owned, as well as the percentage of outstanding Common Stock
     held, by each person or group set forth in the table, the number of such
     shares is divided by the sum of the number of outstanding shares of Common
     Stock on March 5, 1999 plus (i) the number of shares of Common Stock
     subject to options exercisable currently or within 60 days of March 5,
     1999 by such person or group, (ii) shares of Common Stock into which
     persons who hold Depositary Shares or Convertible Preferred Stock may
     convert such security (or otherwise obtain Common Stock), and/or receive
     Common Stock upon exercise of Warrants, in accordance with Rule
     13d-3(d)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Rule
     13d-3(d)(1)). Depositary Shares may be converted at any time into Common
     Stock at the ratio of 1.0702 shares of Common Stock for each Depositary
     Share. The Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted at any time into
     Common Stock at the ratio of 131.75 shares of Common Stock for each share
     of Convertible Preferred Stock (reflecting a conversion price of $7.59 per
     share of Convertible Preferred Stock).
 
(3)  Represents shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all shares
     of Convertible Preferred Stock and exercise of all Carlyle Warrants held
     by certain limited partnerships controlled by TCG Holdings, L.L.C., a
     Delaware limited liability company (TCG Holdings), as set forth in more
     detail in the following sentence. The cumulative TCG Holdings ownership
     figure represents (i) 1,826,339 shares beneficially owned by Carlyle
     Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (CPII), (ii) 82,936
     shares beneficially owned by Carlyle Partners III, L.P., a Delaware
     limited partnership (CPIII), (iii) 1,530,275 shares beneficially owned by
     Carlyle International Partners II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited
     partnership (CIPII), (iv) 82,095 shares beneficially owned by Carlyle
     International Partners III, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership
     (CIPIII), (v) 344,474 shares beneficially owned by C/S International
     Partners, a Cayman Islands partnership (C/SIP), (vi) 1,907 shares
     beneficially owned by Carlyle Investment Group, L.P., a Delaware limited
     partnership (CIG), (vii) 2,407,370 shares beneficially owned by Carlyle-IT
     International Partners, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership
     (CITIP), (viii) 80,818 shares beneficially owned by Carlyle-IT
     International Partners II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership
     (CITIPII), and (ix) 199,847 shares beneficially owned by Carlyle-IT
     Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (CITP). TC Group, L.L.C., a
     Delaware limited liability company (TC Group), may be deemed to be the
     beneficial owner of 6,556,061 shares of ITC Common Stock as the general
     partner of CPII, CPIII, CIG, and CITP, and as the managing general partner
     of CIPII, CIPIII, C/SIP, CITIP and CITIPII. TCG Holdings, as a member
     holding a controlling interest in TC Group, may be deemed to share all
     rights herein described belonging to TC Group. Furthermore, because
     certain managing members of TCG Holdings are also managing members of
     Carlyle Investment Management, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
     company (CIM), TCG Holdings may be deemed the beneficial owner of the
     shares of Common Stock controlled by CIM (see footnote 4 below). The
     principal business address of TC Group and TCG Holdings is c/o The Carlyle
     Group, 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 220 South, Washington DC
     20004. The principal business address of CPII, CPIII, CIG, CITP and CIM is
     Delaware Trust Building, 900 Market Street, Suite 200, Wilmington,
     Delaware 19801. The principal business address of CIPII, CIPIII, C/SIP,
     CITIP and CITIPII is Coutts & Co., P.O. Box 707, Cayman Islands, British
     West Indies.
 
(4)  Represents shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all shares
     of Convertible Preferred Stock and exercise of all Carlyle Warrants held
     by the State Board of Administration of the State of Florida over which
     CIM holds sole voting and disposition power. Because certain managing
     members of TCG Holdings are also managing members of CIM, CIM may be
     deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of Common Stock controlled
     by TCG Holdings (see footnote 3 above).
 
(5)  Such information is derived solely from a Schedule 13G filed by the
     Brahman Stockholders, which is comprised of the entities listed in the
     following sentence (filing as joint filers), with the SEC dated February
     12, 1999. The Brahman Stockholders' cumulative ownership represents (i)
     469,042 shares with respect to which Brahman Partners II, L.P. has shared
     power to vote or direct the vote and shared power to dispose or direct the
     disposition, (ii) 1,052,641 shares with respect to which Brahman
     Institutional Partners, L.P. has shared power to vote or direct the vote
     and shared power to dispose or direct the
 
                                       81
<PAGE>
 
   disposition, (iii) 1,214,219 shares with respect to which BY Partners, L.P.
   has shared power to vote or direct the vote and shared power to dispose or
   direct the disposition, (iv) 2,735,902 shares with respect to which Brahman
   Management, L.L.C. has shared power to vote or direct the vote and shared
   power to dispose or direct the disposition, (v) 1,273,509 shares with
   respect to which Brahman Capital Corp. has shared power to vote or direct
   the vote and shared power to dispose or direct the disposition (which
   position includes shares owned by Brahman Partners II Offshore, Ltd), and
   (vi) 2,795,192 shares with respect to which each of Peter A. Hochfelder,
   Robert J. Sobel, and Mitchell A. Kuflik have shared power to vote or direct
   the vote and shared power to dispose or direct the disposition. The Brahman
   Stockholders further report in such Schedule 13G that (i) none of the above
   named entities individually has the sole power to vote or direct the vote
   or to dispose or direct the disposition of the shares it beneficially owns,
   (ii) but that Brahman Management, as the sole general partner of Brahman
   Partners II, L.P., BY Partners, L.P. and Brahman Institutional Partners,
   L.P., has the power to vote and dispose of the shares owned by each of
   Brahman Partners II, L.P., BY Partners, L.P. and Brahman Institutional
   Partners, L.P., and (iii) further that Brahman Capital Corp., pursuant to
   investment advisory contracts and arrangements, has the power to vote and
   dispose of the shares owned by BY Partners, L.P. and Brahman Partners II
   Offshore, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company. The address of Brahman
   Capital Corp and the affiliated reporting persons is 277 Park Avenue, 26th
   Floor, New York, New York 10172 except in the case of Brahman Partners II
   Offshore, Ltd., the address of which is c/o Citco, N.V. Kaya Flamboyan 9,
   Willemstad, Curacao, Netherlands Antilles.
 
(6)  Such information is based solely from a Schedule 13G filed by T. Rowe
     Price Associates (Price) with the SEC dated February 12, 1999. Price's
     ownership represents (i) 1,328,000 shares which Price owns directly and
     (ii) 165,911 shares deemed outstanding and owned directly subject to
     warrants and conversion privileges. Further, of the 1,493,911 share Price
     holds, it has sole power to vote or direct the vote of 271,300 shares.
     These securities are owned by various individual and institutional
     investors which Price serves as investment adviser with power to direct
     investments and/or sole power to vote the securities. For purposes of the
     reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Price is
     deemed to be a beneficial owner of such securities; however, Price
     expressly disclaims that it is, in fact, the beneficial owner of such
     securities. Price's address is 100 E. Pratt Street, Baltimore, Maryland
     21202.
 
(7)  Such information is derived solely from a Schedule 13G filed by Dimension
     Fund Advisors, Inc. (Dimension) with the SEC dated February 11, 1999.
     Dimension reports that it is an investment advisor registered under
     Section 203 of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, and furnishes
     investment advice to four investment companies registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940, and serves as investment manager to
     certain other investment vehicles, including commingled group trusts.
     (These investment companies and investment vehicles are the Portfolios.)
     In its role as investment advisor and investment manager, Dimension
     possesses both voting and investment power over the securities of the
     Company described that are owned by the Portfolios. All securities
     reported in this schedule are owned by the portfolios, and Dimension
     disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities. Dimension further
     reports that none of its advisory clients, to its knowledge, owns more
     than 5% of the class. Dimension disclaims beneficial ownership of all
     such securities. Dimension's address is 1299 Ocean Avenue, 11th Floor,
     Santa Monica, CA 90401.
 
(8)  Such information is derived solely from a Schedule 13G filed by the Baron
     Shareholders, which is composed of the entities listed in the following
     sentence (filing as joint filers), with the SEC dated June 4, 1998. The
     Baron Stockholders is comprised of Baron Capital Group, Inc. (BCG),
     Bamco, Inc. (BAMCO), Baron Small Cap Fund (BSC), Baron Asset Fund (BAF),
     and Ronald Baron. The Baron Stockholders report in such Schedule 13G that
     (i) BCG, BAMCO, BSC and Ronald Baron have the shared power to vote or
     direct the vote of 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock; (ii) BCG, BAMCO, BAF
     and Ronald Baron have shared power to dispose of or direct the
     disposition of 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock, but that none of BCG,
     BAMCO, BSC, or Ronald Baron have the sole power to vote or direct the
     vote of or the sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of, any
     Common Stock. BAMCO is a subsidiary of BCG.
 
                                      82
<PAGE>
 
   BSC is an investment advisory client of BAMCO. Ronald Baron owns a
   controlling interest in BCG. BCG and Ronald Baron disclaim beneficial
   ownership of shares held by their controlled entities (or the investment
   advisory client thereof) to the extent such shares are held by persons other
   than BCG and Ronald Baron. BAMCO disclaims beneficial ownership of shares
   held by its investment advisory clients to the extent such shares are held
   by persons other than BAMCO and its affiliates. The address of Baron Capital
   Group, Inc. and the affiliated reporting persons is 767 Fifth Avenue, 24th
   Floor, New York, New York 10153.
 
(9)  Mr. D'Aniello is a Managing Member of TCG Holdings. Mr. D'Aniello's
     interest in TCG Holdings is not controlling and thus Mr. D'Aniello
     expressly disclaims any beneficial ownership in the shares of Company
     Common Stock beneficially owned by TCG Holdings. Mr. Dolan is an employee
     of The Carlyle Group and holds no economic interest in either TC Group or
     TCG Holdings, and as such expressly disclaims any beneficial ownership in
     the shares of Company Common Stock beneficially owned by any of such
     entities.
 
(10)  Includes 1,000 shares of Common Stock and 1,000 Depositary Shares
      (convertible into 1,070 shares of Common Stock) owned by Mr. McGill's
      wife, as to which Mr. McGill has no voting or dispositive power, and
      1,250 shares owned by a revocable living trust maintained by Mr. McGill.
      Mr. McGill disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares. Also
      includes 1,875 shares that may be purchased upon the exercise of options
      that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable within 60
      days of March 5, 1999.
 
(11)  Includes 1,081 shares of Common Stock owned by a revocable trust for Mr.
      Pogue's wife with respect to which Mr. Pogue is a trustee. Mr. Pogue
      disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares.
 
(12)  Includes 308,662 shares of Common Stock that may be purchased upon the
      exercise of options that are currently exercisable or that will become
      exercisable within 60 days of March 5, 1999 and 6,000 Depositary Shares
      (convertible into 6,421 shares of Common Stock).
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
 
   Employment Agreements. The Company and each of Anthony J. DeLuca, James R.
Mahoney and Raymond J. Pompe have entered into employment agreements with terms
through November 1999. The employment agreements provide for initial base
salaries at the rates in effect at the time of the closing of the Investment,
subject to annual upward adjustment at the discretion of the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Compensation Committee"). Salaries
are subject to reduction only in connection with action taken by the Board of
Directors for all management employees. Each of the employment agreements
provides for a short-term incentive compensation plan to be administered by the
Compensation Committee. The target short-term incentive compensation level is
40%, and the maximum level is 60%, of base salary, except in the case of Mr.
DeLuca, for whom the target level is 50%, and the maximum level is 75%, of base
salary. The Company also is required to maintain long-term incentive plans to
be administered by the Compensation Committee, which will make awards,
primarily of stock options, based on appropriate performance criteria. The
annual awards are at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and will
generally target long-term incentive opportunities.
 
   The agreements provide for severance payments under certain circumstances.
Under the agreements, the Company will have "good reason" to terminate Messrs.
DeLuca, Mahoney or Pompe because of the Company's performance if such persons
fail to meet certain management forecasts for two consecutive fiscal years. If
the executive is terminated because of the Company's performance (under the
circumstances permitted in the agreements) within 24 months after a change in
control, is terminated without reason, or resigns for cause, he is entitled to
receive his base salary as adjusted from time to time (presently $400,000 in
the case of Mr. DeLuca, $260,000 in the case of Mr. Mahoney and $280,000 in the
case of Mr. Pompe) for 12 months following the termination (24 months in the
case of Mr. DeLuca), or, if he is terminated because of the Company's
performance (under the circumstances permitted in the agreements) but not
within 24 months after a change in control, he is entitled to receive his base
salary for six months following the termination (12 months in the case of Mr.
DeLuca). In addition, under certain circumstances, the executive's short-term
 
                                       83
<PAGE>
 
incentive compensation will be paid on a pro-rated basis, and he will be
entitled to Company employee benefits for a specified period.
 
   The Company has provided loans to Messrs. DeLuca, Mahoney and Pompe to allow
them to make substantial purchases of the Company's Common Stock in the open
market. The agreements each required that within three months of the closing of
the Investment, Mr. DeLuca purchase between $100,000 and $125,000 worth of
Common Stock and Messrs. Mahoney and Pompe each purchase between $75,000 and
$100,000 worth of Common Stock. All of the executives have purchased the
required amounts of Common Stock, and Messrs. DeLuca, Mahoney, and Pompe have
received loans in the principal amounts of $125,000, $100,000, and $100,000,
respectively, to purchase the stock. In connection with the short-term
compensation plan described above, the Company may provide for forgiveness of a
certain portion of the loan principal and interest if previously agreed to
targets are met or exceeded. The loans bear interest at the rate of 8.25% per
year and are repayable at upon the earlier of the executive's termination of
employment or November 19, 1999. The employment agreements also provide for
reimbursement for business expenses and vacation and other benefits consistent
with existing Company policies and practices.
 
   Additionally, as part of their employment agreements, each of Messrs.
DeLuca, Mahoney and Pompe are bound by non-compete provisions with the Company
if they terminate their employment by resignation.
 
   The Company has also agreed to enter into employment agreements with David
L. Backus and Philip O. Strawbridge with terms similar to those of the
employment agreements for Messrs. Mahoney and Pompe. The Company has also
agreed to enter into severance agreements with certain other key executives of
the Company. Such agreements generally will provide for the payment of 12
months of base salary in the event the executive is involuntarily terminated
for other than cause.
 
   Mr. Strawbridge, as well as other senior executives at OHM, entered into
employment agreements with OHM prior to the execution of the Merger Agreement,
and the tender offer for OHM resulted in a change in control of OHM for
purposes of those employment agreements. As a result of the change in control,
under his employment agreement, Mr. Strawbridge was entitled to continue his
employment with OHM in his position at the time of the tender offer for a
period of approximately three years following the date of the change in
control. During his term of employment, Mr. Strawbridge would have been
entitled to receive a base salary and to continue to participate in incentive
and employee benefit plans at levels no less favorable to him than existed
prior to the change in control. In the event of a termination by OHM or by Mr.
Strawbridge of his employment during the employment term under circumstances
amounting to good reason under his employment agreement, Mr. Strawbridge would
have been entitled to receive a lump sum payment, subject to an overall
limitation to assure that payments will not constitute "excess parachute
payments" under federal income tax law. Mr. Strawbridge has agreed to remain
employed but the Company has agreed to pay to Mr. Strawbridge the amount he
would have received under his employment agreement if his employment had been
terminated, and pursuant to that agreement Mr. Strawbridge has received
$1,400,000.
 
   Backus Arrangements. David L. Backus, a Senior Vice President has agreed to
be employed by the Company following the acquisition of GTI. While employed at
GTI, Mr. Backus was on loan from his previous employer. The Company paid Mr.
Backus $200,000 as full consideration for the value of foregone benefits and
compensation that he would have been entitled to if he had returned to his
previous employer.
 
   Coffman Agreement. In connection with his resignation from the Company,
Franklin E. Coffman, a Senior Vice President, entered into an agreement dated
as of April 17, 1998 superceding his employment agreement. See "Certain
Transactions--Employment Agreements." Pursuant to that agreement Mr. Coffman
resigned as an officer of the Company and received a one-time payment of
$275,000, less payroll deductibles representing one year's salary and the cash
value of certain benefits. Mr. Coffman's eligibility to participate in Company
benefits ceased as of the date of the agreement. The Company and Mr. Coffman
also agreed that he would have the right to exercise vested options during a
two year period after the agreement and that all unvested options will expire
on the earlier of their scheduled expiration or April 7, 2000. The Company also
 
                                       84
<PAGE>
 
agreed to lift vesting restrictions on 8,971 shares of previously awarded
restricted stock. The terms of the agreement were consistent with terms that he
would have received if he had retired from the Company.
 
   Retention of Eckert Seamans Cherin & Mellott. The Company has retained the
law firm of Eckert Seamans Cherin & Mellott, to which Robert F. Pugliese, a
director of the Company, is Special Counsel, to perform certain limited
services in connection with the Company's credit agreement and the merger of
OHM Corporation.
 
   Relocation Loans. In certain circumstances, the Company has granted and may
in the future grant interest-free loans to executive officers, officers and
certain other employees principally for real estate purchases in connection
with company-initiated transfers to a new location. All loans are approved by
the Compensation Committee and are to be secured by the principal residence of
the individual. Mr. James R. Mahoney, Senior Vice President, entered into a
relocation loan arrangement with the Company with an original principal amount
of $200,000 and secured by a deed of trust on his personal residence in
California. The loan was interest free so long as Mr. Mahoney remained an
employee. Beginning December 31, 1991 and on each December 31st thereafter
until the due date of the loan, 5% of the original principal amount (to a
maximum of 50% of the original principal amount) was forgiven by the Company.
Additionally, Mr. Mahoney agreed to repay the remaining 50% of the original
principal amount in installments related to the issuance of awards under the
Company's incentive compensation plan. In April 1997, $122,451 remained
outstanding on this loan. In May 1998, Mr. Mahoney repaid in full the $102,451
then remaining outstanding on his loan in connection with the sale of his
California residence.
 
   In connection with the relocation and consolidation of the Company's
corporate headquarters from Torrance, California to Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania in
June 1997, and other relocations occurring at approximately the same time, the
Company offered relocation assistance to a limited number of officers and key
employees. Relocation assistance packages offered to these individuals involve
three elements: 1) reimbursement of out-of-pocket relocation expenses,
including travel, real estate brokerage commissions (up to a 6% maximum), and
loan origination fees (up to a maximum of two points), 2) a loan to be used for
the purchase of a new residence, and 3) a mobility allowance of between 15% and
30% of salary (Mr. Mahoney received an allowance of 30% of salary in connection
with his relocation and Mr. DeLuca received a 30% allowance in connection with
his relocation). Amounts paid to reimburse out-of-pocket expenses were
"grossed-up" for tax purposes. The loans to relocating associates have ten year
terms, are to be secured by the residence purchased, and do not bear interest
as long as the associate stays with the Company. Five percent of the loan
principal is required to be repaid annually by the associate and 5% will be
forgiven annually by the Company for each year the associate remains with the
Company. The loans are also due upon the sale of the residence purchased.
Mr. DeLuca and Mr. Mahoney each were offered and accepted relocation loans on
such terms in the original principal amounts of up to $100,000. Mr. DeLuca
accepted a loan of $70,000 in May 1997 and the balance of $30,000 in August
1998. During the fiscal year ended December 25, 1998, (i) Mr. DeLuca repaid
$3,500 of the loan, and (ii) the maximum amount owed by Mr. DeLuca to the
Company under the loan was $91,500. As of March 5, 1999, the principal amount
outstanding for Mr. DeLuca's loan was $86,500. Mr. Mahoney accepted a loan of
$100,000 in April 1998. During the fiscal year ended December 25, 1998, the
maximum amount owed by Mr. Mahoney to the Company under the loan was $100,000.
As of March 5, 1999, the principal amount outstanding for Mr. Mahoney's loan
was $90,000. Total relocation costs for all relocating employees was
approximately $953,000.
 
   Executive Stock Ownership. The Company has adopted an Executive Stock
Ownership Program which requires that within three years certain key executives
own an amount of the Company's Common Stock equal to a multiple of their salary
ranging from one times salary for vice presidents to three times salary for
Mr. DeLuca. To assist these executives in meeting the ownership guidelines, the
Company has provided loans to Messrs. DeLuca, Mahoney, Pompe, and Strawbridge
in the amounts of $939,100, $152,600, $164,300 and $233,300 respectively, to
purchase the Company's Common Stock. The Company also provided similar loans
totaling $510,700 to four other key executives. All of the executives used the
loans solely to purchase the Company's Common Stock at current market prices.
The loans bear interest at the rate of 4.46% per year and
 
                                       85
<PAGE>
 
are repayable upon the earlier of the executives' termination of employment or
November 23, 2001. It is expected that the executives will be able to repay the
loans from incentive compensation payments earned throughout the three-year
loan period.
 
   Carlyle Financial Advisory Fees. In connection with the Investment, the
Company agreed to pay Carlyle (i) an annual financial advisory fee of $100,000,
payable quarterly; and (ii) investment banking fees (equal to 1% of transaction
value) and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for investment
banking services rendered to the Company. The Company has paid $2,500,000 in
investment banking fees to Carlyle (and reimburse reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses) for services rendered in connection with the Merger transactions,
which is less than the 1% fee to which Carlyle would otherwise have been
entitled pursuant to the terms of its existing agreement with the Company.
 
   Indemnification. The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the
state of incorporation of the Company, and the Bylaws of the Company provide
for indemnification of directors and officers. Section 145 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law provides generally that a person sued as a director,
officer, employee or agent of a corporation may be indemnified by the
corporation for reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, if, in cases
other than actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, he or she has
acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or
not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation (and in the case of a
criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct
was unlawful). Section 145 provides that no indemnification for any claim or
matter may be made, in the case of an action brought by or in the right of the
corporation, if the person has been adjudged to be liable, unless the Court of
Chancery or other court determines that indemnity is fair and reasonable
despite the adjudication of liability. Indemnification is mandatory in the case
of a director, officer, employee or agent who has been successful on the
merits, or otherwise, in defense of a suit against him or her. The
determination of whether a director, officer, employee or agent should be
indemnified must be made by a majority of disinterested directors, independent
legal counsel or the stockholders.
 
   Directors and officers of the Company are covered under policies of
directors' and officers' liability insurance. The directors and all officers
serving the Company as Senior Vice President or in a higher position and
certain other officers are parties to Indemnity Agreements (the Indemnity
Agreements). The Indemnity Agreements provide indemnification for the directors
and covered officers in the event the directors' and officers' liability
insurance does not cover a particular claim for indemnification or if such a
claim or claims exceed the limits of such coverage. The Indemnity Agreements
are generally intended to provide indemnification for any amounts a director or
covered officer is legally obligated to pay because of claims arising out of
the director's or officer's service to the Company.
 
   Additionally, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that its
directors are not to be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty to the fullest extent permitted by law.
This provision is intended to allow the Company's directors the benefit of the
Delaware General Corporation Law which provides that directors of Delaware
corporations may be relieved of monetary liabilities for breach of their
fiduciary duty of care, except under certain circumstances, including breach of
the director's duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or
involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
   The Investment agreements also contain additional provisions for the
indemnification of Company directors and officers in certain circumstances. The
Investment Agreement provides that the Company will indemnify, defend and hold
harmless Carlyle, and its affiliates, directors, officers, advisors, employees
and agents to the fullest extent lawful from and against all demands, losses,
damages, penalties, claims, liabilities, obligations, actions, causes of action
and reasonable expenses (Losses) arising out of the Investment Agreement or the
related transactions or arising by reason of or resulting from the breach of
any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Company contained in
the Investment Agreement for the period for which such representation or
warranty survives; provided, however, that the Company shall not have any
liability to indemnify Carlyle with respect to Losses arising from the bad
faith or gross negligence of the Carlyle indemnified party.
 
                                       86
<PAGE>
 
   The Investment agreements also provide that Carlyle will indemnify, defend
and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates, directors, officers, advisors,
employees and agents from and against all Losses arising out of the breach of
any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of Carlyle contained in the
Investment Agreement for the period for which such representation or warranty
survives; provided, however, that Carlyle shall not have any liability to
indemnify the Company with respect to Losses arising from the bad faith or
gross negligence of the Company indemnified party.
 
   The Investment agreements provide that no claim may be made against an
indemnifying party for indemnification until the aggregate dollar amount of all
Losses exceeds $1,500,000 and the indemnification obligations of the respective
parties shall be effective only until the dollar amount paid in respect of the
Losses indemnified against aggregates to an amount equal to $45,000,000.
 
   Further, pursuant to the Merger Agreement with OHM, the Company will, from
and after the effective time of the OHM Merger, indemnify and hold harmless, to
the fullest extent permitted under applicable law (and the Company will also
advance expenses as incurred to the fullest extent permitted under applicable
law, provided the person to whom expenses are advanced provides an undertaking
to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not
entitled to indemnification), each present and former director and officer of
OHM and its subsidiaries against any costs or expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages or liabilities
incurred in connection with any claim, action, suit, proceeding or
investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
arising out of or pertaining to matters existing or occurring at or prior to
the effective time of the OHM Merger, including the transactions contemplated
by the OHM Merger Agreement, which is based or arises out of the fact that such
person is or was a director or officer of OHM or any of its subsidiaries. In
addition, for not less than six years after the effective time, the Company and
OHM will maintain OHM's and its subsidiaries' existing directors' and officers'
liability insurance ("D&O Insurance"), subject to certain maximum premium
payments, provided that the Company may substitute therefor policies having at
least the same coverage and containing terms which are no less advantageous to
the intended beneficiaries thereof than the existing D&O Insurance with respect
to matters existing or occurring at or prior to the effective time or may
purchase a six-year extended reporting endorsement under OHM's existing D&O
Insurance.
 
   The Company has substantially similar indemnification obligations with
respect to persons who are or were directors, officers, employees or agents of
GTI before or after the effective time of the merger with GTI, pursuant to the
agreement for the acquisition of GTI.
 
                                       87
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
 
Exhibits
 
   These Exhibits are numbered in accordance with the Exhibit Table of Item 601
of Regulation S-K.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
   No.                                 Description
 -------                               -----------
 <C>     <C> <S>
  2      Omitted--Inapplicable.
  3(i)   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as amended by the
         Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation filed September 17, 1987,
         with the Delaware Secretary of State(1), and by the Certificate of
         Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation filed June 19, 1998(2), with
         the Delaware Secretary of State(2) and by the Certificate of Amendment
         of Certification of Incorporation of International Technology
         Corporation, dated as of December 21, 1998, as filed with the Delaware
         Secretary of State on December 23, 1998.(3)
  3(ii)  Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant as amended through June
         12, 1998.(2)
  4(i)   1.  Certificate of Designations with respect to the Registrant's 7%
             Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock, $100 par
             value.(4)
         2.  Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Relative,
             Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights and
             Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions Thereof of
             Cumulative, Convertible Participating Preferred Stock of The IT
             Group, Inc., issued November 20, 1996.(5)
  4(ii)  1.  Indenture for the Registrant's 7% Convertible Subordinated
             Debentures Due 2008.(4)
         2.  Indenture dated as of October 1, 1986 between OHM Corporation and
             United States Trust Company of New York, Trustee, relating to OHM
             Corporation's 8% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due October
             1, 2006.(6)
         3.  Specimen Debenture Certificate.(7)
         4.  First Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 20, 1994 by and among
             OHM Corporation and United States Trust Company of New York.(8)
         5.  Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 11, 1998 among OHM
             Corporation, The IT Group, Inc., a guarantor, and United States
             Trust Company of New York.(2)
  9      Omitted--Inapplicable.
 10(ii)  1.  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 11, 1998,
             among the Registrant, IT Corporation, OHM Corporation, the
             institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders, the
             institutions from time to time party thereto as issuing banks,
             Citicorp USA Inc., in its capacity as administrative agent, and
             BankBoston, M.A., in its capacity as documentation agent.(9)
         2.  First Amendment dated September 16, 1998 to the Amended and
             Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 11, 1998, among the
             Registrant, IT Corporation, OHM Corporation, the institutions from
             time to time party thereto as lenders, the institutions from time
             to time party thereto as issuing banks, Citicorp USA Inc., in its
             capacity as administrative agent, and BankBoston, N.A., in its
             capacity as documentation agent.(10)
</TABLE>
 
 
                                       88
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
   No.                                 Description
 -------                               -----------
 <C>     <C> <S>
          3. Second Amendment dated October 26, 1998 to the Amended and
             Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 11, 1998, among the
             Registrant, IT Corporation, OHM Corporation, the institutions from
             time to time party thereto as lenders, the institutions from time
             to time party thereto as issuing banks, Citicorp USA Inc., in its
             capacity as administrative agent, and BankBoston, N.A., in its
             capacity as documentation agent.(10)
          4. Third Amendment dated March 5, 1999 to the Amended and Restated
             Credit Agreement, dated as of June 11, 1998, among the Registrant,
             IT Corporation, OHM Corporation, the institutions from time to
             time party thereto as lenders, the institutions from time to time
             party thereto as issuing banks, Citicorp USA Inc., in its capacity
             as administrative agent, and BankBoston, N.A., in its capacity as
             documentation agent.
          5. Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 15, 1998, among
             OHM Corporation, Registrant and IT-Ohio, Inc.(11)
          6. Parent Voting Agreement dated January 15, 1998 among OHM
             Corporation, Registrant and the stockholders of Registrant named
             therein.(11)
          7. Company Voting Agreement dated January 15, 1998 among OHM
             Corporation, Registrant and the shareholders of OHM Corporation
             named therein.(11)
          8. Option Termination Agreement dated January 15, 1998 between James
             L. Kirk and OHM Corporation.(11)
          9. Share Repurchase Agreement dated January 15, 1998 among OHM
             Corporation, Registrant, Rust International, Inc. and Waste
             Management, Inc.(11)
         10. Second Amended and Restated Share Repurchase Agreement, dated as
             of February 17, 1998, among OHM Corporation, WMX, Rust, Rust
             Remedial Services Holding Company Inc. and Registrant.(12)
         11. Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of June 17, 1997 by and among
             OHM Corporation, Beneco Enterprises, Inc., Bennie Smith, Jr.,
             Robert Newberry and Scott Doxey.(13)
         12. Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 27, 1998, among
             Fluor Daniel GTI, Inc., Tiger Acquisition Corporation and the
             Registrant.(10)
         13. Amended and Restated Marketing Agreement dated as of October 27,
             1998 between Fluor Daniel GTI, Inc. and Fluor Daniel, Inc.(10)
         14. Intercompany Services Agreement dated October 27, 1998 between the
             Registrant, Fluor Daniel, Inc. and Fluor Daniel GTI, Inc.(10)
         15. Share Purchase Agreement dated February 5, 1999 by and between the
             shareholders of Roche Limited, Consulting Group and IT Holdings
             Canada, Inc. and The IT Group, Inc.
         16. Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 8, 1999, between IT
             and ICF Kaiser International, Inc.(14)
         17. Stock Redemption Agreement dated as of June 26, 1998, between
             Quanterra Incorporated, the registrant and IT Corporation.(15)
         18. Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of August 28, 1996 between
             the Registrant and certain Purchasers identified therein
             affiliated with The Carlyle Group(5), including agreement by and
             between The Carlyle Group and the Registrant re financial advisory
             and investment banking fees.(16)
</TABLE>
 
 
                                       89
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
   No.                                 Description
 -------                               -----------
 <C>     <C> <S>
         19. Amendment No. 1, dated November 20, 1996, to Securities Purchase
             Agreement dated August 28, 1996, by and among the Registrant and
             certain Purchasers identified therein affiliated with The Carlyle
             Group.(17)
         20. Form of Warrant Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain
             Warrant Holders defined herein affiliated with The Carlyle Group,
             dated as of November 20, 1996.(5)
         21. Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant
             and certain Investors affiliated with The Carlyle Group, dated
             November 20, 1996.(5)
         22. Master Loan and Security Agreement dated May 11, 1993, between OHM
             Remediation Services Corp. and BOT Financial Corporation.(18)
         23. Amendment No. 1 to Master Loan and Security Agreement dated as of
             January 19, 1995 between BOT Financial Corporation and OHM
             Remediation Services Corp.(19)
         24. Promissory Note dated December 23, 1993 executed by OHM
             Remediation Services Corp. in favor of BOT Financial
             Corporation.(20)
         25. Promissory Note dated December 28, 1994 executed by OHM
             Remediation Services Corp. in favor of BOT Financial
             Corporation.(8)
         26. Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 1, 1994 by and
             between OHM Remediation Services Corp. and Internationale
             Nederlanden Lease Structured Finance B.V.(21)
         27. Promissory Note dated August 31, 1994 executed by OHM Remediation
             Services Corp. in favor of Internationale Nederlanden Lease
             Structured Finance B.V.(21)
         28. Continuing Corporate Guaranty dated as of August 1, 1994 executed
             by OHM Corporation in favor of Internationale Nederlanden Lease
             Structured Finance B.V.(21)
 10(iii)  1. Non-Employee Directors' Retirement Plan, as amended and restated
             June 2, 1994(22)(23), as amended by the Amended and Restated Non-
             Employee Directors Retirement Plan, Amendment No. 5, dated
             November 20, 1996.(22)(16)
          2. Description of the Special Turn-a-Round Plan (Fiscal Year 1995
             Management Incentive Plan) of the Registrant.(22)(24)
          3. 1983 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.(22)(25)
          4. 1991 Stock Incentive Plan(22)(26) as modified by waiver dated
             November 20, 1996, by certain former Non-Employee Directors, in
             favor of the Registrant.(16)(22)
          5. Form of Amendment dated October 23, 1998, to the Restricted Stock
             and Escrow Agreement under the Registrant's 1991 Stock Incentive
             Plan.(22)(27)
          6. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective June
             11, 1998.(22)(28)
          7. OHM Corporation 1986 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated as
             of May 10, 1994.(22)(29)
          8. OHM Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Plan for
             Directors.(22)(30)
          9. OHM Corporation Directors' Deferred Fee Plan.(8)(22)
         10. Amendment No. 1 to OHM Corporation Directors' Deferred Fee
             Plan.(19)(22)
         11. OHM Corporation Retirement Savings Plan, as amended and restated
             as of January 1, 1994.(8)(22)
</TABLE>
 
                                       90
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
   No.                                 Description
 -------                               -----------
 <C>     <C> <S>
         12. Amendment No. 1 to OHM Corporation Retirement Savings Plan, as
             amended and restated as of January 1, 1994.(19)(22)
         13. Amendment No. 2 to OHM Corporation Retirement Savings Plan, as
             amended and restated as of January 1, 1994.(22)(31)
         14. OHM Corporation Retirement Savings Plan Trust Agreement between
             OHM Corporation and National City Bank, as Trustee, as amended and
             restated effective July 1, 1994.(8)(22).
         15. Fiscal Year 1997 Management Incentive Plan.(16)(22)
         16. Fiscal Year 1998 Management Incentive Plan.(16)(22)
         17. Retirement Agreement dated March 3, 1994 between Murray H.
             Hutchison and the Registrant.(24)(22) as amended by First
             Amendment dated January 6, 1995 to the Retirement Agreement dated
             March 3, 1994 between Murray H. Hutchison and the
             Registrant.(22)(32)
         18. Retirement Plan of IT, 1993 Restatement.(22)(24)
         19. Amendment Number One to IT Corporation Retirement Plan, dated as
             of July 1, 1995.(22)(33)
         20. Amendment Number Two to IT Corporation Retirement Plan, dated as
             of October 1, 1995.(22)(33)
         21. Amendment Number Three to IT Corporation Retirement Plan, dated as
             of July 15, 1996.(22)(34)
         22. Amendment Number Four to IT Corporation Retirement Plan, dated as
             of February 1, 1997.(16)(22)
         23. Amendment Number Five to IT Corporation Retirement Plan, dated as
             of May 13, 1997.(16)(22)
         24. Amendment Number Six to IT Corporation Retirement Plan dated as of
             May 27, 1998.(2)(22)
         25. Amendment Number Seven to IT Corporation Retirement plan dated as
             of December 31, 1998.(22)
         26. Executive Stock Purchase Interest Reimbursement Plan, approved
             September 6, 1995.(22)(26)
         27. Executive/Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January
             1, 1996.(22)(26)
         28. Executive Restoration Plan, effective July 1, 1995 as amended
             through May 13, 1997.(22)(26)
         29. IT Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (amended and restated
             effective January 1, 1998).(2)(22)
         30. IT Corporation Restoration Plan amended and restated effective
             January 1, 1998.(2)(22)
         31. 1997 The IT Group, Inc. Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan--
             Director Fees, dated as of February 26, 1997.(22)(34)
         32. Employment Agreement, dated as of November 20, 1996, by and
             between the Registrant, IT Corporation, and Anthony J.
             DeLuca.(16)(22)
         33. Separation Agreement, dated as of April 10, 1998, by and between
             the Registrant, its subsidiaries and affiliates, and Franklin E.
             Coffman.(2)(22)
         34. Employment Agreement, dated as of November 20, 1996, by and
             between the Registrant, IT Corporation, and James R.
             Mahoney.(16)(22)
         35. Employment Agreement, dated as of November 20, 1996, by and
             between the Registrant, IT Corporation, and Raymond J.
             Pompe.(16)(22)
</TABLE>
 
                                       91
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
   No.                                 Description
 -------                               -----------
 <C>     <C> <S>
         36. Employment Continuation, Non-competition and Confidentiality
             Agreement dated the 17th day of June, 1997, by and between Beneco
             Enterprises, Inc., a Utah corporation, OHM Corporation, an Ohio
             corporation, and Scott Doxey.(2)(22)
         37. Employment Continuation, Non-competition and Confidentiality
             Agreement dated the 17th day of June, 1997, by and between Beneco
             Enterprises, Inc., a Utah corporation, OHM Corporation, an Ohio
             corporation, and Robert Newberry.(2)(22)
         38. Employment Continuation, Non-competition and Confidentiality
             Agreement dated the 17th day of June, 1997, by and between Beneco
             Enterprises, Inc., a Utah corporation, OHM Corporation, an Ohio
             corporation, and Bennie Smith, Jr.(2)(22)
         39. Form of Employment Agreement by and between OHM Corporation, and
             each of Pamela K.M. Beall, Robert J. Blackwell, Kris E. Hansel,
             Steven E. Harbour, James L. Kirk, Philip V. Petrocelli, Philip O.
             Strawbridge, and Michael A. Szomjassy, as amended by Amendment No.
             1 in the case of each of Ms. Beall and Messrs. Blackwell, Hansel,
             Harbour, Strawbridge and Szomjassy, and as amended by Amendment
             No. 2 in the case of each of Ms. Beall and Messrs. Blackwell,
             Hansel, and Harbour.(2)(22)
         40. The IT Group, Inc. Severance and Retention Bonus Plan dated March
             5, 1998.(2)(22)
         41. Executive Stock Ownership Program by and between the Registrant
             and certain executive officers of the Registrant.(22)
         42. The IT Group, Inc. Executive Bonus Plan effective November 17,
             1998 (22)
 11      Omitted--Inapplicable.
 12      Omitted--Inapplicable.
 13      Omitted--Inapplicable.
 16      Omitted--Inapplicable.
 18      Omitted--Inapplicable.
 20      Omitted--Inapplicable.
 21      List of the Registrant's subsidiaries.
 22      Omitted--Inapplicable.
 23      1.  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
 24      Omitted--Inapplicable.
 27      Financial Data Schedule for the year ended December 25, 1998.
 28      Omitted--Inapplicable.
 99      Omitted--Inapplicable.
</TABLE>
- --------
Footnotes
 
 (1) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March
     31, 1988 (No. 1-9037) and incorporated herein by reference.
 
 (2) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 27, 1998 and
     incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
                                       92
<PAGE>
 
 (3) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K dated December 23, 1998 and
     incorporated herein by reference.
 
 (4) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-65988) and
     incorporated herein by reference.
 
 (5) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Form 8-K dated September 20, 1996 and incorporated
     herein by reference.
 
 (6) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to OHM Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
     December 31, 1986 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
 (7) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to OHM Corporation's Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement of Form S-
     1, No. 33-8296 and incorporated by reference.
 
 (8) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to OHM Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
     December 31, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
 (9) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to Registrant's Report on Form 8-K dated June 11, 1998 and incorporated
     herein by reference.
 
(10) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Schedule 14D-1 dated November 3, 1998 and incorporated
     herein by reference.
 
(11) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Report on Form 8-K dated January 15, 1998.
 
(12) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Schedule 14D-1 (Amendment No. 5) dated February 18,
     1998 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(13) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to OHM Corporation's Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 1997 and
     incorporated herein by reference.
 
(14) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 8-K dated March 12, 1999 and
     incorporated herein by reference.
 
(15) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
     June 26, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(16) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to Registrant's Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 28, 1997.
 
(17) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
     December 27, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(18) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to OHM Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
     June 30, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(19) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to OHM Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
     June 30, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(20) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to OHM Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
     December 31, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(21) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to OHM Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
     September 30, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(22) Filed as a management compensation plan or arrangement per Item 14(a)(3)
     of the Securities Exchange Act.
 
                                       93
<PAGE>
 
(23) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March
     31, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(24) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March
     31, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(25) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March
     31, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(26) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March
     29, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(27) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
     September 25, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(28) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Proxy Statement dated May 11, 1998 and incorporated
     herein by reference.
 
(29) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an
     Appendix to OHM Corporation's Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting held
     May 10, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(30) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to OHM Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
     September 30, 1992 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(31) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the OHM Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
     December 31, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(32) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
     December 31, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(33) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Form S-8 (No. 333-00651) and incorporated herein by
     reference.
 
(34) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-26143) and
     incorporated herein by reference.
 
(35) Previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit
     to the Registrant's Form 8-K, dated January 17, 1997 and incorporated
     herein by reference.
 
Reports on Form 8-K
 
1. Current report on Form 8-K, dated November 3, 1998, reporting under Item 5
   relating to the announcement of the Agreement and Plan of Merger entered
   into among the registrant, Tiger Acquisition Corporation (a newly formed
   wholly owned subsidiary of the registrant), Flour Daniel GTI, Inc. and Fluor
   Daniel, Inc.
 
2. Current report on Form 8-K, dated November 19, 1998, reporting under Item 5
   relating to the announcement of the early termination of the 15-day waiting
   period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvement Act of 1976 in
   connection with the registrant's previously announced acquisition of Fluor
   Daniel GTI, Inc.
 
3. Current report on Form 8-K, dated December 3, 1998, reporting under Item 2
   relating to the merger of Tiger Acquisition Corporation, a wholly owned
   subsidiary of the registrant, with and into Fluor Daniel GTI, Inc., pursuant
   to the previously announced Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of
   October 27, 1998 and Item 7 the Financial Statements of Businesses acquired
   and Pro Forma Financial Information.
 
4. Current report on Form 8-K, dated December 23, 1998, reporting under Item 5
   the completion of all steps necessary to change its name from International
   Technology Corporation to The IT Group, Inc. and Item 7 Financial Statements
   of Businesses Acquired in connection with the previously announced
   acquisition of Fluor Daniel GTI, Inc.
 
5. Current report on Form 8-K, dated March 8, 1999, reporting under Item 5 the
   announcement of the Asset Purchase Agreement entered into by the registrant
   and ICF Kaiser International, Inc.
 
                                       94
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
                 SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                 (In thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Balance at Provision  Accounts              Balance
                            beginning   charged   written               at end
                            of period  to income    off     Other      of period
                            ---------- ---------- --------  -------    ---------
<S>                         <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
Nine months ended December
 25, 1998:
  Allowance for doubtful
   accounts................  $19,026     $1,203   $(3,101)  $ 1,830(1)  $18,958
  Valuation allowance for
   deferred tax asset......  $31,865     $6,059   $   --    $12,343(5)  $50,267
Year ended March 27, 1998:
  Allowance for doubtful
   accounts................  $ 2,055     $  206   $(1,147)  $17,912(2)  $19,026
  Valuation allowance for
   deferred tax asset......  $ 9,471     $2,252   $   --    $20,142(4)  $31,865
Year ended March 28, 1997:
  Allowance for doubtful
   accounts................  $ 2,943     $  304   $(1,208)  $    16(3)  $ 2,055
  Valuation allowance for
   deferred tax asset......  $ 4,869     $4,602   $   --    $   --      $ 9,471
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Represents allowance for doubtful accounts recorded on the books of GTI at
    acquisition.
 
(2) Represents allowance for doubtful accounts at the date of acquisition for
    business acquired during the twelve months ended March 27, 1998 totaling
    $18,020 less the allowance for doubtful accounts of $108 relating to the
    sale of IT's remediation services business.
 
(3) Represents allowance for doubtful accounts at November 1996 for receivables
    acquired in the purchase of Chi Mei.
 
(4) Represents valuation allowance adjustment relating to the acquisition of
    OHM Corporation.
 
(5) Represents valuation allowance adjustment relating to the acquisitions of
    OHM and GTI corporations.
 
                                       95
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Monroeville,
Pennsylvania on the 22nd day of March, 1999.
 
                                          THE IT GROUP, INC.
 
                                                  /s/ Anthony J. Deluca
                                          By: _________________________________
                                                    Anthony J. DeLuca
                                              President and Chief Executive
                                                         Officer
 
   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>                        <C>
       /s/ Daniel A. D'Aniello         Chairman of the Board of   March 22, 1999
______________________________________  Directors
         Daniel A. D'Aniello
 
        /s/ Anthony J. Deluca          Director, President and    March 22, 1999
______________________________________  Chief Executive Officer
          Anthony J. DeLuca             and Duly Authorized
                                        Officer
 
         /s/ Philip B. Dolan           Director                   March 22, 1999
______________________________________
           Philip B. Dolan
 
         /s/ E. Martin Gibson          Director                   March 22, 1999
______________________________________
           E. Martin Gibson
 
         /s/ James C. McGill           Director                   March 22, 1999
______________________________________
           James C. McGill
 
         /s/ Richard W. Pogue          Director                   March 22, 1999
______________________________________
           Richard W. Pogue
 
        /s/ Robert F. Pugliese         Director                   March 22, 1999
______________________________________
          Robert F. Pugliese
 
        /s/ Charles W. Schmidt         Director                   March 22, 1999
______________________________________
          Charles W. Schmidt
 
       /s/ James David Watkins         Director                   March 22, 1999
______________________________________
         James David Watkins
 
      /s/ Philip O. Strawbridge        Senior Vice President,     March 22, 1999
______________________________________  Chief Administrative
        Philip O. Strawbridge           Officer and Principal
                                        Financial Officer
 
          /s/ Harry J. Soose           Vice President, Finance    March 22, 1999
______________________________________  and Principal Accounting
            Harry J. Soose              Officer
</TABLE>
 
                                       96

<PAGE>
                                                               Exhibit 10(ii)(4)



 
                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                      THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

          This Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of March 5, 1999
(this "Amendment"), is entered into among The IT Group, Inc. (f/k/a
International Technology Corporation) (the "Company"), IT Corporation ("ITC"),
OHM Corporation ("OHM"), OHM Remediation Services Corp. ("OHM Remediation") and
Beneco Enterprises, Inc. ("Beneco"; together with the Company, ITC, OHM and OHM
Remediation, the "Borrowers") and the Lenders (as defined below) party hereto,
and amends the Credit Agreement dated as of February 25, 1998, as amended and
restated as of June 11, 1998 and as further amended pursuant to the First
Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of September 16, 1998 and the Second
Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 1998 (as amended hereby
and as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time, the "Credit Agreement") entered into among the Borrowers, the
institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders (the "Lenders"), the
institutions from time to time party thereto as issuing banks (the "Issuing
Banks"), Citicorp USA, Inc., in its capacity as administrative agent for the
Lenders and the Issuing Banks (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent"),
BankBoston, N.A., in its capacity as documentation agent for the Lenders and the
Issuing Banks, and Royal Bank of Canada and Credit Lyonnais New York Branch, in
their respective capacities as co-agents. Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit
Agreement.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              --------------------

          WHEREAS, the Company has informed the Administrative Agent that the
Company intends (i) to acquire (the "EFM Acquisition") certain assets of the
Environmental & Facilities Management operations ("EFM") of ICF Kaiser
International, Inc. ("ICF") for a purchase price of (x) approximately
$82,000,000, for all assets of EFM other than its interest in the Kaiser-Hill
Company, LLC joint venture ("Kaiser Hill"), payable on the date of the
consummation of the EFM Acquisition (the "Closing EFM Purchase Price"), (y)
approximately $20,000,000 for ICF's interest in Kaiser Hill, which would be
payable on (or within 10 days after) the date of the consummation of the EFM
Acquisition in the event that CH2M Hill Federal Group, Ltd. does not exercise
its right of first refusal to acquire such interest (the "Closing Kaiser Hill
Purchase Price"), and (z) a deferred payment of approximately $25,000,000 (the
"Deferred Kaiser Hill Purchase Price"; together with the Closing EFM Purchase
Price and the Closing Kaiser Hill Purchase Price, the "EFM Purchase Price"),
which would be payable in the event certain government contracts of Kaiser Hill
were extended or were awarded to Kaiser after a successful rebidding of such
contracts and (ii) to acquire (the "Roche Acquisition"; together with the EFM
Acquisition, the "Acquisitions") the outstanding capital stock of Roche Ltee
Groupe Counseil ("Roche") for a purchase price of approximately
<PAGE>
 
$10,000,000 (the "Roche Purchase Price") plus an earn-out of up to an additional
$9,200,000 based on certain performance criteria;

          WHEREAS, the terms of each of the Acquisitions would satisfy the
conditions of a Permitted Acquisition (except as otherwise provided herein);

          WHEREAS, the Company intends to finance the Acquisitions and the fees
and expenses to be incurred by the Company in connection therewith and with the
financing thereof (the "Transaction Costs") with proceeds from the issuance of
senior subordinated notes issued by the Company (the "Subordinated Notes"), the
gross proceeds of which are at least $175,000,000 (or, if the Company does not
purchase ICF's interest in Kaiser Hill, $150,000,000) but not greater than
$250,000,000;

          WHEREAS, the terms of the Subordinated Notes shall be substantially
consistent with the terms thereof set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto and
made a part hereof (the "Subordinated  Note Term Sheet");

          WHEREAS, the Transaction Costs associated with the Acquisitions and
the financing provided by the Subordinated Notes are approximately $13,000,000;

          WHEREAS, with respect to the Acquisitions and the transactions
contemplated thereby the Company has, among other things, requested the
Requisite Lenders, by amending the Credit Agreement or by otherwise providing
their consent, (i) to waive compliance with clause (c) of the definition of
Permitted Acquisition in respect of each Acquisition and clause (e) of the
definition of Permitted Acquisition in respect of the EFM Acquisition, (ii) to
increase the amount of Subordinated Notes that would otherwise be permitted
under the terms of the Credit Agreement from $150,000,000 to $250,000,000 and to
approve of the terms of such notes, (iii) to permit certain Indebtedness not in
excess of Cn.$2,000,000 assumed in connection with the Roche Acquisition to be
secured, (iv) to amend certain financial covenants contained in Article X of the
Credit Agreement and (v) to amend the definition of Change of Control to permit
certain sales by the Carlyle Investors of the 6% Preferred Stock (or Company
Common Stock into which such preferred stock may be converted in accordance with
its terms);

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 13.07(b) of the Credit Agreement, the
consent of the Requisite Lenders is required to modify the Credit Agreement as
requested by the Company;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the Borrowers
and the Lenders party hereto agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.  Amendment to the Credit Agreement.  The Credit Agreement
                      ---------------------------------                       
is, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), hereby
amended as follows:

          (a)  The definition of "Change of Control" is amended by adding the
following proviso immediately prior to the comma at the end of clause (i)
thereof:

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     ; provided, however, nothing in this clause (i) shall prohibit the Carlyle
       --------  -------                                                       
     Investors from selling 6% Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock (into
     which the 6% Preferred Stock has been converted in accordance with its
     terms) from and after any sale by the Company of newly issued shares of
     Company Common Stock in a public offering or private placement of such
     shares or in connection with a Permitted Acquisition for which such shares
     are being issued as part of the purchase price, as long as the number of
     shares of 6% Preferred Stock (multiplied by the applicable conversion
     factor of such shares into Company Common Stock) and Company Common Stock
     sold by the Carlyle Investors at any time thereafter does not exceed the
     aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock issued by the Company in
     such public offering or private placement or in connection with such
     Permitted Acquisition

          (b) The definition of "Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness" is amended
by replacing the amount "$150,000,000" in clause (i) thereof with the amount
"$250,000,000".

          (c) Section 7.01(a) of the Credit Agreement is amended by inserting
the following parenthetical immediately following the phrase "Within thirty (30)
days after the end of each fiscal month in each Fiscal Year" at the beginning of
such section:

     (or forty-five (45) days in the case of each such month ending on the last
     day of a fiscal quarter)

          (d) Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement is amended by deleting the
"and" at the end of clause (d) thereof, replacing the period at the end of
clause (e) thereof with "; and" and adding the following new clause (f) at the
end thereof:

               (f) Liens on the assets of Roche Ltee Groupe Counseil securing
          Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01(j)(ii), provided that such
                                       -------------------  --------          
          Indebtedness does not exceed a principal amount of Cn.$2,000,000 at
          any time.

          (e) Sections 10.01, 10.02, 10.03 and 10.04 of the Credit Agreement are
amended in their entirety to read as follows:

               10.01  Minimum Consolidated Net Worth.  The Company and its
                      ------------------------------                      
          Subsidiaries shall maintain a Consolidated Net Worth at all times
          during each period set forth below (commencing on the beginning of the
          first day of such period through the end of the penultimate day of
          such period) in an amount not less than the minimum amount set forth
          opposite such period below; provided, however, in the event the
                                      --------  -------                  
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries sells any of the discontinued
          properties located in northern California, the after-tax equivalent of
          any loss incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection
          with any such sale shall thereafter be excluded in determining
          Consolidated Net Worth:

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Period                                                                    Minimum
- -------------------------------------------------------------             -------
<S>                                                                     <C>
The Merger Funding Date to the last day of the First Fiscal             $210,000,000
Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999

The last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999            $214,000,000
to the last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year
1999

The last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year                $217,000,000
1999 to the last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 1999

The last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999            $223,000,000
to the last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year
1999

The last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year                $228,000,000
1999 to the last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2000

The last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000            $232,000,000
to the last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year
2000

The last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of the Fiscal Year            $236,000,000
2000 to the last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2000

The last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of the Fiscal Year             $243,000,000
2000 to the last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2000

The last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year                $249,000,000
2000 to the last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2001

The last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001            $254,000,000
to the last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year
2001

The last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of the Fiscal Year            $259,000,000
2001 to the last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2001
</TABLE> 

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Period                                                                    Minimum
- -------------------------------------------------------------             -------
<S>                                                                     <C>
The last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of the Fiscal Year             $267,000,000
2001 to the last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2001

The last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year                $274,000,000
2001 to the last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2002

The last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2002            $281,000,000
to the last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year
2002

The last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of the Fiscal Year            $287,000,000
2002 to the last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2002

The last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of the Fiscal Year             $296,000,000
2002 to the last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2002

The last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year                $306,000,000
2002 to the last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2003

The last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2003            $314,000,000
to the last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year
2003

The last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year                $321,000,000
2003 to the last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2003
 
The last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2003            $333,000,000
to the last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year
2003
 
The last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year                $344,000,000
2003 to the last day of the First Quarter of Fiscal Year
2004

The last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2004            $353,000,000
to the last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year
2004
</TABLE> 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Period                                                                    Minimum
- -------------------------------------------------------------             -------
<S>                                                                     <C>
The last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of the Fiscal Year            $361,000,000
2004 to the last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2004

The last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2004            $373,000,000
to the last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year
2004

The last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year                $386,000,000
2004 to the last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2005

The last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2005            $396,000,000
to the last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year
2005

The last day of the Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year                $406,000,000
2005 to the last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2005

The last day of the Third Fiscal Quarter of the Fiscal Year             $420,000,000
2005 to the last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal            
Year 2005
 
The last day of the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year                $435,000,000
2005 to the last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal
Year 2006

From and after the last day of the First Fiscal Quarter of              $438,000,000
Fiscal Year 2006
</TABLE>

            10.02 Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Company and its
                  -----------------------------------
       Subsidiaries shall maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a
       consolidated basis, as determined as of the end of the last day of each
       fiscal quarter occurring after the Merger Funding Date set forth below,
       for the four fiscal quarter period (or, if the period from July 1, 1998
       to such day is less than four full fiscal quarters, such two or three
       quarter period, as applicable) ending on such day, of at least the
       minimum ratio set forth opposite such period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Fiscal Quarter                                      Minimum Ratio
- --------------                                      -------------
<S>                                                 <C>
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1998            1.05 to 1.0
</TABLE> 

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Fiscal Quarter                                      Minimum Ratio
- --------------                                      -------------
<S>                                                 <C>
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999             1.10 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999            1.20 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999             1.30 to 1.0
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999            1.30 to 1.0
                                                    
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000             1.30 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000            1.40 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000             1.40 to 1.0
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000            1.50 to 1.0
                                                    
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001             1.50 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001            1.50 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001             1.50 to 1.0
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001            1.60 to 1.0

First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2002             1.60 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2002            1.70 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2002             1.80 to 1.0
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2002            1.90 to 1.0
                                                    
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2003 through     1.90 to 1.0
   the Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2003    
                                                    
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2004             2.00 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2004            2.00 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2004 and each    
    Fiscal Quarter thereafter                        1.00 to 1.0 
</TABLE>

            10.03 Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. The Company and its
                  -------------------------------
       Subsidiaries shall maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio on a consolidated
       basis, as determined as of the end of the last day of each fiscal quarter
       set forth below for the four fiscal quarter period (or, if the period
       from July 1, 1998 to such day is less than four full fiscal quarters,
       such two or three quarter period, as applicable) ending on such day, of
       at least the minimum ratio set forth opposite such period:


                                       7
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Fiscal Quarter                                      Minimum Ratio
- --------------                                      -------------
<S>                                                 <C>
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1998            2.00 to 1.0
                                                       
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999             2.00 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999            2.20 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999             2.20 to 1.0
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999            2.20 to 1.0
                                                     
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000             2.30 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000            2.50 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000             2.60 to 1.0
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000            2.70 to 1.0
                                                     
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001             2.80 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001            2.90 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001             3.00 to 1.0
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001            3.10 to 1.0
                                                     
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2002             3.20 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2002            3.30 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2002 and
  each Fiscal Quarter thereafter                     3.50 to 1.0
</TABLE>

               10.04  Maximum Leverage Ratio.  The Company and its Subsidiaries
                      ----------------------                                   
          shall maintain a Leverage Ratio on a consolidated basis, as determined
          as of the end of the last day of each fiscal quarter set forth below
          for the four fiscal quarter period (or, if the period from July 1,
          1998 to such day is less than four fiscal quarters, such two or three
          quarter period, as applicable) ending on such day (commencing on the
          beginning of the first day of such period through the end of the last
          day of such period) of not more than the maximum ratio set forth
          opposite such period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Fiscal Quarter                                      Minimum Ratio
- --------------                                      -------------
<S>                                                 <C>
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1998            5.20 to 1.0
                                                     
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999             5.80 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999            5.30 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999             4.90 to 1.0
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 1999            4.50 to 1.0
</TABLE> 

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Fiscal Quarter                                      Minimum Ratio
- --------------                                      -------------
<S>                                                 <C>
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000             4.20 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000            3.90 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000             3.70 to 1.0
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2000            3.50 to 1.0
                                                     
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001             3.40 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001            3.30 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001             3.20 to 1.0
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2001            3.00 to 1.0
                                                     
First Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2002             2.90 to 1.0
Second Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2002            2.80 to 1.0
Third Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2002             2.60 to 1.0
Fourth Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2002 and
  each Fiscal Quarter thereafter                     2.50 to 1.0
</TABLE>

     provided, however, that in the event a Permitted Acquisition shall have
     --------  -------                                                      
     been consummated during any above-referenced two, three or four fiscal
     quarter periods, the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated including, on an
     historical, pro forma consolidated basis giving effect to the subject
                 --- -----                                                
     Permitted Acquisition for such fiscal quarter period.

          (f) Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement is amended in its entirety
     to read as follows:

               10.07  Maximum Capital Expenditures.  The Company shall not, and
                      ----------------------------                             
          shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or incur Capital
          Expenditures during any Fiscal Year set forth below in excess of the
          maximum amount set forth below opposite such Fiscal Year:

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Fiscal Year 1998                      $20,000,000

Fiscal Year 1999                      $26,000,000

Fiscal Year 2000                      $29,000,000

Fiscal Year 2001                      $31,000,000

Fiscal Year 2002                      $32,000,000

Fiscal Year 2003                      $33,000,000

Fiscal Year 2004                      $35,000,000

Fiscal Year 2005                      $36,000,000

Fiscal Year 2006                      $38,000,000
</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     provided, however, if the maximum amount set forth above opposite any
     --------  -------                                                    
     Fiscal Year exceeds the amount of Capital Expenditures made or incurred by
     the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Fiscal
     Year, then Capital Expenditures made or incurred by the Company and its
     Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the next Fiscal Year may exceed
     the maximum amount set forth above opposite such next Fiscal Year (but not
     subsequent Fiscal Years) by the Dollar amount of such excess from the
     immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

          SECTION 2.  Consents.
                      -------- 

          (a)  The Lenders party hereto, constituting the Requisite Lenders,
     hereby:

               (i)  waive compliance with clause (c) of the definition of
     Permitted Acquisition in respect of the Acquisitions and clause (e) of the
     definition of Permitted Acquisition in respect of the EFM Acquisition (it
     being understood and agreed that, with respect to each Acquisition, the
     Borrowers shall otherwise comply with all other requirements for a
     Permitted Acquisition on or prior to the consummation of such Acquisition);
     and

               (ii) acknowledge and agree that the Subordinated Notes constitute
     Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to clause (i) of the
     definition thereof and consent to the terms of the Subordinated Notes as
     required pursuant to such clause; provided that (A) the terms of the
                                       --------                          
     Subordinated Notes are substantially similar to those set forth on the
     Subordinated Note Term Sheet; (B) the documentation evidencing the
     Subordinated Notes, including the indenture governing the terms thereof, is
     satisfactory to the Agents; (C) the proceeds of the Subordinated Notes are
     used to pay the Roche Purchase Price, the EFM Purchase Price (to the extent
     payable at the time of the issuance thereof) and the Transaction Costs; (D)
     the gross proceeds received from the issuance of the Subordinated Notes are
     not greater than $250,000,000; and (E) the proceeds of the Subordinated
     Notes in excess of those used to fund payment of the Roche Purchase Price,
     the EFM Purchase Price (to the extent payable at the time of the issuance
     thereof) and the Transaction Costs shall be applied to the repayment of
     Revolving Loans (without effecting any corresponding decrease in the
     Revolving Credit Commitments).

          (b)  Subject to the following sentence, the Lenders party hereto,
constituting the Requisite Lenders, hereby consent to the amendment to the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company changing the name of the Company
from "International Technology Corporation" to "The IT Group, Inc." and waive
any Event of Default that may have arisen as a result of the failure of the
Company to comply with the terms of Section 4(a) of the Borrower Security
Agreement to which the Company is a party in connection with such name change.

          SECTION 3.  Conditions Precedent to the Effectiveness of this
                      -------------------------------------------------
Amendment.
- ---------

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
          (a)  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof on
the date (the "Amendment Effective Date") when the following conditions
precedent have been satisfied:

               (i)   Certain Documents.  The Administrative Agent shall have
                     -----------------                                      
          received on or before the Amendment Effective Date all of the
          following, all of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to
          the Agents, in sufficient originally executed copies for each of the
          Lenders:

               (A)  this Amendment executed by the Borrowers and Lenders
          constituting the Requisite Lenders;

               (B)  an Acknowledgment substantially in the form of Exhibit A
          attached hereto executed by each Subsidiary Guarantor;

               (C)  an execution copy of the acquisition agreements for each
          Acquisition (the "Acquisition Agreements");

               (D)  such additional documentation as the Agents or the Requisite
          Lenders may reasonably require.

               (ii)   Representations and Warranties.  Each of the
                      ------------------------------              
          representations and warranties made by the Borrowers or the Subsidiary
          Guarantors in or pursuant to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this
          Amendment, and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrowers or any
          of the Guarantors is a party or by which the Borrowers or any of the
          Subsidiary Guarantors is bound, shall be true and correct in all
          material respects on and as of the Amendment Effective Date (other
          than representations and warranties in any such Loan Document which
          expressly speak as of a different date).

               (iii)  Corporate and Other Proceedings.  All corporate and other
                      -------------------------------                          
          proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in
          connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment shall
          be satisfactory in all respects in form and substance to the
          Administrative Agent and the Revolving Credit Lenders.

               (iv)  No Events of Default.  After giving effect to the waiver in
                     --------------------                                       
          Section 2(b) hereof, no Event of Default or Default shall have
          occurred and be continuing on the Amendment Effective Date.

               (v)  Fees Paid.  On the Amendment Effective Date the Borrowers
                    ---------                                                
          shall have paid (A) to each Lender that has executed this Amendment
          prior to the close of business on March 5, 1999, an amendment fee
          equal to fifteen basis points (0.15%) of such Lender's outstanding
          Term Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments, and (B) to the
          Administrative Agent the fees set forth in that certain fee letter of
          even date herewith.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
          (b)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Amendment
shall cease to be effective if any of the following conditions shall not have
been satisfied on or prior to the date of the consummation of any Acquisition,
or in the case of the EFM Acquisition, the date of the consummation of any
portion of such Acquisition on which a portion of the EFM Purchase Price is due
and payable (each a "Consummation Date"):

               (i)   Certain Documents.  The Administrative Agent shall have
                     -----------------                                      
          received on or before the Consummation Date all of the following, all
          of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agents, in
          sufficient originally executed copies for each of the Lenders:

               (A) the Officer's Certificate required pursuant to clause (C) of
          the proviso to the definition of "Permitted Acquisition" relating to
          the such Acquisition, together with such other documentation required
          pursuant to such definition, including, without limitation, any
          collateral documentation required to be executed in connection with
          clause (g) thereof;

               (B) an execution copy of the indenture governing the terms of the
          Subordinated Notes (except in connection with the Roche Acquisition,
          but only if such Acquisition is subject to the proviso set forth in
                                                         -------             
          clause (b)(ii) below); and

               (C) such additional documentation as the Agents or the Requisite
          Lenders may reasonably require.

               (ii)  Funding for the Acquisitions.  The Company shall have
                     ----------------------------                         
          received gross proceeds from the issuance of the Subordinated Notes in
          an amount of at least $175,000,000 (or, if the Company does not
          purchase ICF's interest in Kaiser Hill, $150,000,000); provided,
                                                                 -------- 
          however, solely in the case of the Roche Acquisition, if the Company
          -------                                                             
          has not received proceeds from the issuance of the Subordinated Notes
          by March 31, 1999, then this condition shall be satisfied in the
          event, after giving effect to the consummation of the Roche
          Acquisition, the Revolving Credit Availability on the Consummation
          Date plus unrestricted cash that is not subject to a Lien in favor of
          any other Person (other than the Administrative Agent) held by the
          Borrowers on the Consummation Date is greater than $15,000,000.

               (iii)  Purchase Price; Transaction Costs. The purchase price paid
                      ---------------------------------                         
          or to be paid in connection with the assets of EFM (other than ICF's
          interest in Kaiser Hill) shall not exceed the Closing EFM Purchase
          Price and the purchase price paid or to be paid for ICF's interest in
          Kaiser Hill shall not exceed the Closing Kaiser Hill Purchase Price
          and the Deferred Kaiser Hill Purchase Price.  The purchase price paid
          in connection with the Roche Acquisition shall not exceed the Roche
          Purchase Price (plus an

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
          earn-out of up to an additional $9,200,000 based on certain
          performance criteria). The Transaction Costs shall not exceed
          $13,000,000 in the aggregate.

               (vi)  Permitted Acquisition Requirements.  All documentation and
                     ----------------------------------                        
          other requirements set forth in the definition of "Permitted
          Acquisition" (to the extent not waived in this Amendment) shall have
          been satisfied with respect to the consummation of such Acquisition.

               (vii)  No Event of Default.  No Event of Default or Default shall
                      -------------------                                       
          have occurred and be continuing on the Consummation Date or would
          result from the consummation of such Acquisition or the funding of the
          Subordinated Notes on such date.

          SECTION 4.  Covenants.
                      --------- 

          (a) The Company agrees that it will not amend, supplement or otherwise
modify the Acquisition Agreements, except for amendments, waivers or
modifications of such terms that do not change the substance of such agreement
in any material respect and do not, in the aggregate, materially and adversely
affect the interests of the Agents and the Lenders in the Loans, the Loan
Documents or the Collateral.

          (b)  The Borrowers agree to deliver to the Administrative Agent within
30 days after the date hereof (i) all UCC filings reflecting the new name of the
Company (both new UCC-1s and amendments to each UCC-1 of the Company filed in
connection with the Credit Agreement) which are appropriate to preserve the
perfection of the security interests granted by the Company to the
Administrative under the Borrower Security Agreement to which it is a party and
(ii) an Officer's Certificate stating that all such filings have been made.

          SECTION 5.  Representations and Warranties.  Each Borrower hereby
                      ------------------------------                       
represents and warrants to the Lenders that (a) as of the date hereof and after
giving effect to the terms of this Amendment, no Event of Default or Default
under the Credit Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing and (b) all of
the representations and warranties of such Borrower contained in Section 6.01 of
the Credit Agreement and in any other Loan Document continue to be true and
correct as of the date of execution hereof in all material respects, as though
made on and as of such date (other than representations and warranties in any
such Loan Document which expressly speak as of a different date).  In addition,
the Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Lenders that, after
giving effect to this Amendment, consummation of each Acquisition will
constitute a Permitted Acquisition.

          SECTION 6.  Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents.
                      ---------------------------------------------

          (a) Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, on and after the date
hereof, each reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder",
"hereof" or words of like import, and each reference in the other Loan Documents
to the

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as
amended hereby.

          (b) Except as specifically amended above, all of the terms of the
Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and in full
force and effect.

          (c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall
not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right,
power or remedy of any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent
under the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver
of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any of the Loan Documents.

          SECTION 7.  Fees, Costs and Expenses.
                      ------------------------ 

          (a)  The Borrowers agree to pay on demand in accordance with the terms
of Section 13.02 of the Credit Agreement all costs and expenses of the
Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, reproduction, execution
and delivery of this Amendment and all other Loan Documents entered into in
connection herewith, including the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of
counsel for the Administrative Agent with respect thereto.

          (b)  On the Amendment Effective Date the Borrowers agree to pay the
fees set forth in Section 3(a)(v) of this Amendment.

          SECTION 8.  Execution in Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed
                      -------------------------                                 
and delivered in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be
deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the
same original agreement.

          SECTION 9.  Affirmation of Borrower Guaranties.  Each of the Borrowers
                      ----------------------------------                        
hereby consents to the terms of this Amendment in its capacity as a guarantor
under the Borrower Guaranty to which it is a party and agrees that the terms of
this Amendment shall not affect in any way its obligations and liabilities under
its Borrower Guaranty or any other Loan Document to which it is a party, all of
which obligations and liabilities shall remain in full force and effect and each
of which is hereby reaffirmed.

          SECTION 10.  Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be interpreted, and
                       -------------                                           
the rights and liabilities of the parties determined, in accordance with the
internal law of the State of New York.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed on the date
set forth above.

                               THE IT GROUP, INC. (f/k/a
                               INTERNATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
                               CORPORATION)

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
                               By  /s/ Richard R. Conte
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Name:  Richard R. Conte
                                  Title: Vice President


                               IT CORPORATION

 
                               By  /s/ Richard R. Conte
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Name:  Richard R. Conte
                                  Title: Vice President

                               OHM CORPORATION

                               By  /s/ Richard R. Conte
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Name:  Richard R. Conte
                                  Title: Vice President


                               OHM REMEDIATION SERVICES CORP.

                               By  /s/ Richard R. Conte
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Name:  Richard R. Conte
                                  Title: Vice President

                               BENECO ENTERPRISES, INC.

                               By  /s/ Richard R. Conte
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Name:  Richard R. Conte
                                  Title: Vice President

                                       15
<PAGE>
                      [SIGNATURE BLOCKS FOR THE LENDERS]

CITICORP USA, INC.                      COMERCIA BANK                 
                                                                      
By  /s/ Timothy L. Freeman               By  /s/ David W. Shirey
   ------------------------------          ------------------------------  
   Name: Timothy L. Freeman                Name:  David W. Shirey       
   Title: Managing Director                Title: Assistant Vice President
                                                                      
                                                                      
BANKBOSTON, N.A.                        CYPRESSTREE INVESTMENT PARTNERS II, Ltd.
                                        By: CypressTree Investment Management
                                            Company, Inc., as Portfolio Manager
                                                                      
By  /s/ Paul F. Hardiman                By  /s/ Jeffrey W. Heuer  
   ------------------------------          ------------------------------  
   Name:  Paul F. Hardiman                 Name:  Jeffrey W. Heuer    
   Title: Division Executive               Title: Principal           
                                                           
          
CREDIT LYONNAIS                         FLEET BANK, N.A.
 NEW YORK BRANCH                                      
                                                                     
By /s/ Attila Koc                       By  /s/ Christopher Mayruse   
   ------------------------------          ------------------------------  
   Name:  Attila Koc                       Name:   Christopher Mayruse   
   Title: Senior Vice President            Title:  Vice President     
                                                                     
                                                                     
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA                    FLEET BUSINESS CREDIT CORPORATION
                                                                     
By  /s/ John J. D'Angelo                By  /s/ Wesley Manus
   ------------------------------          ------------------------------  
   Name:  John J. D'Angelo                 Name:   Wesley Manus
   Title: Manager                          Title:  Assistant Vice President
                                                                     
                                                                     
AG CAPITAL FUNDING PARTNERS, L.P.       THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN,   
By  Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. as        LIMITED                        
    Investment Advisor                                                  
                                                                        
By  /s/ Jeffrey H. A                    By   /s/ Takuya Honjo           
   ------------------------------          ------------------------------  
   Name:  Jeffrey H. A                     Name:  Takuya Honjo          
   Title: Managing Director                Title: Senior Vice President 
                                                                     
                                                                     
ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY         KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                      
By  /s/ Robert B. Bodett                By  /s/ David J. Janus        
   ------------------------------          ------------------------------   
   Name:  Robert B. Bodett                 Name:  David J. Janus        
   Title: Authorized Signatory             Title: SVP                 
                                      
By  /s/ Patricia W. Wilson              KISLAK NATIONAL BANK                  
   ------------------------------       By: ING CAPITAL ADVISORS, INC.,       
   Name:  Patricia W. Wilson                as Investment Advisor            
   Title: Authorized Signatory             
                                        By  /s/ Michael J. Campbell           
                                           ------------------------------     
ALLIANCE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.           Name:  Michael J. Campbell         
 as Manager on behalf of ALLIANCE          Title: Senior Vice President &     
 CAPITAL FUNDING, L.L.C. by:                      Portfolio Manager           
 ALLIANCE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.                                             
 CORPORATION, General Partner of        KZH CRESCENT-2 LLC                 
 Alliance Capital Management L.P.                                          
                                        By  /s/ Virginia Conway           
By  /s/ Kenneth G. Ostmann                 ------------------------------    
   ------------------------------           Name:  Virginia Conway           
   Name:  Kenneth G. Ostmann                Title: Authorized Agent        
   Title: Vice President                     
                                             
                                        KZH CYPRESSTREE-1 LLC
ARCHIMEDES FUNDING LLC                                                   
By: ING CAPITAL ADVISORS, INC.,         By  /s/ Virginia Conway           
     as Collateral Manager                 ------------------------------    
                                           Name:  Virginia Conway         
By  /s/ Michael J. Campbell                Title: Authorized Agent        
   ------------------------------          
   Name:  Michael J. Campbell                                               
   Title: Senior Vice President &        KZH HIGHLAND-2 LLC                  
          Portfolio Manager                                                  
                                         By  /s/ Virginia Conway             
ARCHIMEDES FUNDING II, LTD.                 ------------------------------    
By: ING CAPITAL ADVISORS, INC.,             Name:  Virginia Conway           
     as Collateral Manager                  Title: Authorized Agent          
                                            
By  /s/ Michael J. Campbell                 
   ------------------------------        KZH SOLEIL LLC                 
   Name:  Michael J. Campbell                                               
   Title: Senior Vice President &        By  /s/ Virginia Conway            
          Portfolio Manager                 ------------------------------    
                                            Name:  Virginia Conway          
                                            Title: Authorized Agent          


BANCO ESPIRITO SANTO E COMERCIAL        
 DE LISBOA, NASSAU BRANCH                   
                                         KZH SOLEIL-2 LLC                 
By  /s/ Terry R. Hull                                                       
   ------------------------------        By  /s/ Virginia Conway            
   Name:  Terry R. Hull                     ------------------------------    
   Title: Senior Vice President             Name:  Virginia Conway          
                                            Title: Authorized Agent          
By /s/ Andrew M. Orsen                      
   ------------------------------           
   Name:  Andrew M. Orsen                   
   Title: Vice President                    
                                         ML CLO XX PILGRAM AMERICA          
                                          (CAYMAN) LTD.                     
BHF BANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT              By: Pilgram Investments, Inc.      
                                              as its Investment Manager   
                                                                            
By  /s/ Dan D                            By  /s/ Robert L. Wilson            
   ------------------------------           ------------------------------    
   Name:   Dan D                            Name:  Robert L. Wilson        
   Title:  AVP                              Title: Vice President 
                                            
By  /s/ Robert Nowak                        
   ------------------------------        THE MITSUBISHI TRUST AND BANKING
   Name:  Robert Nowak                    CORPORATION                   
   Title: AT                                                             
                                                                         
                                         By   /s/ Beatrice E. Kossodo     
BALANCED HIGH YIELD FUND I LIMITED          ------------------------------     
 as a Lender                                Name:  Beatrice E. Kossodo     
By: BHF-BANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT             Title: Senior Vice President 
 acting through its New York Branch,      
 as attorney-in-fact                                                       
                                         MOUNTAIN CLO TRUST                
By  /s/ Dan D                                                              
   ------------------------------        By  /s/ Kazoyoki Nishimura     
   Name:   Dan D                            ------------------------------     
   Title:  AVP                              Name: Kazoyoki Nishimura   
                                            Title: Authorized Signatory 
By  /s/ Robert Nowak                                                     
   ------------------------------        PAMCO CAYMON LTD. 
   Name:  Robert Nowak                   By: Highland Capital Management, L.P.
   Title: AT                                  as Collateral Manager         
                                                                            
                                         By  /s/ Mark K. Okada CFA       
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA                     ------------------------------     
                                            Name:  Mark K. Okada            
By /s/ F.C.B. Ashby                         Title: Executive Vice President
   ------------------------------          
   Name:  F.C.B. Ashby                     
   Title: Senior Manager                    
            Loan Operations              OCTAGON LOAN TRUST                    
                                         by Octagon Credit Investos,           
                                             as Manager                       
BANK POLSKA KASA OPIEKI S.A.                                                   
 PEKAO S.A. GROUP,                       By  /s/ Joyce C. DeLucca              
 NEW YORK BRANCH                            ------------------------------     
                                            Name:   Joyce C. DeLucca           
By  /s/ Harvey Winter                       Title:  Managing Director          
   ------------------------------                                             
   Name:  Harvey Winter                                                        
   Title: Vice President                 PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION      
                                                                             
                                         By /s/ William V. Armitage          
                                            ------------------------------     
                                            Name:  William V. Armitage        
                                            Title: Vice President             
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                         SENIOR DEBT PORTFOLIO                
                                         BY BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH    
                                              AS INVESTMENT ADVISOR           
                                                                              
                                         By  /s/ Payson F. Swaffield          
                                            ------------------------------     
                                            Name:   Payson F. Swaffield       
                                            Title:  Vice President            
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                         SOCIETE GENERALE                      
                                                                              
                                         By /s/ Salvatore Galatioto           
                                            ------------------------------     
                                            Name:  Salvatore Galatioto        
                                           Title:  Managing Director          
                                                                              
                                                                               
                                         UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA             
                                                                              
                                         By /s/ A. Pasha Moghaddam        
                                            ------------------------------     
                                            Name:  A. Pasha Moghaddam    
                                           Title:  Vice President             

                                      16
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT
                                 --------------

          Reference is hereby made to the Subsidiary Guaranties (as defined in
the Credit Agreement) to which each of the undersigned is a party.  Each of the
undersigned hereby consents to the terms of the foregoing Third Amendment to
Credit Agreement and agrees that the terms thereof shall not affect in any way
its obligations and liabilities under the undersigned's Subsidiary Guaranty or
any other Loan Document, all of which obligations and liabilities shall remain
in full force and effect and each of which is hereby reaffirmed.

                               GRADIENT CORPORATION

                               By  /s/ Richard R. Conte
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Title:  Treasurer


                               IT-TULSA HOLDINGS, INC.

                               By  /s/ Richard R. Conte
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Title:  Treasurer


                               IT E&C OPERATIONS, INC.

                               By  /s/ Richard R. Conte
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Title:  Treasurer


                               PACIFIC ENVIRONMENTAL GROUP, INC.

                               By  /s/ Richard R. Conte
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Title:  Treasurer


                               UNIVERSAL PROFESSIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY

                               By  /s/ Richard R. Conte
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Title:  Treasurer



                                       17

<PAGE>
                                                              Exhibit 10(ii)(15)

 
                            SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                            ------------------------

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT made on the 5th day of February, 1999,

BY AND BETWEEN:               The persons listed in Exhibit "A" hereto, each of
                                                    -----------
                              whom herein represented by Mr. Michel Labbe, its,
                              his or her lawful mandatary, duly authorized for
                              all of the purposes hereof, other than Mr. Michel
                              Labbe who is also herein acting on his own behalf
                              (each, a "Vendor");

AND:                          IT Holdings Canada, Inc., a corporation
                              incorporated under the Laws of the Province of New
                              Brunswick, with its registered office at 44
                              Chipman Hill, 10th Floor, St. John, New Brunswick,
                              E2L 4S6, herein acting and represented by Mr.
                              James M. Redwine, Assistant-Secretary (the
                              "Purchaser");

AND INTERVENED TO BY:         The IT Group, Inc., a corporation incorporated
                              under the Laws of the State of Delaware, herein
                              acting and represented by Mr. James M. Redwine,
                              Senior Corporate Counsel and Assistant-Secretary,
                              Corporate Development ("ITX").

     WHEREAS, prior to the Reorganization, Vendors and certain other Persons own
all of the issued and outstanding shares of Corporoche Canada Inc. (the
"Corporation") and the Corporation owns all of the issued and outstanding shares
of Roche Ltee, Groupe Conseil/Roche Ltd., Consulting Group ("Roche");

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Reorganization, Roche will amalgamate with 3559076
Canada Inc. ("NewCo 1") to form Roche Ltee, Groupe Conseil / Roche Ltd.,
Consulting Group ("New Roche"), all of the issued and outstanding shares of
which to be owned by Vendors;

     AND WHEREAS Purchaser, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ITX, wishes to
purchase, and Vendors wish to sell, all of the issued and outstanding shares of
New Roche.

     NOW, THEREFORE, THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH THAT, in consideration of the
mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed by and between the Parties as
follows:
<PAGE>
 
                                      -2-

                                   ARTICLE I

                                 INTERPRETATION
                                 --------------
 
1.1    Definitions. Where used herein or in any amendments hereto or in any
       -----------                                                         
communication required or permitted to be given hereunder, the following terms
shall have the following meanings, respectively, unless the context otherwise
requires:

1.1.1 "Accounts Receivable" shall mean all accounts receivable, trade accounts,
      notes receivable, book debts, holdbacks receivable, deposits and other
      debts due or accruing due to Roche or any Subsidiary.

1.1.2 "Affiliate" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Canada Business
      Corporations Act.

1.1.3 "Agreement" shall mean this Share Purchase Agreement and all instruments
      supplemental hereto or in amendment or confirmation hereof; "herein",
      "hereof", "hereto", "hereunder" and similar expressions mean and refer to
      this Agreement and not to any particular Article, Section or other
      subdivision; "Article", "Section or other subdivision of this Agreement
      means and refers to the specified Article, Section or other subdivision of
      this Agreement.

1.1.4 "Ancillary Agreements" shall mean the Non-Competition Agreements and any
      other agreements executed by the Parties in connection with the
      transactions contemplated herein.

1.1.5 "Associated Companies" shall mean the corporations, companies,
      partnerships, joint ventures and other Persons in which the Corporation
      owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or less of the shares,
      voting interests, partnership interests or economic interests and which do
      not form part of the Excluded Assets, which Persons are listed in
      Schedule 1.1.5.
      -------------- 

1.1.6 "Assumed Debt" shall mean the US dollar equivalent of the bank debt of
      Roche relating to its continuing operations based on the reciprocal of the
      exchange rate outstanding on January 31, 1999 as published in the Wall
      Street Journal on February 1, 1999 (being the reciprocal of Cdn $1.5110,
      or US $0.6618), the whole net of actual cash deposits provided they are
      fully owned by Roche and unrestricted (cash collateral to guarantee
      letters of credit not being considered restricted).

1.1.7 "Benefit Plans" shall mean all pension, retirement, bonus, profit sharing,
      compensation, incentive, stock purchase, stock option, stock appreciation,
      severance, change-of-control, savings, thrift, insurance, medical,
      hospitalization, disability, death or other similar plan, program,
      arrangement or practice of the Corporation, Roche or any Subsidiary
      providing directors, officers, shareholders or employee benefits.

1.1.8 "Bid" shall mean any quotation, bid, tender or proposal which, if accepted
      or awarded, would lead to a contract with a Governmental Body, including a
      prime
<PAGE>
 
                                      -3-

      contractor or a higher tier subcontractor to a Governmental Body, for the
      design, manufacture or sale of products or the provision of services.

1.1.9 "Books and Records" shall mean all books, records, files and documentation
      (in whatever medium and wherever situated) of the Corporation, Roche
      (including NewCo 1), the Subsidiaries other than those which deal
      exclusively with the Excluded Assets; for greater certainty, the phrase
      "Books and Records" shall include, without limitation, all statements,
      books, ledgers, records, financial records, accounting records, consents,
      approvals, authorizations, written Contracts, Tax returns, Employee files,
      retiree files, insurance policies, Benefit Plans, documentation, evidence
      or indication of ownership of the Corporation, Roche or the Subsidiaries
      in and to any assets (other than those which deal exclusively with the
      Excluded Assets, other than the Management Pension Plan Surplus) and the
      properties of the Corporation, Roche or the Subsidiaries and all records
      and correspondence which pertain to the Licenses.

1.1.10  "Business" shall mean the business of Roche or any of the Subsidiaries
        as conducted by Roche or any of the Subsidiaries including, without
        limitation, the fields of engineering, construction and construction
        management, information management, health care consulting and operation
        and maintenance services, environmental and infrastructure engineering
        and management, wood processing and forestry, transportation, water
        management, municipal finances, real estate appraisals, and consulting
        with respect to the foregoing.

1.1.11  "Capital Contributions" shall mean the capital contributions made by
        Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.3.

1.1.12  "Closing" shall mean the delivery to Purchaser of the certificates for
        the Purchased Shares duly endorsed for transfer and the payment to or on
        behalf of Vendors of the Purchase Price required to be paid on the
        Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.2 and the payment of the Capital
        Contributions required to be made pursuant to Section 2.3.

1.1.13  "Contamination" means the presence of any Hazardous Substance in the
        environment, including the degradation of water, air or soil quality.

1.1.14  "Contracts" shall mean all written or oral contracts, agreements,
        indentures, instruments, commitments and orders made by or in favour of
        the Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary or any Associated Company, as the
        case may be, including Government Contracts; and "Contract" shall mean
        any one of them.

1.1.15  "Dealing" means using, generating, manufacturing, refining, treating,
        transporting, storing, handling, labeling, documenting, recycling,
        disposing of, releasing, discharging, depositing, transferring,
        producing or processing of any Hazardous Substance.

1.1.16  "Employees" shall mean all of the employees of Roche and of the
        Subsidiaries, in each case immediately prior to the Closing Date; for
        greater certainty, the word "Employees" shall include part-time
        employees and employees on short-term or
<PAGE>
 
                                      -4-

        long-term disability, workmen's compensation, sick leave, maternity
        leave, or leave of absence or laid-off employees prior to Closing Date.

1.1.17  "Environmental Laws" means all applicable Laws in existence on or before
        the date hereof relating to Hazardous Substances, pollution or
        protection of the environment, human health or safety, including Laws
        relating to (a) on-site or off-site Contamination, (b) Releases of any
        Hazardous Substance into the environment and (c) Dealing in any
        Hazardous Substance.

1.1.18  "Environmental Permits" means, with respect to a Person, all Licenses
        and any other approvals required for the operation of the business,
        operations and assets of the Person pursuant to Environmental Laws.

1.1.19  "Equipment" shall mean (a) all machinery, spare parts, equipment, tools,
        computers, furniture, fixtures, furnishings, office equipment
        (including, without limitation, word processing, accounting,
        communication and reproduction equipment) of Roche or any Subsidiary
        wherever located, and (b) all assignable warranties of any Person
        covering all or any part of the aforesaid Equipment.

1.1.20  "Excluded Assets" shall mean Metroplan, 2758-3525 Quebec Inc., 174878
        Canada Ltd., the Management Pension Plan Surplus and Solutions
        Technologiques Internationales STI Inc.

1.1.21  "Financial Statements" shall mean (a) the audited financial statements
        for Roche as at December 31, 1997 consisting of the consolidated balance
        sheet (on a non-proportional basis) as at such date and the consolidated
        statement of earnings, the consolidated statement of retained earnings
        and the consolidated statement of changes in financial position for the
        period then ended and notes to the financial statements together with
        the auditors' report thereon, and (b) the unaudited financial statements
        of Roche for the eleven (11) months ended November 30, 1998 consisting
        of a consolidated balance sheet (on a non-proportional basis) as at such
        date, the consolidated statement of earnings, the consolidated statement
        of retained earnings and the consolidated statement of changes in
        financial position for the period then ended, copies of which financial
        statements are annexed hereto as Schedule 1.1.21. When the financial
                                         ---------------
        statements for the (11) eleven-month period ended November 30, 1998 are
        referenced in this Agreement, it is understood that such statements do
        not have all of the normal year-end adjustments of audited statements.

1.1.22  "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles from time to
        time approved by the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants
        applicable as at the date on which the relevant calculation has been
        made, is made or is required to be made, consistently applied in
        accordance with the past practice of the Person with reference to whom
        such term is used.

1.1.23  "Government Contract" means any prime contract, subcontracts, teaming
        agreement or arrangement, joint venture, basic ordering agreement,
        letter contract, purchase order, delivery order, Bid, change order,
        arrangement or other commitment of any kind with (a) any Governmental
        Body, (b) any prime contractor
<PAGE>
 
                                      -5-

        to a Governmental Body or (c) any subcontractor with respect to any
        contract described in paragraph (a) or (b) of this definition.

1.1.24  "Governmental Body" means any (a) multinational, federal, provincial,
        state, regional, municipal, local or other government, governmental or
        public department, central bank, court, tribunal, professional body such
        as the Ordre des ingenieurs du Quebec, arbitral body, commission, board,
        bureau, agency, domestic or foreign, (b) any subdivision, agent,
        commission, board or authority of any of the foregoing or (c) any quasi-
        governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, expropriation or
        taxing authority under or for the account of any of the foregoing.

1.1.25  "Hazardous Substance" means any substance or material which is or is
        deemed to be, alone or in any combination, hazardous, hazardous waste,
        toxic, a pollutant, a deleterious substance, a contaminant, a waste, a
        source of pollution or contamination or likely to adversely affect the
        environment or affect human health and safety in any way under any
        Environmental Laws.

1.1.26  "Initial Payment" shall mean the Canadian dollar equivalent of Ten
        Million US dollars (US $10,000,000) less the Capital Contributions
        (based on the reciprocal of the exchange rate published in the Wall
        Street Journal on February 1, 1999 such reciprocal being Cdn $1.5110).

1.1.27  "Intellectual Property Rights" shall mean (a) all domestic and foreign
        patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks, copyrights, industrial
        designs, trade secrets, processes, inventions, know-how, recipes,
        manuals, technology, customer and supplier lists, formulas, franchises,
        licenses, rights-to-use, drawings, specifications for products,
        materials and equipment, process development, manufacturing information,
        quality control information, performance data, plant service
        information, computer software, operating systems and other intellectual
        property, in each case whether registered or unregistered and (b) all
        registrations and applications for registration of the aforesaid
        Intellectual Property Rights.

1.1.28  "Inventory" shall mean all inventories, finished goods, work-in-
        progress, raw materials, operating supplies, shipping supplies,
        maintenance items and advertising materials, in each case on hand, in
        transit, ordered but not delivered, warehoused or wherever situated, of
        Roche, the Subsidiaries and the Associated Companies.

1.1.29  "Laws" shall mean (a) all laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, orders,
        decrees, rules, regulations, and municipal by-laws, whether domestic,
        foreign or international, (b) all judgments, orders, writs, injunctions,
        rulings, decrees and awards of any Governmental Body, and (c) all
        policies, practices and guidelines of any Governmental Body having the
        force of law or which are considered by such Governmental Body as
        requiring compliance as if having the force of law, which, in each of
        the above cases, binds or affects the Party or Person referred to in the
        context in which such word is used.

1.1.30  "Licenses" shall mean permits, licenses, certificates of compliance,
        consents, approvals and authorizations of, or registrations with, any
        Governmental Body.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -6-

1.1.31  "Liens" shall mean all hypothecs, mortgages, pledges, privileges, prior
        claims, liens, security interests, transfers of property in stock,
        security granted under the Bank Act (Canada), charges, deposits,
        servitudes, easements, reserves, conditional sale contracts, ownership
        or title retention agreements, capital leases, occupation rights,
        encroachments, homologated lines, restrictive covenants, title defects
        and other encumbrances or rights of any nature whatsoever or however
        arising.

1.1.32  "Management Pension Plan" means the Regime complementaire de retraite
        des employes de la direction de Roche Ltee, Groupe-Conseil.

1.1.33  "Management Pension Plan Surplus" shall mean the amount by which the
        assets of the Management Pension Plan exceed the liabilities of the
        Management Pension Plan as of the date of its termination, the whole as
        determined by the plan actuary and approved by the relevant authorities.

1.1.34  "Maximum First EBIT Payment" shall equal one half (1/2) of the amount by
        which Twenty Million Seven Hundred Thousand US dollars (US $20,700,000)
        exceeds (a) the Assumed Debt and (b) Ten Million US dollars (US
        $10,000,000).

1.1.35  "Maximum Second EBIT Payment" shall be an amount equal to the Maximum
        First EBIT Payment.

1.1.36  "Metroplan" shall mean Societe Metroplan, Societe en commandite, a
        limited partnership formed under the Laws of the Province of Quebec.

1.1.37  "Non-Competition Agreements" shall mean the non-competition agreements
         to be entered into by Purchaser, ITX and certain Vendors, which
         agreements shall be substantially in the forms of Exhibit "C".
                                                           ----------- 

1.1.38  "Parties" shall mean Vendors and Purchaser; and "Party" shall mean
        either one of them.

1.1.39  "Pembroke Project" shall mean the engineering, procurement and
        construction of a medium density fiberboard plant by RBW Group (a joint
        venture of Roche and Bennett & Wright Inc.) pursuant to a Lump Sum
        Engineering, Procurement and Construction contract between MacMillan
        Bloedel Pembroke Limited Partnership and RBW Group entered into as of
        the 29th day of May, 1995, as the same may have been amended from time
        to time.

1.1.40  "Permitted Encumbrances" means:

        (a)  unregistered Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges
             not yet due and payable, unregistered Liens for workman's
             compensation assessments and similar obligations not delinquent;

        (b)  any unregistered Lien vested in any lessor or licensor for rent to
             become due or for other obligations or acts, the performance of
             which is required under leases, subleases or licenses, so long as
             the payment of such rent or the performance of such other
             obligation or act is not delinquent;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -7-

        (c)  unregistered Liens of any employees for salaries or wages earned
             but not yet payable; and

        (d)  unregistered Liens of unpaid vendors of moveable or personal
             property, or other similar Liens, in each case arising in the
             ordinary course of business for charges which are not delinquent.

1.1.41  "Person" shall mean an individual, corporation, company, partnership,
        joint venture, trust, authority or body or similar organization, and
        pronouns which refer to a Person shall have a similarly extended
        meaning.

1.1.42  "Purchase Price" shall mean the sum of the Initial Payment, the First
        EBIT Payment and the Second EBIT Payment, as the same may be adjusted
        pursuant to Section 2.4, Section 2.8, Article VI, Article VII or Article
        XII.

1.1.43  "Purchased Shares" shall mean all of the issued and outstanding shares
        of New Roche which will remain issued and outstanding on the Closing
        Date after the Reorganization, which shares will be issued and
        outstanding in the manner set forth on Exhibit "A".
                                               -----------

1.1.44  "Real Property Leases" shall mean the leases for immoveable and real
        property made in favour of Roche or any Subsidiary, as lessee or tenant
        (including the current lease between Roche and Metroplan for the
        premises located at 3075, chemin des Quatre-Bourgeois, Suite 300, Ste-
        Foy, Quebec), and all leasehold improvements on, in, over or under such
        leased immoveables and real property, all of which leases are listed in
        Schedule 1.1.44.
        ---------------

1.1.45  "Release", when used as a verb, includes release, pump, pour, empty,
        eject, issue, seep, exhaust, abandon, bury, incinerate, spill, leak,
        emit, deposit, discharge, disseminate, leach, migrate, dispose, inject,
        dump or place into the environment.

1.1.46  "Reorganization" shall mean the transfer of the Excluded Assets (other
        than with respect to the Management Pension Plan Surplus which shall be
        dealt with in the manner set forth in Article VII) and the other
        transactions of Vendors, the other shareholders of the Corporation, the
        Corporation, Roche, NewCo 1, certain subsidiaries and the Excluded
        Assets to occur on or prior to the Closing Date, the whole as set forth
        on Schedule 1.1.46.
           --------------- 

1.1.47  "Subsidiaries" shall mean the corporations, companies, partnerships,
        joint ventures and other Persons in which Roche owns, directly or
        indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares, voting
        interests, partnership interests or economic interests and which do not
        form part of the Excluded Assets, which Persons are listed in
        Schedule 1.1.47.
        --------------- 

1.1.48  "Tax" and "Taxes" shall mean all taxes, including, without limitation,
        income tax, provincial health insurance plan premiums, Canada and Quebec
        pension plan contributions, employment insurance premiums, workman's
        compensation and other payroll taxes, deductions at source, non-resident
        withholding, immoveable or real property, municipal, corporation,
        capital, sales, retail, excise, profits, gross
<PAGE>
 
                                      -8-

        receipts, customs duties, transfer, business, provincial sales and goods
        and services taxes, including any related penalties, interest and fines.

1.2     Other Defined Terms. In addition to the defined terms in Section 1.1,
        -------------------                                             
        each of the following capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed
        thereto in the corresponding Section:

           Term                                       Section
           ----                                       -------
           1998 Year............................      6.1
           Audit Date...........................      2.7.1
           Auditors.............................      2.7
           Closing Date.........................      13.1
           Closing Balance Sheet................      2.7.1
           Collection Account...................      2.2
           Contracted Backlog...................      3.1.38
           Corporation..........................      Preamble
           EBIT.................................      2.5
           EBIT Statement.......................      2.7.2
           Excess First EBIT....................      2.6
           Excess Second EBIT...................      2.6
           First EBIT Payment...................      2.5
           Immoveables..........................      3.1.15
           Income Taxes.........................      6.1
           Indemnified Party....................      12.3
           Indemnifying Party...................      12.3
           ITX..................................      Preamble
           Laframboise..........................      2.3.1
           Losses...............................      12.1
           NBV Target...........................      2.4
           Net Uncollected Receivables..........      2.8
           New Roche............................      Preamble
           NewCo 1..............................      Preamble
           Notice of Dispute....................      2.7
           Offer................................      8.2
           Offer Period.........................      8.2
           Offeror..............................      8.2
           Optioned Assets......................      8.2
           Original Offer.......................      8.2
           Pembroke Losses......................      6.1
           Prior Year Offset....................      6.5
           Purchase Price Increase..............      2.4
           Purchase Price Reduction.............      2.4
           Purchaser............................      Preamble
           Roche................................      Preamble
           Second EBIT Payment..................      2.6
           Statements...........................      2.7
           Third-Party Auditors.................      2.7
           Third-Party Claim....................      12.5
<PAGE>
 
                                      -9-

           Term                                       Section
           ----                                       -------

           Uncollected Receivables..............      2.8
           VendorCo.............................      8.2
           Vendors..............................      Preamble


1.3   Schedules and Exhibits. The following is a list of the Schedules and
      ----------------------                                              
Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference:

       Schedule 1.1.5  ...........  Associated Companies
       Schedule 1.1.21 ...........  Financial Statements
       Schedule 1.1.44 ...........  Real Property Leases
       Schedule 1.1.46 ...........  Reorganization
       Schedule 1.1.47 ...........  Subsidiaries
       Schedule 2.4 ..............  Principles used to Prepare Closing
                                    Balance Sheet for NBV Target
       Schedule 2.5 ..............  Principles used to Calculate EBIT
       Schedule 3.1.6 ............  Defaults
       Schedule 3.1.7 ............  Authorized and Issued Capital and Title
       Schedule 3.1.9 ............  Shareholders' and Other Agreements
       Schedule 3.1.13 ...........  Operations of the Corporation
       Schedule 3.1.14 ...........  Liens
       Schedule 3.1.15 ...........  Immoveables
       Schedule 3.1.17 ...........  Places of Business
       Schedule 3.1.18 ...........  Intellectual Property Rights
       Schedule 3.1.20 ...........  Material Contracts
       Schedule 3.1.22 ...........  Guarantees
       Schedule 3.1.23 ...........  Government Contract Exceptions
       Schedule 3.1.24 ...........  Insurance
       Schedule 3.1.25 ...........  Bank Accounts; Powers of Attorney
       Schedule 3.1.26 ...........  Litigation
       Schedule 3.1.27 ...........  Tax Matters
       Schedule 3.1.28 ...........  Licenses; Environmental Permits
       Schedule 3.1.29 ...........  Employment Agreements
       Schedule 3.1.31 ...........  Benefit Plans
       Schedule 3.1.35 ...........  Unusual Transactions
       Schedule 3.1.38 ...........  Contracted Backlog of the Business
       Schedule 3.1.41 ...........  Stand Alone
       Schedule 4.4.12 ...........  Liens on Purchased Shares
       Exhibit "A" ...............  Vendors, Purchased Shares, Share of
                                    Purchase Price and Indemnification Cap
       Exhibit "B" ...............  Forms of Non-Competition Agreements
       Exhibit "C" ...............  Form of Opinion of Heenan Blaikie Aubut
       Exhibit "D" ...............  Form of Opinion of Stikeman, Elliott


1.4   Knowledge. Whenever any fact or matter is stated to be to the knowledge
      ---------                                
of Vendors, or any similar reference, such reference shall mean (a) the actual
knowledge of any of Vendors without the obligation of enquiry or investigation,
(b) the knowledge that any of the directors of the Corporation or directors of
Roche can be expected to have
<PAGE>
 
                                      -10-

acquired in the normal course of their duties as directors, officers or
employees, such directors being Pierre Lacroix, Michel Labbe, Andre Vachon,
Pierre Brulotte, Christian Berube, Yves Lortie, Sam Hammad, France Michaud, Jean
Beaudoin, Marc-Yvan Cote, Serge Dussault, Jean-Guy Lajoie and Pierre Bertrand,
and (c) when used in reference to the Associated Companies, shall mean the
actual knowledge only of any Vendor. For purposes of this Agreement, each of the
directors shall be deemed to have made enquiry of M. Martel, D. Plante, D.
Lortie and P. Croteau with respect to the matters referred to in Article III.

1.5   References to "Roche", etc. Unless otherwise specifically set forth or
      ---------------------------                                        
required by the context, references to "Roche" herein shall refer to Roche
prior to the Reorganization and "New Roche" subsequent to the Reorganization.


                                   ARTICLE II

                    PURCHASE AND SALE; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
                    ----------------------------------------
 
2.1   Purchase and Sale; Capital Contributions. Upon and subject to the terms
      ----------------------------------------                         
and conditions hereof, (a) Vendors shall sell, transfer and assign to Purchaser
on the Closing Date, and Purchaser shall purchase from Vendors on the Closing
Date, the Purchased Shares held by each such Vendor as set forth in Exhibit "A",
                                                                    -----------
in consideration of the payment by Purchaser of the Purchase Price and (b)
and (b) Purchaser shall subscribe for Twelve Million Eight Hundred Twenty-Three
Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Five (12,823,335) Class 1 preferred shares of New
Roche, and Vendors shall cause New Roche to issue such shares to Purchaser, in
consideration of the payment by Purchaser of the amount of the Capital
Contributions to, or to the order of, New Roche as set forth in Section 2.3.

2.2   Payment of the Initial Payment. Purchaser shall satisfy the Initial
      ------------------------------                                     
Payment by payment of the amount thereof on the Closing Date to Vendors by
certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer made to the order of Michel Labbe
in trust and deposited to a collection account to be designated by Vendors (the
"Collection Account") for the purpose of distribution to Vendors as agreed among
themselves. Purchaser shall not set off or compensate the Initial Payment
against any amount owed to it but may set off or compensate the Initial Payment
against any amounts paid to Michel Labbe in trust pursuant to the promissory
notes of even date issued to him to secure the Initial Payment.

2.3   Payment of Capital Contributions. Purchaser shall satisfy the Capital
      --------------------------------                             
Contributions by subscribing for Twelve Million Eight Hundred Twenty-Three
Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Five (12,823,335) Class 1 preferred shares of New
Roche at a subscription price of One dollar (Cdn $1.00) per share, for an
aggregate subscription price of Twelve Million Eight Hundred Twenty-Three
Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Five dollars (Cdn $12,823,335), of which aggregate
subscription price:

2.3.1  an amount of Three Million Five Hundred Thousand dollars (Cdn $3,500,000)
       being directed by New Roche to be paid to London Guarantee Insurance
       Company and Four Million dollars (Cdn $4,000,000) being directed by New
       Roche to be paid to Axa Boreal Insurance Inc. as reimbursements of
       amounts paid by such bonding companies on behalf of Roche to settle
       litigation instituted by Robert Laframboise Mechanical Limited and
       related parties (collectively, "Laframboise") related to the
<PAGE>
 
                                      -11-

      Pembroke Project, in exchange for releases given by such bonding
      companies to New Roche; and

2.3.2 an amount of Five Million Three Hundred and Twenty-Three Thousand Three
      Hundred and Thirty-Five Million dollars (Cdn $5,323,335) being directed
      by New Roche to be paid to Michel Labbe in trust for the purposes of 
      payment of promissory notes given as consideration for the repurchase for
      cancellation of various classes of shares of the Corporation and New
      Roche as set forth in steps 3, 4, 12, 17 and 19 of the memorandum of Le
      Group Mallette Maheu set forth in Schedule 1.1.46, in exchange for full
                                        ---------------  
      and final releases from each such shareholder.

       Purchaser shall not set off or compensate the subscription price for the
Capital Contributions against any amounts owed to it but may set off or
compensate the Capital Contributions against any amounts paid to the Persons
identified in Section 2.3 pursuant to the promissory notes of even date issued
to such Persons.

2.4   Purchase Price Adjustment. The Purchase Price shall be reduced, on a
      -------------------------                                      
dollar-for-dollar basis, (the "Purchase Price Reduction") by the amount, if
any, by which the net book value of Roche as shown on the Closing Balance Sheet
is less than Nine Million Nine Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand US dollars (US
$9,925,000) ("NBV Target"). The Purchase Price shall be increased, on a dollar-
for-dollar basis, (the "Purchase Price Increase") by the amount, if any, by
which the net book value of Roche as shown on the Closing Balance Sheet is more
than the NBV Target. For the purposes hereof, the net book value of Roche shall
be converted to US dollars based on the daily noon spot rate of the Bank of
Canada on December 31, 1998, being Cdn $1.5305, or US $0.6534.

      Any Purchase Price Reduction shall be payable by Vendors to Purchaser
solely by compensation (deduction and set off) against (a) any First EBIT
Payment payable to Vendors, and (b) if the First EBIT Payment is insufficient to
cover all or any of the Purchase Price Reduction, then against any Second EBIT
Payment payable to Vendors. For greater certainty, if no First EBIT Payment and
Second EBIT Payment are payable hereunder, any Purchase Price Reduction shall
not be payable by Vendors.

      Any Purchase Price Increase shall be payable by Purchaser to Vendors by
certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer to the Collection Account on the
date the First EBIT Payment is required to be made or, if no First EBIT Payment
is made, on the date the First EBIT Payment would have been paid had it been
payable.

      For the purposes hereof and the Closing Balance Sheet, net book value
shall (a) exclude the Management Pension Plan Surplus, any assets associated
with the Pembroke Project and any associated liabilities to the extent assumed
and paid by Vendors up to the date hereof, and any current and deferred income
Taxes associated with the Pembroke Project, (b) exclude the effects of the
Reorganization, (c)  include the reserve for disputed Pembroke-related claims
referred to in Section 3.1.36 (if still outstanding on the date of the Closing
Balance Sheet), and an equivalent credit in recognition of Vendors' assumption
of such claims, (d) include the litigation reserves set forth in Schedule
                                                                 --------
3.1.26, and (e) incorporate the principles set forth in Schedule 2.4.
- ------                                                  ------------ 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -12-

2.5   First EBIT Payment. Purchaser shall pay to Vendors, within three (3)
      ------------------                                              
months after the closing of the 1999 financial year, the Maximum First EBIT
Payment based on New Roche achieving an earnings before interest and taxes
("EBIT") level of at least Two Million Seven Hundred Thousand US dollars (US
$2,700,000) during the twelve (12) month period ending December 1999 (the "First
EBIT Payment"). The First EBIT Payment will be reduced proportionally for any
1999 EBIT performance level less than Two Million Seven Hundred Thousand US
dollars (US $2,700,000) with fifty-six percent (56%) of the Maximum First EBIT
Payment paid if 1999 EBIT equals One Million Five Hundred Thousand US dollars
(US $1,500,000) and zero paid if 1999 EBIT is less than One Million Five Hundred
Thousand US dollars (US $1,500,000). The 1999 EBIT performance will be
determined from the EBIT Statement for the year ending December 1999.

      The First EBIT Payment shall be payable by Purchaser (a) by compensation
against any Purchase Price Reduction, then, as to any balance, (b) by certified
cheque, bank draft or wire transfer in the amount of such balance to the
Collection Account, for the purpose of distribution to Vendors as agreed among
themselves, within ten (10) calendar days of the date on which the EBIT
Statement for the twelve (12) month period to end December 1999 becomes final
and binding on the Parties.

      For the purposes hereof, EBIT shall (a) exclude any effect on earnings of
the Pembroke Project to the extent the same are for the benefit of or actually
assumed and paid for by Vendors pursuant to this Agreement, (b) be net of any
sums paid or accrued pursuant to any New Roche incentive compensation plan, (c)
exclude any debt, liability, expense, write-off or reserve to the extent the
same constituted Losses for which Purchaser has actually been indemnified
pursuant to Article XII (including as a result of a breach of Section 3.1.35),
or to the extent there has been any other Purchase Price reduction hereunder,
(d) include any reversal during the applicable period of reserves taken on the
Closing Balance Sheet in accordance with Section 2.9, (e) be converted to US
dollars by using the average daily noon spot rate as published by the Bank of
Canada for the calendar year in which the earnings were generated, and (f)
incorporate the principles set forth in Schedule 2.5.
                                        ------------ 

2.6   Second EBIT Payment. Purchaser shall pay to Vendors, within three (3)
      -------------------                                              
months after the closing of the 2000 financial year, the Maximum Second EBIT
Payment based on New Roche achieving an EBIT performance level of at least Three
Million Six Hundred Thousand US dollars (US $3,600,000) during the twelve (12)
month period ending December 2000 (the "Second EBIT Payment"). The Second EBIT
Payment will be reduced proportionally for any 2000 EBIT performance level less
than Three Million Six Hundred Thousand US dollars (US $3,600,000) with fifty-
six percent (56%) of the Maximum Second EBIT Payment paid if 2000 EBIT equals
Two Million US dollars (US $2,000,000) and zero paid if 2000 EBIT is less than
Two Million US dollars (US $2,000,000).

      If, after giving effect to the preceding paragraph, (a) Vendors are
entitled to be paid less than the Maximum Second EBIT, and (b) New Roche's EBIT
for the 1999 financial year was greater than Two Million Seven Hundred Thousand
US dollars (US $2,700,000) (such difference being the "Excess First EBIT"), then
the Second EBIT Payment shall be increased by an amount, if any, equal to the
difference between (i) the amount the Second EBIT Payment would have been had
the Excess First EBIT been earned by New Roche in 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -13-

the 2000 year in addition to the EBIT actually earned in the 2000 year, and (ii)
the actual amount of the Second EBIT Payment otherwise earned.

      If (a) Vendors were paid less than the Maximum First EBIT Payment, and (b)
New Roche's EBIT for the 2000 financial year is greater than Three Million Six
Hundred Thousand US dollars (US $3,600,000) (such difference being the "Excess
Second EBIT"), then the Second EBIT Payment shall be increased by an amount, if
any, equal to the difference between (i) the amount the First EBIT Payment would
have been had the Excess Second EBIT been earned by New Roche in the 1999 year
in addition to the EBIT actually earned in the 1999 year, and (ii) the actual
amount of the First EBIT Payment otherwise earned.

      Any Second EBIT Payment shall be payable by Purchaser first by
compensation against any Purchase Price Reduction not previously satisfied,
then: (a) by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer to the Collection
Account, for the purpose of distribution to Vendors as agreed between
themselves, within ten (10) calendar days of the date on which the EBIT
Statement for the twelve (12) month period to end December 2000 becomes final
and binding on the Parties; or (b) in registered, unrestricted and freely
tradable shares of common stock, One cent US (US $0.01) par value of ITX; or a
combination of both, as Purchaser may elect.

      Any payment by Purchaser of the Second EBIT Payment by way of shares of
common stock of ITX shall be made no later than sixty (60) days after the EBIT
Statement for the twelve (12) month period to end December 2000 becomes final
and binding on the Parties, shall be subject to obtaining any required approvals
under applicable securities Laws and shall not exceed Four Million Six Hundred
Thousand US dollars (US $4,600,000) (with any balance payable in cash). Each
Vendor shall receive on any such payment a number of shares equal to the
quotient obtained by dividing:

      (a)  the amount of such payment which is composed of shares of common
           stock of ITX payable to such Vendor as agreed among Vendors, by

      (b)  the arithmetic average of the closing price of shares of common stock
           of ITX on the New York Stock Exchange for the five (5) trading days
           prior to the date of payment of the Second EBIT Payment,

rounded down to the nearest whole share, plus an amount in cash equal to such
arithmetic average multiplied by any fraction of a share which was eliminated
due to rounding. For greater certainty, if Purchaser is unable to obtain all
required approvals under applicable securities Laws, all of such Second EBIT
Payment shall be paid in cash within sixty (60) days of the date on which the
EBIT Statement for the twelve (12) month period to end December 2000 becomes
final and binding on the Parties.

2.7   Closing Balance Sheet and EBIT Statements. Purchaser and Vendors shall
      -----------------------------------------                       
jointly instruct Messrs. Mallette Maheu (the "Auditors") to produce and deliver
to the Parties:

2.7.1 no later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, a consolidated
      balance sheet showing the assets and liabilities of Roche as at December
      31, 1998 (the "Audit Date") based on the audited balance sheet of Roche
      for the year ended
<PAGE>
 
                                      -14-

      December 31, 1998, adjusted to incorporate the principles set forth in
      Section 2.4 and any other adjustments specifically set forth in this
      Agreement (the "Closing Balance Sheet"); and

2.7.2 by February 28 after the applicable financial year, audited consolidated
      statements of earnings of New Roche for the twelve (12) month periods
      ending December 1999 (notwithstanding that the 1999 taxation year will be
      less than twelve (12) months) and December 2000 showing the earnings of
      New Roche for such periods, including the EBIT of New Roche calculated
      using the definition thereof set forth in Section 2.5 (each, an "EBIT
      Statement"). For greater certainty, the 1999 year of Roche used in the
      preparation of the first EBIT Statement shall be comprised of the year of
      Roche from January 1, 1999 to the Closing Date and the year of New Roche
      from the Closing Date to the Tax year end of New Roche in December 1999,
      notwithstanding the change of control hereunder or the amalgamation to
      form New Roche or any subsequent amalgamation of New Roche and Purchaser.

      Such Closing Balance Sheet and EBIT Statements (collectively, the
"Statements") shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a basis
consistent with prior periods and consistent throughout the periods involved.
The Closing Balance Sheet shall, either in the Closing Balance Sheet or in the
working papers used to prepare it, indicate the amount of all reserves taken,
including reserves for accounts receivable, for warranty or project work and
each litigation or other claim, the amount of Pembroke Losses (as a separate
item) and the amount of Assumed Debt had Assumed Debt been calculated as of such
date. The EBIT Statements shall not include charges from Purchaser or ITX for
support or other related services unless agreed to by Mr. Anthony J. DeLuca and
Mr. Michel Labbe or their respective successors. Purchaser shall be permitted to
have its independent auditors and in-house accounting personnel of ITX, review
each of the Statements and working papers (which shall be made available in
English) used in the preparation thereof, and ask questions to personnel of
Vendors and the Auditors with respect to the preparation thereof.

      Either Party may dispute any matter in a Statement by notice ("Notice of
Dispute") to the other Party given within thirty (30) calendar days of the
delivery of such Statement to the Parties. Mr. Anthony J. DeLuca or another
senior officer of ITX on behalf of Purchaser and Mr. Michel Labbe or another
senior representative of Vendors on behalf of Vendors, shall promptly meet
within ten (10) calendar days of the date of the Notice of Dispute to use their
best efforts to amicably resolve any matters identified in a Notice of Dispute.
If any such dispute shall not have been resolved by such individuals within
thirty (30) calendar days following the date on which the Notice of Dispute is
given, then such unresolved matter shall be referred to Messrs. Deloitte &
Touche (Montreal) (the "Third-Party Auditors"). The Parties shall use their
reasonable efforts to ensure that the determination of the Third-Party Auditors
shall be made within thirty (30) calendar days after the matter has been
referred to them.

      If no Notice of Dispute is given within the thirty (30) day delay
prescribed above, upon the expiry of such delay the Statement shall be final and
binding on the Parties. If a Notice of Dispute is given in accordance with this
Section 2.7, then the Statement, as amended by agreement of the Parties or
decision of the Third-Party Auditors, shall be final
<PAGE>
 
                                      -15-

and binding on the Parties as of and from the date of the agreement of the
Parties or the decision of the Third-Party Auditors, as the case may be.

      The fees and disbursements of the Auditors shall be paid by New Roche. The
fees and disbursements of any Third-Party Auditors will be shared equally by
Purchaser, on the one hand, and Vendors, on the other hand.

2.8   Accounts Receivable. Purchaser shall cause New Roche and each Subsidiary
      -------------------                                          
to use its reasonable efforts to collect all Accounts Receivable reflected on
the Closing Balance Sheet. Contemporaneously with the delivery of the Closing
Balance Sheet, Vendors shall deliver to Purchaser a list of all such Accounts
Receivable reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet, and details related thereto
including reserves reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet. Any amounts collected
by New Roche or any Subsidiary from any debtor of such Accounts Receivable shall
be imputed firstly to the oldest Accounts Receivable from such debtor; provided
that if a payment of any of the Accounts Receivable is contested, in whole or in
part, by the debtor thereof, then any amounts collected by New Roche or the
Subsidiary from such debtor shall be imputed to the next oldest uncontested
Account Receivable from such debtor. Purchaser shall have no obligation to cause
New Roche or any Subsidiary to institute suit to collect any such Accounts
Receivable. Purchaser shall use its reasonable efforts to ensure that New Roche
and the Subsidiaries do not compromise any Accounts Receivable without Vendors'
consent. Purchaser and Vendors may agree to compromise Accounts Receivable if
each of Mr. Anthony J. DeLuca and Mr. Michel Labbe, or their respective
successors, agree that it is in the best interests of New Roche or any
Subsidiary to do so and agree on to how such compromise will require amendments
to the application of this Section or any other provision of this Agreement.

      If any Accounts Receivable remain uncollected on (i) the date the First
EBIT Payment, if any, is required to be made and such Accounts Receivable are
required to be written-off under GAAP on or before such date or, in any case,
(ii) the date the Second EBIT Payment, if any, is required to be made (the
"Uncollected Receivables"), then the amount of such Uncollected Receivables,
less

      (a)  the amount of any unused reserves provided for Accounts Receivable on
           the Closing Balance Sheet;

      (b)  the actual income Tax reduction available, if any, to New Roche or
           the applicable Subsidiary in the year of the write-off of such
           Uncollected Receivable as a result of such write-off; and

      (c)  the actual amount of GST, QST or other sales Tax reimbursements or
           credits actually received by New Roche or the Subsidiary as a result
           of the write off of such Uncollected Receivables,

(the net amount of such Uncollected Receivables being the "Net Uncollected
Receivables") shall be payable by Vendors to Purchaser solely by compensation
(deduction and set off) against the First EBIT Payment, if any, and, if the
First EBIT Payment is insufficient, the balance against the Second EBIT Payment,
if any. For greater certainty, if no First EBIT Payment and Second EBIT Payment
are payable hereunder, no Net Uncollected Receivables shall be payable by
Vendors. If, at the time of the payment of such Net Uncollected 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -16-

Receivables, the amount of the actual income Tax benefit is not determinable
because the Tax position of New Roche or the applicable Subsidiary has not been
finalized, then the Parties shall in good faith estimate such benefit and, upon
finalization of such Tax position, the Parties shall settle any outstanding
balance promptly. Upon payment by Vendors to Purchaser of the full amount of the
Net Uncollected Receivables, Purchaser shall cause New Roche or the
Subsidiaries, as the case may be, to assign to such Vendors the Uncollected
Receivables for One dollar (Cdn $1.00). If, after assignment of such Uncollected
Receivables, New Roche or any Subsidiary receives any payment on account of any
such Uncollected Receivables, then Purchaser shall cause New Roche or the
Subsidiaries, as the case may be, to forthwith pay over the amount of such
payment to such Vendors into the Collection Account.

      Any such Net Uncollected Receivables which are written off by New Roche or
any Subsidiary during either of the periods covered by the EBIT Statements,
shall not be deducted from the earnings of New Roche for the purposes of
calculating EBIT during such periods, notwithstanding GAAP or Section 2.7.

2.9   Reversal of Reserves. An amount equal to all reserves taken on the
      --------------------                                          
Closing Balance Sheet which are not used and which are reversed in accordance
with GAAP shall, for the purpose of calculating EBIT on the EBIT Statements, be
deemed to be added to earnings of New Roche or the appropriate Subsidiary to the
extent such reserves are reversed in accordance with GAAP in either of the 1999
year or the 2000 year. Purchaser may request an opinion from the auditors of New
Roche to the effect that such reversal was taken at the proper time and for the
proper amounts.

2.10  Breakdown of Payments. All cash amounts payable to Vendors pursuant to
      ---------------------                                              
this Agreement shall be paid into the Collection Account for distribution
among Vendors as agreed among themselves.

2.11  Assumed Debt. No later than the date on which the Closing Balance Sheet
      ------------                                                     
is delivered to the Parties by the Auditors, Vendors shall have caused the Vice
President, Finance of New Roche to deliver to the Parties the calculation of the
Assumed Debt as of January 31, 1999. Purchaser may, within thirty (30) days of
the delivery of such calculation, require that such calculation be audited by
the Auditors. Such calculation, as revised by the Auditors, shall be final and
binding on the Parties. The Auditors' fees and disbursements incurred in the
course of such work will be paid by Purchaser.

2.12  Allocation of Purchase Price. For purposes of allocation of the Purchase
      ----------------------------                                   
Price among the Purchased Shares, the US dollar equivalents of the Canadian
dollar amounts set forth in Exhibit "A" under "Purchase Price: Preferred"
                            ----------                        
shall be allocated to the preferred shares, and a percentage of any balance of
the Purchase Price shall be allocated to the common shares of each Vendor in the
percentage set forth opposite such Vendor's name in the column entitled "% of
Share of Purchase Price: Common" in Exhibit "A".
                                    -----------
<PAGE>
 
                                      -17-

                                  ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                         ------------------------------
 
3.1   Representations and Warranties of Vendors. Vendors solidarily, without
      -----------------------------------------                     
the benefit of division and discussion (except as set forth in Section 3.3),
represent and warrant to Purchaser as follows and acknowledge that Purchaser is
relying upon such representations and warranties in connection with the purchase
by Purchaser of the Purchased Shares and that Purchaser would not have entered
into this Agreement without such representations and warranties:

3.1.1 Due Incorporation--Each of the Corporation, Roche, the Subsidiaries,
      -----------------                                                         
      NewCo1 (prior to the Reorganization) and Vendors which are bodies
      corporate:

      (a)  is duly incorporated (or amalgamated, as the case may be) or formed,
           validly existing and up-to-date in its annual filings under the Laws
           of its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

      (b)  has all necessary corporate or other power and authority to own,
           lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as and
           in the places where such properties are now owned, leased or operated
           or such business is now conducted.

3.1.2 Due Incorporation of the Associated Companies--Each of the Associated
      ---------------------------------------------                        
      Companies:

      (a)  is duly incorporated or formed and validly existing under the Laws of
           its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; and

      (b)  to the knowledge of Vendors, has all necessary corporate or other
           power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to
           conduct its business as and in the places where such properties are
           now owned, leased or operated or such business is now conducted.

3.1.3 Due Authorization--Each Vendor has the capacity to execute this Agreement
      -----------------                                                        
      and the Ancillary Agreements required to be executed by such Vendor and to
      perform his, her or its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The
      execution of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by Vendors and
      the performance by Vendors of their obligations hereunder and thereunder
      have been duly authorized by all necessary action on their part. Such
      execution and performance by Vendors do not require any action or consent
      of, any registration with, or notification to, any Person on behalf of, by
      or with respect to Vendors, the Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary or, to
      the knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company other than those which
      will be obtained by the Closing Date.

3.1.4 Enforceability--This Agreement constitutes, and each of the Ancillary
      --------------                                                       
      Agreements will constitute upon execution, a legal, valid and binding
      obligation of Vendors who are parties thereto enforceable against them in
      accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
      reorganization and similar Laws
<PAGE>
 
                                      -18-

      affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and to general
      equitable principles.

3.1.5 Mandate--The mandate given by each Vendor to Mr. Michel Labbe to execute
      -------                                                                 
      this Agreement, instruments in connection with this Agreement and the
      Ancillary Agreements on its, his or her behalf is valid and enforceable
      and, upon the execution of this Agreement, instruments and the Ancillary
      Agreements by Mr. Michel Labbe, such agreements and instruments will
      constitute a legal, binding and enforceable agreement of each Vendor party
      thereto enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable
      bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and similar Laws affecting the
      enforcement of creditors rights generally and to general equitable
      principles.

3.1.6 No Conflict--Other than as set forth in Schedule 3.1.6, the execution of
      -----------                             --------------                  
      this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, the consummation of the
      transactions contemplated herein and therein, the performance and
      compliance by Vendors of their obligations hereunder and thereunder do not
      and will not:

      (a)  violate, contravene or breach, or constitute a default under, the
           constating instruments or by-laws of Vendors which are bodies
           corporate, the Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary or any Associated
           Company;
           
      (b)  violate, contravene or breach, or constitute a default under any
           Contract, whether by reason of change of control or otherwise, to
           which any of the Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary or, to the
           knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company, may be a party, or
           their properties may be subject, or by which any of them is bound or
           affected, other than violations, contraventions, breaches or defaults
           listed in Schedule 3.1.6 and for which appropriate consents or
                     --------------              
           waivers will have been received on or before the Closing Date;

      (c)  result in, or give any Person the right to seek, or to cause (i) the
           termination, cancellation, modification, amendment, variation or
           renegotiation of any Contract (including credit agreements and
           financial assistance from Governmental Bodies) to which the
           Corporation, Roche, the Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Vendors,
           the Associated Companies, or any of their properties may be a party
           or subject or by which they are bound or affected other than benefits
           offered only to Canadian controlled corporations under Law, or (ii)
           the acceleration or forfeiture of any term of payment required to be
           made by the Corporation, Roche, the Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge
           of Vendors, the Associated Companies, or (iii) the loss in whole or
           in part of any benefit which would otherwise accrue to the
           Corporation, Roche, the Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Vendors,
           the Associated Companies other than benefits offered only to Canadian
           controlled corporations under Law;

      (d)  result in, or require the creation of any Lien upon any of the
           Purchased Shares or any assets or property of the Corporation, Roche,
           the Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated
           Companies; or
<PAGE>
 
                                      -19-

      (e)  violate, contravene or breach any Laws, Licenses, permits, privileges
           or entitlements.

3.1.7 Authorized and Issued Capital--Upon consummation of the Reorganization,
      -----------------------------                                          
      the authorized capital of New Roche will consist of such classes of shares
      described in schedule 1 to the memorandum of Le Groupe Mallette Maheu
      which forms Schedule 1.1.46.
                  --------------- 

      Upon consummation of the Reorganization, the Purchased Shares will
      represent, prior to the issuance of the Twelve Million Eight Hundred
      Twenty-Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Five (12,823,335) Class 1
      preferred shares pursuant to the Capital Contributions, all of the issued
      and outstanding shares in the share capital of New Roche and will be
      registered and beneficially owned by Vendors in the manner set forth in
      Exhibit "A", and Vendors will transfer good and valid title thereto to
      -----------                                                           
      Purchaser, free and clear of all Liens (including the Liens set forth in
      Schedule 4.4.12), other than any Liens created by or consented to by
      ---------------                                                     
      Purchaser. The Twelve Million Eight Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand Three
      Hundred Thirty-Five (12,823,335) Class 1 preferred shares of New Roche to
      be issued to Purchaser pursuant to the Capital Contributions in Section
      2.3 shall, upon payment of the Capital Contributions to the bonding
      companies identified in Section 2.3.1 and to Mr. Michel Labbe in trust
      pursuant to Section 2.3.2, be duly authorized, validly issued in the name
      of Purchaser and fully paid and non-assessable.

      The authorized capital of Roche consists of six (6) classes of shares
      designated categories "A" to "F", inclusively, each with no par value, of
      which nine thousand two hundred ninety (9,290) categories "A" shares (and
      no more) have been validly subscribed and are issued and outstanding as
      fully paid and non-assessable and are registered and beneficially owned by
      the Corporation, free and clear of all Liens.

      The authorized capital or other ownership interests of the Subsidiaries
      and Associated Companies consists of the classes of shares or other
      interests set forth in Schedule 3.1.7, each authorized to be issued up to
                             --------------                                    
      the number and with the par value (if any) set forth in Schedule 3.1.7, of
                                                              --------------    
      which the number and classes of shares or other ownership interests (and
      no more) set out therein have been validly subscribed and are issued and
      outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable and are registered and
      beneficially owned, free and clear of all Liens by Roche, a Subsidiary or
      an Associated Company as set forth in Schedule 3.1.7 or, to the knowledge
                                            --------------                     
      of Vendors, are registered, free and clear of all Liens and beneficially
      owned by the other Persons as set forth therein.

3.1.8 Subsidiaries and Associated Companies--The Corporation and Roche do not
      -------------------------------------                                  
      own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares,
      voting interests, partnership interests or economic interests in any
      Person other than the Subsidiaries and, prior to the Reorganization, 
      2758-3525 Quebec Inc., 174878 Canada Ltd. and Solutions Technologiques
      Internationales STI Inc.

      The Corporation and Roche do not own, directly or indirectly, fifty
      percent (50%) or less of the shares, voting interests, partnership
      interests or economic interests
<PAGE>
 
                                      -20-

      in any Person other than the Associated Companies and, prior to the
      Reorganization, Metroplan.

3.1.9 No Options--Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1.9, there is no:
      ----------                         --------------              

      (a)  outstanding security of the Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary or, to
           the knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company, convertible or
           exchangeable into any share or shares in the capital of, or other
           ownership interest in, the Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary or any
           Associated Company;

      (b)  outstanding subscription, option, warrant, call, commitment or
           agreement obligating the Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary or, to
           the knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company, to issue any share
           or shares of their capital, any security or securities of any class
           or kind or any other ownership interests which in any way relate to
           the authorized or issued capital of, or other ownership interests in,
           the Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary or any Associated Company;

      (c)  agreement (other than this Agreement) which grants to any Person the
           right to purchase or otherwise acquire any Purchased Shares, any of
           the assets or properties of the Corporation, Roche, the Subsidiaries
           or, to the knowledge of Vendors, any of the Associated Companies,
           other than rights of first refusal, piggy-back rights and put and
           call options for shares, voting interests, partnership interests or
           economic interests in the capital of the Subsidiaries and the
           Associated Companies pursuant to the agreements described in 
           Schedule 3.1.9, none of which rights will become enforceable as a 
           --------------                                              
           result of the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the
           transactions herein; or

      (d)  shareholders agreement, partnership agreement, joint venture
           agreement, voting trust, voting agreement, pooling agreement or proxy
           with respect to any shares in the capital of, or other ownership
           interests in, the Corporation, Roche, the Subsidiaries or, to the
           knowledge of Vendors, the Associated Companies, other than the
           agreements set forth in Schedule 3.1.9.
                                   -------------- 

3.1.10  Books and Records--All of the minute books of the Corporation, Roche and
        -----------------                                                       
        the Subsidiaries have been made available to legal counsel to Purchaser.
        All of such minute books and, to the knowledge of Vendors, all of the
        minute books and books of partners' proceedings of the Associated
        Companies, are complete and accurate in all material respects, and
        contain copies of all by-laws and resolutions passed by the
        shareholders, directors, partners or joint ventures since the date of
        their respective incorporations or formations, all of which by-laws and
        resolutions have been duly passed.

        The share certificate books, registers of shareholders, registers of
        partners, registers of transfers and registers of directors of the
        Corporation, Roche, the Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Vendors,
        the Associated Companies, are complete and accurate.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -21-

        The Books and Records of the Corporation, Roche and the Subsidiaries
        have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices and
        fairly, accurately and completely present and disclose in accordance
        with GAAP, the financial position and all material transactions of the
        Corporation, Roche and the Subsidiaries.

3.1.11  Financial Statements--The Financial Statements fairly, accurately and
        --------------------                                                 
        completely present and disclose in all material respects and in
        accordance with GAAP, (a) the assets, liabilities and obligations
        (whether accrued, contingent, absolute or otherwise), income, losses,
        retained earnings, reserves and financial position of Roche and the
        Subsidiaries, and (b) the results of operations of Roche and the
        Subsidiaries, all as at the dates and for the periods therein specified.
        The Closing Balance Sheet shall fairly, accurately and completely
        present and disclose in all material respects and in accordance with
        GAAP, the assets, liabilities and obligations (whether accrued,
        contingent, absolute or otherwise) of Roche and the Subsidiaries as of
        the Audit Date.

3.1.12  Liabilities--None of the Corporation, Roche or the Subsidiaries has any
        -----------                                                            
        liabilities or obligations of any nature whatsoever, whether direct,
        indirect, absolute, contingent or otherwise which relate to the period
        ending on or before the date hereof, regardless of when manifested or
        asserted, ("Liabilities") except for:

        (a)  those Liabilities to be reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet and
             which had a net impact on the calculation of net book value,

        (b)  those Liabilities incurred during the period between the Audit Date
             and the date hereof in the usual and ordinary course, and

        (c)  ongoing contractual obligations (other than for breaches or events
             of default) in the ordinary course.

        None of the Corporation, Roche or any Subsidiary has any Liabilities of
        any nature whatsoever whether direct, indirect, absolute, contingent or
        otherwise, regardless of when manifested or asserted, to or on behalf of
        any Vendor, or any Person not dealing at arm's length with any Vendors
        within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (including in
        connection with the Excluded Assets), other than the lease between Roche
        and Metroplan for the premises located at 3075 chemin des Quatre-
        Bourgeois, Suite 300, Ste-Foy, Quebec, G1W 4Y4.

3.1.13  Corporation; NewCo 1--Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1.13, the
        --------------------                         ---------------     
        Corporation (a) has no assets and has never had any assets other than
        shares of Roche, (b) is not, and has never been, bound by any Contracts
        or guarantees, and does not have, and has never had, any employees, and
        (c) does not have, and has never had, any operations other than the
        holding of shares of Roche.

        NewCo 1 (a) has no assets and never had any assets other than as
        specifically identified in Schedule 1.1.46, (b) has never been bound by
                                   ---------------                             
        any Contracts or guarantees, and never had any employees, and (c) never
        had any operations.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -22-

3.1.14  Property--Roche and each of the Subsidiaries, as the case may be, is the
        --------                                                                
        sole and unconditional owner of, and has a good and marketable title to,
        all of the assets reflected on the Financial Statements for the period
        ended November 30, 1998 (including the Immoveables described in
        Schedule 3.1.15), or which have been acquired after November 30, 1998
        ---------------                
        (other than the Excluded Assets and such assets consumed or disposed of
        on or after November 30, 1998 in the ordinary course of business and in
        a manner consistent with past practice), in each case free and clear of
        all Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances and other than the Liens
        set forth in Schedule 3.1.14.
                     --------------- 

3.1.15  Immoveables--Schedule 3.1.15 is a true and complete description of all
        -----------  ---------------                                          
        immoveable and real property owned by Roche or any Subsidiary (including
        the immoveable for the centre commercial St-Nicolas owned through La
        societe en commandite Place du Commerce St-Nicolas) and a brief
        description of all principal structures thereon and uses thereof (the
        "Immoveables").

        Such Immoveables and all immoveable and real property used by or leased
        to or from Roche or any Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, the
        immoveable and real property owned by, used by or leased to or from the
        Associated Companies, does not violate, contravene or breach, and is
        used in compliance with, any and all Laws. None of Roche, any Subsidiary
        or, to the knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company, has received
        any notice that any of the Immoveables or any of the aforesaid
        immoveable or real property (a) is not in compliance with any Laws, (b)
        is not used in compliance with any Laws, and/or (c) requires work to be
        done in connection therewith.

        All real estate Taxes and assessments, and all mutation Taxes, which are
        due in respect of all such Immoveables and all such immoveable and real
        property have been paid by Roche, the Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge
        of Vendors, the Associated Companies, to the extent required to be paid
        by Roche, the Subsidiaries or the Associated Companies, without
        subrogation or reserve unless contested pursuant to the procedures under
        applicable Law.

        No Immoveable is situated in an agricultural zone or zoned for uses
        other than those carried out thereon.

3.1.16  Condition and Sufficiency of Assets; Inventory--All of the tangible
        ----------------------------------------------                     
        assets (including the Equipment) of Roche (other than the Excluded
        Assets), any Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated
        Companies, are (a) in good operating condition and repair, ordinary wear
        and tear and aging excepted, (b) not in need of maintenance or repairs
        (except ordinary or routine maintenance or repairs that are not material
        in nature or costs, individually or collectively), and (c) adequate and
        sufficient for the continuing conduct of the Business as now conducted.

        All Inventory of Roche (other than the Excluded Assets), the
        Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated Companies,
        is of a quality and quantity usable in the ordinary course of business.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -23-

3.1.17  Location; Place of Business--None of Roche or any Subsidiary holds,
        ---------------------------                                        
        directly or indirectly, any of their property (other than the Excluded
        Assets prior to the Reorganization) anywhere other than in the locations
        set forth in Schedule 3.1.17. Roche, the Subsidiaries and, to the
                     ---------------
        knowledge of Vendors, the Associated Companies, are validly registered
        to do business in all locations where they are doing business in a
        manner which requires them to be licensed and, in the case of Roche and
        the Subsidiaries, all of such locations are listed in Schedule 3.1.17.
                                                              --------------- 

3.1.18  Intellectual Property Rights--Schedule 3.1.18 contains a true and
        ----------------------------  ---------------                    
        complete list of (a) all registered Intellectual Property Rights used by
        Roche and the Subsidiaries, and (b) all pending applications for
        Intellectual Property Rights used by Roche (other than those used
        exclusively in connection with the Excluded Assets) and the Subsidiaries
        in connection with their business, none of which has been expunged,
        opposed or held unenforceable. Each of the aforesaid Intellectual
        Property Rights and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each of the
        Intellectual Property Rights used by the Associated Companies, is valid,
        subsisting and enforceable and each of the registrations and
        applications included in such Intellectual Property Rights is duly
        recorded in the name of Roche, the Subsidiaries or the Associated
        Companies, as the case may be. Other than Intellectual Property Rights
        licensed by way of the purchase of "off the shelf" standard products and
        other than as disclosed in Schedule 3.1.18, each of Roche, each 
                                   ---------------         
        Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each Associated Company is
        the absolute owner and has the sole and exclusive right to hold and use
        such Intellectual Property Rights, including the right to transfer the
        same, without making any payment to others or granting rights to others
        in exchange. None of the Intellectual Property Rights of Roche, any
        Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company, has
        been licensed to a third Person except for those license arrangements
        disclosed in Schedule 3.1.18. The title of Roche, each Subsidiary and,
                     ---------------                     
        to the knowledge of Vendors, each Associated Company, to such
        Intellectual Property Rights is free and clear of any Lien and is not
        the subject of any conditional sale agreement.

        To the knowledge of Vendors, there are no assertions or claims
        challenging the validity of the Intellectual Property Rights of Roche,
        any Subsidiary or any Associated Company and no Person has requested
        that any of the foregoing execute a license in favour of such third
        Person to enable Roche, any Subsidiary or any Associated Company to use
        such Intellectual Property Rights. To the knowledge of Vendors, no
        Person is infringing the Intellectual Property Rights of Roche, any
        Subsidiary or any Associated Company.

        Roche, the Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated
        Companies, do not use or infringe the Intellectual Property Rights of
        any third Person without such Person's consent.

        Roche has the right to use the name "Roche" in connection with the
        Business.

3.1.19  Year 2000 Compliance--Roche has established a policy to ensure that the
        --------------------                                                   
        information technology systems of Roche and each of the Subsidiaries,
        including, without limitation, hardware, software and data used, in
        whole or in part in, or required for, the carrying on of the business of
        Roche and the Subsidiaries in the
<PAGE>
 
                                      -24-

        manner heretofore carried on, will be designed in a timely fashion to be
        used prior to, during and after the calendar year 2000 A.D. and to
        operate during each such time period without error relating to or
        arising from date-related data. Personnel of Roche have already taken
        measures under such policy in accordance with the terms of such policy.

3.1.20  Material Contracts--Schedule 3.1.20 contains a true and complete
        ------------------  ---------------                             
        description of all of the following types of written and oral Contracts
        currently in force to which the Corporation, Roche or any of the
        Subsidiaries is a party or by which they are bound, other than those
        described in other Schedules hereto:

        (a)  (i) projects arising in the ordinary course of business and
             providing for the payment in any twelve (12) month period of Fifty
             Thousand dollars (Cdn $50,000) or more in one instance or in the
             aggregate after the Closing Date, or (ii) Contracts not arising in
             the ordinary course of business;

        (b)  all leases to which Roche or any Subsidiary is a party or its
             properties are subject which (a) involve immoveable or real
             property or (b) involve the expenditure or receipt of rent in the
             amount of Fifty Thousand dollars (Cdn $50,000) or more in any
             twelve (12) month period after the Closing Date;

        (c)  loan and credit Contracts, hypothecs, mortgages and other
             agreements evidencing any Lien, guarantees, notes, conditional
             sales, leasing agreements, sale-lease back agreements or title
             retention agreements;

        (d)  Licenses relating to Intellectual Property Rights;

        (e)  Government Contracts or Bids;

        (f)  Contracts of non-competition, non-disclosure and/or
             confidentiality, other than those in the ordinary course of
             business;

        (g)  Contracts with Persons not dealing at arm's length with the
             Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary or any Vendor within the meaning
             of the Income Tax Act (Canada); and

        (h)  management or service Contracts.

3.1.21  No Default Under Contracts--Each of the Corporation, Roche, each
        --------------------------                                      
        Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each Associated Company,
        (a) is in good standing and entitled to all benefits under, (b) has
        performed all obligations required to be performed under, and (c) is not
        in default under, or in breach of, any Contract. To the actual knowledge
        of Vendors, no other party to such Contracts is in default or breach
        thereof and there exists no fact, condition or circumstance which, after
        notice or lapse of time or both, would result in the default or breach
        thereof by any such other party.

3.1.22  No Guarantees--None of the Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary or, to the
        -------------                                                           
        knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company, is a party to or bound
        either
<PAGE>
 
                                      -25-

        absolutely or on a contingent basis by any comfort letter, understanding
        or agreement of guarantee, warranty, indemnification, assumption,
        endorsement, performance bond, letter of credit or any like commitment
        with respect to the liabilities or obligations of any Person (whether
        accrued, absolute or otherwise contingent) other than as set forth in
        Schedule 3.1.22.
        --------------- 

3.1.23  Government Contracts--Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.1.23, with
        --------------------                         ---------------      
        respect to each Government Contract or Bid to which Roche, any
        Subsidiary or any Associated Company is a party:

        (a)  Roche, the Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Vendors, the
             Associated Companies, obtained each Government Contract in
             compliance with all Laws relating to procurement and ethical
             business practices;

        (b)  Roche, the Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Vendors, the
             Associated Companies, have fully complied with all material terms
             and conditions and have complied in all material respects with all
             applicable requirements of Law or agreement, whether incorporated
             expressly, by reference or by operation of Law;

        (c)  all representations and certifications of Roche, the Subsidiaries
             and, to the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated Companies, were
             current, accurate and complete in all material respects when made,
             and Roche, the Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Vendors, the
             Associated Companies, have fully complied with all such
             representations and certifications;

        (d)  no allegation has been made in writing that Roche, the Subsidiaries
             or, to the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated Companies, are in
             breach or violation of any statutory, regulatory or contractual
             requirement or that such breach or violation will not be waived or
             cannot be cured;

        (e)  no termination for convenience, termination for default, cure
             notice or show cause notice has been issued with respect to Roche,
             the Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated
             Companies;

        (f)  no cost incurred by Roche, the Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of
             Vendors, the Associated Companies, or any of their subcontractors
             has been questioned or disallowed; and

        (g)  no money in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand dollars (Cdn $25,000) in
             the aggregate due to Roche, the Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge
             of Vendors, the Associated Companies, has been withheld or set off
             or is currently being threatened to be withheld or set off, other
             than retentions held by a customer in the ordinary course of
             business that will be ultimately paid.

        None of Roche, the Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Vendors, the
        Associated Companies, nor any of their directors or officers are (or for
        the last two (2) years has been), nor has Roche, any Subsidiary or, to
        the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated Companies, received written
        notice that any employee of Roche, the
<PAGE>
                                      -26-

        Subsidiaries or the Associated Companies is (or for the last two (2)
        years has been) (i) under administrative, civil or criminal
        investigation, indictment or information, audit or internal
        investigation with respect to any alleged irregularity, misstatement or
        omission regarding a Government Contract or Bid; or (ii) suspended or
        debarred from doing business with any Governmental Body or declared non-
        responsible or ineligible for government contracting. None of Roche, the
        Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of Vendors, any of the Associated
        Companies, has made a voluntary disclosure to any Governmental Body with
        respect to any alleged irregularity, misstatement or omission arising
        under or relating to any Government Contract or Bid. To the knowledge of
        Vendors, there are no circumstances that would warrant the institution
        of suspension or debarment proceedings or the finding of non-
        responsibility or ineligibility on the part of Roche, any Subsidiary or
        any Associated Company for Government Contracts or Bids in the future.

        Other than as set forth in Schedule 3.1.23, within the last two (2)
                                 ---------------                                
        years, no Governmental Body or any prime contractor, subcontractor or
        vendor has asserted any claim or initiated any dispute proceeding which
        is currently outstanding against Roche, any Subsidiary or, to the
        knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company, nor has Roche, any
        Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company,
        asserted in writing any claim or initiated any dispute proceeding,
        directly or indirectly, against any such party, concerning any
        Government Contract or Bid. To the knowledge of Vendors, there are no
        facts upon which such a claim or dispute proceeding may be based in the
        future that would result in a liability to Roche, any Subsidiary or any
        Associated Company in excess of Ten Thousand dollars (Cdn $10,000).

3.1.24  Insurance--Roche, each Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each
        ---------                                                               
        Associated Company, maintains insurance with responsible and reputable
        insurers in such amounts and covering such risks and with such
        deductibles as are generally maintained by like businesses.

        Schedule 3.1.24 is a true and complete list of all insurance policies
        ---------------                                                      
        currently maintained by or for Roche and the Subsidiaries. The coverage
        under each such policy is in full force and effect and Roche and the
        Subsidiaries are in good standing under such policies. To the knowledge
        of Vendors, the coverage under each insurance policy maintained by or
        for the Associated Companies is in full force and effect and the
        Associated Companies are in good standing under such policies.

        Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1.24, none of Roche, any Subsidiary 
                             ---------------                                   
        or, to the knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company, has received
        notice of, or has any knowledge of, any fact, condition or circumstance
        which might reasonably form the basis of any claim against them which
        (a) is not fully covered by insurance (subject to standard deductibles)
        maintained by or for them, or (b) would result in any increase in
        insurance premiums payable by them.

3.1.25  Bank Accounts; Powers of Attorney--Schedule 3.1.25 sets forth (a) the
        ---------------------------------  ---------------                   
        name of each Person with whom Roche or any Subsidiary maintains an
        account or safety deposit box and the names of all Persons authorized to
        draw thereon or to have

<PAGE>
 
                                      -27-

        access thereto and (b) the name of each Person holding a general or
        special power of attorney from Roche or any Subsidiary and a summary of
        the terms thereof.

3.1.26  Litigation--Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.1.26 (and up to the
        ----------                         ---------------               
        amounts set forth on such Schedule), there are (a) no actions, claims,
        lien act type proceedings, investigations, arbitrations or other
        proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of Vendors, threatened against,
        with respect to, or affecting in any manner, the Corporation, Roche or
        the Subsidiaries, their properties or the Purchased Shares, (b) to the
        knowledge of Vendors, notices of deficiency with respect to, or in any
        manner affecting any of the Corporation, Roche, the Subsidiaries or
        their properties, and (c) no outstanding judgments, orders, decrees,
        writs, injunctions, decisions, rulings or awards against, with respect
        to, or in any manner affecting any of the Corporation, Roche, the
        Subsidiaries, their properties or the Purchased Shares. The maximum
        liability of the Corporation, Roche or any Subsidiary for each such
        matter identified on Schedule 3.1.26, after deduction for any related
                             ---------------
        insurance coverage, shall not exceed the reserve, if any, specifically
        indicated in such schedule for such matter or, in the case of the
        insured litigations identified therein, the aggregate reserve set forth
        in such schedule, which reserves shall be taken on the Closing Balance
        Sheet.

        Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.1.26 (and up to the amounts set forth
                               ---------------
        on such Schedule), to the knowledge of Vendors there are (a) no actions,
        claims, lien act type proceedings, investigations, arbitrations or other
        proceedings pending or threatened against, with respect to, or affecting
        in any manner, the Associated Companies or their properties, (b) notices
        of deficiency with respect to, or in any manner affecting any of the
        Associated Companies or their properties, and (c) no outstanding
        judgments, orders, decrees, writs, injunctions, decisions, rulings or
        awards against, with respect to, or in any manner affecting any of the
        Associated Companies or their properties. To the knowledge of Vendors,
        the maximum liability of the Associated Companies, for each such matter
        identified on Schedule 3.1.26, after deduction for any related insurance
                      ---------------                                           
        coverage, shall not exceed the reserve, if any, specifically indicated
        in such schedule for such matter or, in the case of the insured
        litigations identified therein, the aggregate reserve set forth in such
        schedule, a proportion (based on GAAP) of which reserves shall be taken
        on the Closing Balance Sheet.

        Schedule 3.1.26 identifies which of the actions, claims, lien act type
        ---------------                                                       
        proceedings, investigations, arbitrations or other proceedings therein
        are not covered by insurance and briefly summarizes the name of the
        insurer, policy limit and deductible for those that are covered by
        insurance. None of such actions, claims, lien act type proceedings,
        investigations, arbitrations or other proceedings which are covered by
        insurance (a) are subject to reservation of rights by the insurer, or
        (b) will exhaust the policy limits.

3.1.27  Tax Matters. Other than as set forth in Schedule 3.1.27:
        -----------                             --------------- 

        (a)  Computation, Preparation and Payment Each of the Corporation,
             Roche, each Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each
             Associated Company, has correctly computed all Taxes, prepared and
             duly and timely 
<PAGE>

                                      -28-

             filed all Tax returns, reports, elections, designations and any
             other related filings required to be filed by it, has timely paid
             all Taxes which are due and payable and has made provision in the
             Financial Statements for the period ended November 30, 1998 for the
             payment of all Taxes, based on an estimated Tax rate of forty
             percent (40%), which are or may become payable for any taxation
             year ending on or prior to November 30, 1998, and the Closing
             Balance Sheet shall have adequate provision made as of the Audit
             Date for the payment of all Taxes which are or may become payable
             for any taxation year ending on or prior to the Audit Date. Each of
             the Corporation, Roche, each Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of
             Vendors, each Associated Company, has made adequate and timely
             installments of Taxes required to be made.

        (b)  Accrued Taxes--With respect to any periods for which Tax returns
             have not yet been required to be filed or for which Taxes are not
             yet due and payable (including the period between the Audit Date
             and the date hereof), each of the Corporation, Roche, each
             Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each Associated
             Company, has only incurred liabilities for Taxes in the ordinary
             course of its business and in a manner and at a level consistent
             with prior periods (other than as set out in the Reorganization).
             All such Taxes, including for the period between November 30, 1998
             and the Audit Date, will be reflected as a current liability on the
             Closing Balance Sheet.

        (c)  Status of Assessments--All Tax returns of each of the Corporation,
             Roche and each Subsidiary have been assessed through and including
             each of the dates set forth in Schedule 3.1.27, and there are no
                                            ---------------
             outstanding waivers of any limitation periods or agreements
             providing for an extension of time for the filing of any Tax return
             or the payment of any Tax by any of the Corporation, Roche and each
             Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of Vendors, any of the Associated
             Companies or any outstanding objections to any assessment or
             reassessment of Taxes. Any deficiencies of each of the Corporation,
             Roche and each Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each
             Associated Company, proposed as a result of such assessments or
             reassessments of the Tax returns through and including the dates
             set forth in Schedule 3.1.27 have been paid and settled. The
                          ---------------
             maximum liability of Roche for the proposed reassessment of Revenue
             Canada for the taxation years 1995, 1996 and 1997 will not exceed
             the reserve therefor in the Closing Balance Sheet.

        (d)  Contingent Tax Liabilities--There are no contingent Tax liabilities
             or any grounds that could prompt an assessment or reassessment of
             any of the Corporation, Roche and each Subsidiary or, to the
             knowledge of Vendors, each Associated Company, including, but
             without limitation, aggressive treatment of income, expenses,
             deductions, credits or other amounts in the filing of earlier or
             current Tax returns, reports, elections, designations or any other
             related filings, nor has any of the Corporation, Roche and each
             Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company,
             received any indication from any taxation authorities that an
             assessment or reassessment of Tax is proposed.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -29-

        (e)  Withholdings--Each of the Corporation, Roche and each Subsidiary
             and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each Associated Company, has
             withheld from each payment made to any of it past and present
             shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents or other
             Persons whether or not resident in Canada rendering services to
             them the amount of all Taxes and other deductions required to be
             withheld and has paid such amounts when due, in the form required
             under the appropriate legislation, or made adequate provision for
             the payment of such amounts to the proper receiving authorities.

        (f)  Collection and Remittance--Each of the Corporation, Roche and each
             Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each Associated
             Company, has collected from each receipt from any of the past and
             present customers (or other Persons paying amounts to them) the
             amount of all Taxes required to be collected and has paid such
             Taxes (including, for greater certainty, any amount to be collected
             and remitted under the Excise Tax Act (Canada) and any sales Tax
             under any applicable provincial legislation) when due, in the form
             required under the appropriate legislation or made adequate
             provision for the payment of such amounts to the proper receiving
             authorities.

        (g)  Assessments--None of any of the Corporation, Roche and any
             Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company,
             is or will be subject to any assessments, reassessments, levies,
             penalties or interest with respect to Taxes which will result in
             any liability on their part in respect of any matter arising on or
             prior to the date hereof, in excess of the amount to be provided
             for in the Closing Balance Sheet.

        (h)  Jurisdictions of Taxation--Other than as set forth in Schedule
                                                                   -------- 
             3.1.27, none of the Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary or, to the
             ------ 
             knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company, has been and is not
             currently required to file any returns, reports, elections,
             designations or other filings with any taxation authority located
             in any jurisdiction outside Canada or outside the province of
             Quebec. There are no pending, proposed or, to the knowledge of
             Vendors, threatened claim by any Governmental Body in any
             jurisdiction in which the Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary or, to
             the knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company, do not pay Taxes
             or file Tax returns to the effect that any of them is required to
             pay Taxes or file Tax returns in such jurisdiction.

        (i)  Related Party--Transactions None of the Corporation, Roche, any
             Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company,
             has acquired or had the use of property for proceeds greater than
             the fair market value thereof from, or disposed of property for
             proceeds less than the fair market value thereof to, or received or
             performed services for other than the fair market value from or to,
             or paid or received interest or any other amount other than at a
             fair market rate (including any distribution of an asset
             constituting an Excluded Asset) to or from, any Person with whom it
             does not deal at arm's length within the meaning of the Income Tax
             Act (Canada).

        (j)  Research and Development--All research and development investment
             tax credits ("ITCs") were claimed by each of the Corporation, Roche
             and each 
<PAGE>

                                      -30-

             Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each Associated
             Company, in accordance with the Income Tax Act (Canada) and any
             applicable provincial legislation and each of the Corporation,
             Roche and each Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each
             Associated Company, satisfied, at all times, the relevant criteria
             and conditions entitling it to such ITCs. All expenses claimed as
             research and development expenses by each of the Corporation, Roche
             and each Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each
             Associated Company, qualified as such. All refunds of ITCs received
             or receivable by each of the Corporation, Roche and each Subsidiary
             and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each Associated Company, in any
             financial year were claimed in accordance with the Income Tax Act
             (Canada) and any applicable provincial legislation and each of the
             Corporation, Roche and each Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of
             Vendors, each Associated Company, satisfied at all times the
             relevant criteria and conditions entitling it to claim a refund of
             such ITCs.

        (k)  CCPC Status--Since their dates of incorporation or formation, each
             of the Corporation, Roche and each Subsidiary and, to the knowledge
             of Vendors, each Associated Company, have been "Canadian controlled
             private corporations" within the meaning of the Income Tax Act
             (Canada) (other than Subsidiaries and Associated Companies which
             are not bodies corporate).

        (l)  Debt Forgiveness--Each of the Corporation, Roche, each Subsidiary
             and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each Associated Company, has not
             at any time benefited from a forgiveness of debt or entered into
             any transaction or arrangement (including conversion of debt into
             shares) which would have resulted in the application of sections 80
             to 80.04 of the Income Tax Act (Canada).

        (m)  Elections--Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.1.27, each of the
                                                   ---------------             
             Corporation, Roche, each Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of
             Vendors, each Associated Company, has not during any of the last
             three (3) Tax years made any elections or designations for purposes
             of the Income Tax Act (Canada) including, for greater certainty,
             any election under section 83 or 85 of the Income Tax Act (Canada)
             or any relevant provincial taxing statute, or for purposes of any
             administrative ruling or notices or administrative practices
             pursuant to the Income Tax Act (Canada) or any such statute.

        (n)  Residence--No Vendor or other shareholder whose shares are to be
             redeemed or purchased pursuant to the Reorganization, other than
             Louis Desjardins, is a non-resident of Canada within the meaning of
             the Income Tax Act (Canada).

        (o)  GST and QST--Roche is a registrant within the meaning of Part IX of
             the Excise Tax Act (Canada) and Chapter VIII of An Act Respecting
             the Quebec Sales Tax and its registration numbers are as follows:
             
                                 Federal    -- R134915792
                  
                                 Provincial -- 1015403175
<PAGE>
 
                                      -31-

        (p)  Reorganization--Other than as set forth in Schedule 1.1.46 and as
                                                        --------------- 
             will be reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet, the Reorganization
             will not result in any present or future Tax liability, reduction
             of Tax losses or other Tax attributes to the Corporation, Roche,
             any Subsidiary or Associated Company.

3.1.28  Licenses--Each of Roche, each Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of
        --------                                                         
        Vendors, each Associated Company, has, and is in full compliance with
        and entitled to all of the benefits under, all Licenses necessary or
        required to conduct its business as presently conducted, and each
        License has been validly issued and is in full force and effect. Roche,
        each Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each Associated
        Company, has not received notice of any event inquiry, investigation or
        proceeding threatening the validity of such Licenses. Other than as set
        forth in Schedule 3.1.28, there are no Licenses required to conduct
                 ---------------                       
        the business of Roche and the Subsidiaries as presently conducted or
        the ownership of their properties.

        No fact, condition or circumstance has occurred to create, and the
        execution of this Agreement and the transfer of the Purchased Shares
        hereunder shall not create, any right to terminate, cancel, modify,
        amend, revoke or expire any such License.

3.1.29  Employee Matters--Each of Roche, each Subsidiary and, to the knowledge
        ----------------                                                      
        of Vendors, each Associated Company, has complied with all applicable
        Laws relating to employment matters, including, without limitation, any
        provisions thereof relating to wages, hours and collective bargaining.

        Schedule 3.1.29 is a true and complete list of all written employment,
        ---------------                                                       
        service, union, agency, consulting, termination and severance agreements
        entered into by Roche and each Subsidiary with or for any or all of its
        present directors, officers, Employees and agents. Except as set out in
        the agreements therein referred to, there are no directors, officers,
        Employees or agents of Roche or any Subsidiary who are entitled to a
        specified notice of termination or fixed term of employment or who
        cannot be dismissed upon such notice as is required by Law. No
        directors, officers or Employees of Roche or any Subsidiary are entitled
        to any payment as a result of the transactions contemplated by this
        Agreement.

        Except as set out in Schedule 3.1.29, none of Roche or any Subsidiary is
                             ---------------                                    
        and has never been a party to any collective bargaining agreement. No
        application for certification of a collective bargaining unit with
        respect to employees of Roche or any Subsidiary has been instituted or
        is pending or, to the knowledge of Vendors, threatened.

        There has not been, in the two (2) prior years to the date hereof, and
        there is not presently pending or existing any strike, slowdown,
        picketing, work stoppage, labour arbitration or proceeding in respect of
        the grievance of any Employee or any past employee or other labour
        dispute against or affecting Roche or any Subsidiary, or to the
        knowledge of Vendors, threatened against Roche or any Subsidiary. To the
        knowledge of Vendors, no fact, condition or circumstance exists which
        could provide the basis for any work stoppage or other labour dispute.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -32-

        There is no lock-out of any Employee by Roche or any Subsidiary, nor is
        any such action contemplated by Roche or any Subsidiary.

3.1.30  Practice of the Engineering Profession--Except for non-material
        --------------------------------------                         
        breaches, no Employee or past employee of Roche or any of the
        Subsidiaries has, in connection with his or her employment with Roche or
        any of the Subsidiaries, carried on the practice of the engineering
        profession in contravention of the Engineers Act, R.S.Q. Ch. I-9, the
        Professional Code, R.S.Q. Ch. C-26 or any other Law of any jurisdiction.
        All such Employees who perform any acts which would constitute the
        practice of the engineering profession as defined in section 3 of the
        Engineers Act, R.S.Q. Ch. I-9 hold a valid license, and are in good
        standing, with the Quebec Ordre des ingenieurs du Quebec.

3.1.31  Benefit Plans--Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1.31, none of Roche or
        -------------                         ---------------                  
        any Subsidiary is a party to any Benefit Plans. True, complete and
        up-to-date copies of all Benefit Plans of Roche and the Subsidiaries
        have been provided to Purchaser.

        There are no outstanding defaults or violations by Roche or any
        Subsidiary of any obligation required to be performed by them in
        connection with any Benefit Plan (which, for greater certainty, includes
        the Management Pension Plan for the purposes of this Section). There are
        no actions, claims, investigations, arbitrations, assessments or other
        proceedings which, to the knowledge of Vendors, are pending or
        threatened with respect to the Benefit Plans (other than routine claims
        for benefits) against Roche or any Subsidiary, the funding agent or the
        fund of such Benefit Plan. No proceeding has been initiated to terminate
        any Benefit Plan.

        All Benefit Plans which are required to be registered are duly
        registered and in good standing with all applicable Governmental Bodies,
        including Revenue Canada. All Benefit Plans which are funded plans
        (including, for greater certainty, the Management Pension Plan) are
        funded in accordance with their rules and all Laws and are fully funded
        on both a going-concern and a termination basis in accordance with the
        methods and assumptions utilized in the most recent actuarial report
        therefor.

        Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1.31, no Benefit Plan which is not a
                               ---------------                                
        pension plan provides post-retirement benefits.

3.1.32  Environmental Matters.
        --------------------- 

        (a)  Compliance with Environmental Laws and Permits--Roche, the
             Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated
             Companies, and their respective business, operations and assets,
             (i) are and have at all times been conducted and used in compliance
             with all Environmental Laws (including any Environmental Permits)
             in Quebec, Canada and in all other applicable jurisdictions with
             environmental regulatory jurisdiction over them and (ii) have
             obtained all Environmental Permits which are required in order to
             carry on their respective businesses and operations as presently
             conducted, and to own or use their respective assets, under all
             Environmental Laws. No proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge
             of Vendors, threatened which
<PAGE>
 
                                      -33-

             will review, make subject to limitations or conditions, suspend,
             revoke, terminate or limit any Environmental Permits of Roche, the
             Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated
             Companies. All Environmental Permits of Roche, the Subsidiaries
             and, to the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated Companies, are
             listed in Schedule 3.1.28. None of Roche, the Subsidiaries or, to
                       ---------------
             the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated Companies, or any of their
             directors or officers has ever (A) been convicted of an offense for
             non-compliance with any Environmental Law, (B) been fined or
             otherwise penalized for non-compliance with an Environmental Law,
             or (C) settled any prosecution for non-compliance with an
             Environmental Law short of conviction.

        (b)  Environmental Liabilities--None of Roche, any Subsidiary or, to the
             knowledge of Vendors, any Associated Company, has incurred or is
             incurring any liability pursuant to any Environmental Law,
             including liability arising as a result of Dealing in Hazardous
             Substances. There is no past or present fact, condition or
             circumstance relating to Roche, the Subsidiaries or, to the
             knowledge of Vendors, the Associated Companies, and their
             respective business, operations and assets that could result in
             any liability under any Environmental Law in force on the date
             hereof.

        (c)  Disclosure Regarding Properties--None of the immoveable and real
             property (including the Immoveables) currently or formerly owned
             by, used by, leased to or from, or managed, controlled or occupied
             by Roche, any Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of Vendors, any
             Associated Company, (i) has ever been used by any Person as a
             landfill site, a waste disposal site, or as a location for the
             disposal or storage of Hazardous Substances or waste (ii) has ever
             had any urea formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos, PCB waste,
             CFCs, radioactive substances or above ground or underground storage
             tanks or vessels, active or abandoned, located thereon or
             thereunder, or (iii) has ever been subject to the Release of a
             Hazardous Substance. To the knowledge of Vendors, there have been
             no Releases of Hazardous Substances on property adjacent to
             immoveable and real property (including the Immoveables) currently
             or formerly owned by, used by, leased to or from, or managed or
             controlled by Roche, any Subsidiary or any Associated Company which
             have migrated or may migrate to such properties. To the knowledge
             of Vendors, none of such properties is identified by any
             Governmental Body for investigation pursuant to any Environmental
             Laws.

        (d)  Disclosure Regarding Waste Disposal--All Hazardous Substances
             arising from the conduct or use of the business, operations and
             assets sent off site for disposal, recycling, treatment or other
             handling have been done in compliance with all Environmental Laws
             and no such Hazardous Substances have been sent outside of Canada.

3.1.33  Compliance with Laws--Each of the Corporation, Roche, each Subsidiary
        --------------------                                                 
        and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each Associated Company, has complied
        and continues to comply with all Laws.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -34-

3.1.34  No Change--Since June 30, 1998, there has not been any material adverse
        ---------                                                              
        change in the business, operations, properties, prospects or condition
        of Roche, any Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of Vendors, any Associated
        Company or any event, condition or contingency that is likely to result
        in such a material adverse change.

3.1.35  No Unusual Transactions  Except as set forth in this Agreement or in the
        -----------------------                                                 
        Schedules, including Schedule 3.1.35, since June 30, 1998 (except in
                             ---------------                              
        the case of paragraph (t) below), the Corporation, Roche, each
        Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of Vendors, each Associated Company,
        has conducted its business in the ordinary course and, without limiting
        the generality of the foregoing, has not:

        (a)  made or assumed any commitment, obligation or liability which is
             outside the usual and ordinary course of its business;

        (b)  ceased to operate its properties and to carry on its Business as
             heretofore carried on or failed to maintain all of its properties,
             rights and assets consistently with past practices or failed to do
             any and all things reasonably necessary and within its power to
             retain and preserve the goodwill of its business;

        (c)  sold or otherwise in any way alienated or disposed of its assets
             other than in the ordinary course of business and in a manner
             consistent with past practices;

        (d)  split, combined or reclassified any of its shares or ownership
             interests, or redeemed, retired, repurchased or otherwise acquired
             shares in its capital stock or other corporate security or
             ownership interests, or reserved, declared, made or paid any
             dividend on its shares or other ownership interests, or made any
             other distributions or appropriations of profits or capital;

        (e)  issued, sold or otherwise disposed of any shares of its capital
             stock or any warrants, rights, bonds, debentures, notes or other
             corporate security;

        (f)  discharged any secured or unsecured obligation or liability
             (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise), other than
             obligations and liabilities discharged in the ordinary course of
             business and in a manner consistent with past practices;

        (g)  waived or canceled any material claim, account receivable or right
             outside the ordinary course of business, or made any gift;

        (h)  made any change in the rate or form of compensation or remuneration
             payable or to become payable to any of the shareholders, directors,
             officers, employees or agents of the Corporation, Roche or any
             Subsidiary other in the ordinary course of business;

        (i)  made any change in its accounting principles and practices as
             utilized in the preparation of
<PAGE>
 
                                      -35-

             the Financial Statements or to be utilized in the preparation of
             the Closing Balance Sheet (except as agreed to by Purchaser), or
             granted to any customer any special allowance or discount, or
             changed its pricing, credit or payment policies, other than in the
             ordinary course of business;

        (j)  made any capital expenditure other than minor expenditures in the
             ordinary course of business;

        (k)  made any loan or advance, or assumed, guaranteed or otherwise
             became liable with respect to the liabilities or obligations of any
             Person;

        (l)  suffered any extraordinary losses whether or not covered by
             insurance;

        (m)  modified its constating instruments, by-laws or capital structure;

        (n)  suffered any material shortage or any cessation or interruption of
             inventory shipments, supplies or ordinary services;

        (o)  removed any director, auditor or accountant or terminated any
             officer;

        (p)  purchased or otherwise acquired any corporate security or
             proprietary, participatory or profit interest in any Person;

        (q)  incurred any indebtedness (including off-balance sheet) other than
             to trade creditors in the ordinary course of business and in a
             manner consistent with past practices;

        (r)  modified or changed its business organization or its relationship
             with its suppliers, customers and others having business relations
             with it;

        (s)  taken any accounting write-offs or reserves outside of its normal
             accounting practices and consistent with past levels and practices;

        (t)  allowed the Assumed Debt to exceed the Canadian dollar equivalent
             of Two Million US dollars (US $2,000,000) on the Audit Date or any
             time since the Audit Date and up to the date hereof had the Assumed
             Debt been calculated as of any date during such period; or

        (u)  authorized, agreed or otherwise committed to any of the foregoing.

        Without limitation to the above, during the period between the Audit
        Date and the date hereof, the operations of Roche, the Subsidiaries and,
        to the knowledge of Vendors, the Associated Companies, have been
        conducted only in the ordinary course and no extraordinary item,
        material liability or reserve has arisen, been identified or taken
        during such period which would have the effect of reducing the net book
        value of Roche by more than Twenty Five Thousand US dollars (US $25,000)
        other than non-material liabilities or operational losses during such
        period in the ordinary course.

3.1.36  Pembroke Project--Without limitation to the obligation of
        ----------------                                         
        indemnification in Section 12.1.3, none of the Corporation, Roche, the
        Subsidiaries or the
<PAGE>
 
                                      -36-

        Associated Companies have assets or liabilities associated with the
        Pembroke Project, except disputed matters with Noront Steel (1981)
        Limited, Crawford and Murray Limited and Groupe Sani-Mobile Inc., the
        liablity for which shall not exceed Three Hundred and Eight Thousand
        dollars (Cdn $308,000) and for which an appropriate reserve will be
        taken on the Closing Balance Sheet to the extent not resolved by the
        date thereof. Without limitation to the foregoing, all claims of
        Laframboise against Roche and RBW Group have been fully settled and
        released.

3.1.37  Budgets, Etc.--Vendors reasonably believe that the budgets and financial
        -------------                                                           
        projections delivered to Purchaser were based upon assumptions that
        Vendors believed at the time such budgets and financial projections were
        made, and continue to believe, to be reasonable in all material respects
        including with respect to forecast earnings and backlog. There is no
        fact as of the date hereof (other than matters of a general economic or
        political nature which do not affect Roche or the Subsidiaries uniquely)
        known to Vendors which materially adversely affects or in the future may
        (so far as Vendors can foresee as of the date hereof) materially
        adversely affect the business, operations, affairs, condition (financial
        or otherwise), properties, assets of Roche and the Subsidiaries taken as
        a whole which has not been set forth in the Schedules hereto.

3.1.38  Backlog Volume and Margins--Schedule 3.1.38 is a true and correct
        --------------------------  ---------------                      
        listing of the uncompleted portion of the contracted backlog of the
        Business as of June 30, 1998 (the "Contracted Backlog"). As of June 30,
        1998, to the actual knowledge of Vendors (without any deemed knowledge
        of Vendors otherwise set forth in Section 1.4) there is no unrecognized
        negative gross margin on any of the Contracted Backlog on those jobs
        where no work has been performed by Roche or the Subsidiaries. Gross
        margin will be calculated using Roche's job cost projections consistent
        with Roche's past practices.

3.1.39  Reorganization--Had the Reorganization and the transactions contemplated
        --------------                                                          
        herein occurred on the date hereof, the redemptions and purchases for
        cancellation, the amalgamation of Roche and NewCo 1 and the declaration
        of dividends referred to in the Reorganization would have met all
        "solvency" tests in the Companies Act (Quebec) and the Canada Business
        Corporations Act applicable to such transactions. Assuming such solvency
        tests continue to be met on the Closing Date, each of the steps in the
        Reorganization prior to step 20 will be duly and validly carried out,
        and in compliance with all constating documents of the corporations who
        are parties thereto, all Laws and all shareholders' agreements
        applicable thereto.

3.1.40  No Broker--None of Vendors, the Corporation, Roche, any Subsidiary, or
        ---------                                                             
        any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents has
        employed or incurred any liability to any broker, finder or agent for
        any brokerage fees, finder's fees, commissions or other amounts with
        respect to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated
        hereby.

3.1.41  Stand Alone--Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1.41, no part of the
        -----------                         ---------------                
        Business of Roche, the Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Vendors, the
        Associated Companies, is conducted through any Person other than Roche,
        the Subsidiaries
<PAGE>
 
                                      -37-

        and the Associated Companies. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1.41,
                                                             ---------------
        none of Vendors, the Corporation, Roche or Persons related thereto or
        the directors, officers or managers thereof or, to the knowledge of
        Vendors, any Associated Company, or Persons related thereto has any
        interest in any property, immoveable or real, movable or personal,
        tangible or intangible, used in or pertaining to the business of Roche,
        the Subsidiaries and the Associated Companies except that Metroplan owns
        the immoveable located at 3075, chemin des Quatre-Bourgeois, Ste-Foy,
        Quebec.

3.1.42  Full Disclosure--No covenant, agreement, obligation, representation or
        ---------------                                                       
        warranty given by Vendors contained in this Agreement, the Schedules
        prepared by them, and any certificates or other documents referred to
        herein or furnished by them to Purchaser pursuant hereto contains any
        untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
        necessary to make such covenant, agreement, obligation, representation,
        warranty, Schedule, certificate or other document not misleading.

3.2     Representations and Warranties of Purchaser. Purchaser represents and
        -------------------------------------------                          
        warrants to Vendors as follows and acknowledges that Vendors are relying
        upon such representations and warranties in connection with the sale by
        Vendors of the Purchased Shares and that Vendors would not have entered
        into this Agreement without such representations and warranties:

3.2.1   Due Incorporation--Each of Purchaser and ITX is duly incorporated and
        -----------------                                                    
        validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

3.2.2   Due Authorization--Each of Purchaser and ITX has the necessary corporate
        -----------------                                                       
        power and authority to execute this Agreement and the Ancillary
        Agreements to be entered into by it and to perform its obligations
        hereunder and thereunder. The execution of this Agreement and the
        Ancillary Agreements by Purchaser and ITX, as the case may be, and the
        performance by them of their obligations hereunder and thereunder have
        been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on their part.
        Such execution and performance by them do not require any action or
        consent of, any registration with, or notification to, any Person, or
        any action or consent under any Laws to which Purchaser or ITX are
        subject, other than the filing by ITX within thirty (30) days of the
        Closing Date of a Notice of Investment under the Investment Canada Act.

3.2.3   Enforceability--This Agreement, and each of the Ancillary Agreements
        --------------                                                          
        will, upon execution thereof, constitute a legal, valid and binding
        obligation of Purchaser and ITX, as the case may be, enforceable against
        them in accordance with its terms subject to applicable bankruptcy,
        insolvency, reorganization and similar Laws affecting the enforcement of
        creditors rights generally and to general equitable principles.

3.2.4   No Conflict--The execution of this Agreement and the Ancillary 
        -----------                                                    
        Agreements, the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and
        therein, the performance and compliance by Purchaser and ITX of its
        obligations hereunder and thereunder, as the case may be, do not:
<PAGE>
 
                                      -38-

        (a)  violate, contravene or breach, or constitute a default under, the
             constating instruments or by-laws of Purchaser or ITX; or

        (b)  violate, contravene or breach any Laws.

3.2.5   No Broker--None of Purchaser, ITX or any of their directors, officers,
        ---------                                                             
        employees or agents has employed or incurred any liability to any
        broker, finder or agent for any brokerage fees, finder's fees,
        commissions or other amounts with respect to this Agreement or any of
        the transactions contemplated hereby.

3.2.6   Full Disclosure--No covenant, agreement, obligation, representation or
        ---------------                                                       
        warranty given by Purchaser contained in this Agreement, the Schedules
        prepared by it, and any certificates or other documents referred to
        herein or furnished by it to Vendors pursuant hereto contains any untrue
        statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary
        to make such covenant, agreement, obligation, representation, warranty,
        Schedule, certificate or other document not misleading.

3.3     Exceptions to Solidary Representations. Notwithstanding the introductory
        --------------------------------------                     
paragraph of Section 3.1, the following representations and warranties are given
by each Vendor jointly and not solidarily, with respect to itself and not with
respect to any other Vendor: Section 3.1.1 with respect, only, to Vendors which
are bodies corporate; Section 3.1.3 (other than with respect to actions,
consents, registrations or notifications associated with the Corporation, Roche,
any Subsidiary or any Associated Company); Section 3.1.4; Section 3.1.6(a) with
respect to Vendors which are bodies corporate only; Section 3.1.7 with respect,
only, to the title of the Purchased Shares; and Section 3.1.27(n).


                                   ARTICLE IV

                              COVENANTS OF VENDORS
                              --------------------
 
4.1     Conduct of Business. Vendors shall cause each of the Corporation,
        -------------------                                              
Roche and each of the Subsidiaries, from the date hereof up to the Closing Date
to conduct its business in the ordinary course and in a manner consistent with
past practices and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Vendors
shall cause the Corporation, Roche and each of the Subsidiaries, not to, without
the prior written consent of Purchaser (which consent will not be unreasonably
withheld) or unless part of the transactions in the Reorganization:

4.1.1   make, assume or discharge any commitment, obligation (capital or
        otherwise) or liability which is outside the usual and ordinary course
        of its business in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand dollars (Cdn
        $250,000) in the cumulative aggregate;

4.1.2   split, combine or reclassify any of its shares, or redeem, retire,
        repurchase or otherwise acquire shares in its capital stock or other
        corporate security, or reserve, declare, make or pay any dividend
        (except as specifically contemplated in this Agreement), or make any
        other distributions or appropriations of profits or capital;

4.1.3   issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of its capital stock or
        any warrants, rights, bonds, debentures, notes or other corporate
        security;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -39-

4.1.4   modify its constating instruments, by-laws or capital structure;

4.1.5   purchase or otherwise acquire any corporate security or proprietary,
        participatory or profit interest in any Person (other than joint
        ventures pursuant to projects) and other than as disclosed in the
        Schedules hereto;

4.1.6   conduct any meeting of shareholders (other than meetings considering
        this Agreement) or directors of the Corporation, Roche or any of the
        Subsidiaries, or any committee of any of the foregoing Persons (or
        solicit or take any action by written consent in lieu of any such
        meeting) without giving at least seventy-two (72) hours prior notice of
        and providing an agenda or copy of any proposed action (in English) with
        respect to such meeting(s) or actions, to the Persons specified in
        Section 14.5.2 hereof, and without allowing a representative of
        Purchaser to attend (at least telephonically) such meeting(s) and to
        participate fully in all discussions at such meeting(s); and

4.1.7   authorize, agree or otherwise commit to any of the foregoing.

        Vendors shall ensure that Roche does not vote its interests in the
Associated Companies in a manner inconsistent with the items set forth in this
Section 4.1, it being understood, however, that as Roche does not control the
Associated Companies, Vendors cannot guarantee that the Associated Companies
will not take such actions.

4.2     [Intentionally left blank.]

4.3     [Intentionally left blank.]

4.4     Closing. If each condition set forth at Section 11.2 is (a) performed or
        -------                                                    
complied with, or (b) waived by Vendors, and if this Agreement is not terminated
in accordance with Section 11.1, then Vendors shall on the Closing Date:

4.4.1   take, and shall cause New Roche to take, all actions as may be
        reasonably required by legal counsel for Purchaser to duly and validly
        transfer the Purchased Shares to Purchaser, including, without
        limitation, to cause New Roche (a) to make the necessary inscriptions in
        the registers of New Roche in order to record the transfer of the
        Purchased Shares in favour of Purchaser, and (b) to deliver to
        Purchaser, upon the cancellation of the share certificates representing
        the Purchased Shares, a new certificate in its name representing the
        Purchased Shares;

4.4.2   deliver to Purchaser at the place of Closing certificates for the
        Purchased Shares, duly endorsed for transfer to Purchaser;

4.4.3   if required by Purchaser, cause all or any of the directors, officers
        and auditors of the Corporation, Roche or any Subsidiary (a) to resign
        from the Corporation, Roche or the Subsidiaries, as the case may be,
        effective on the Closing Date, and (b) to deliver to the Corporation,
        Roche or such Subsidiaries, as the case may be, at the place of Closing,
        resignations and releases;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -40-


4.4.4   deliver to Purchaser at the place of Closing certified copies of
        resolutions of the shareholders and directors of the Corporation, Roche
        and the Subsidiaries (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
        Purchaser's legal counsel) (a) authorizing and approving the sale,
        assignment and transfer of the Purchased Shares from Vendors to
        Purchaser and their registration in the name of Purchaser, (b) accepting
        the resignations effective on the Closing Date of the directors,
        officers and auditors referred to in Section 4.4.3, and (c) appointing
        such new directors, officers and auditors of the Corporation, Roche and
        the Subsidiaries as may be nominated by Purchaser;

4.4.5   execute the Non-Competition Agreements substantially in the forms of
        Exhibit "B", as applicable to each Vendor as the Parties have agreed;
        -----------                                                          

4.4.6   deliver to Purchaser a favourable opinion of Heenan Blaikie Aubut
        substantially in the form of Exhibit "C";
                                     ----------- 

4.4.7   deliver releases of claims and radiations of Liens on assets of New
        Roche and Subsidiaries identified in Schedule 3.1.14 under "Status" as
                                             ---------------   
        "Acquittance to be Obtained" or undertakings from the holders of such
        Liens to release them promptly after Closing in form and substance
        reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser;

4.4.8   deliver copies of full and final settlements between RBW and Laframboise
        settling all matters at issue in their current litigation and with
        respect to the work performed by Laframboise on the Pembroke Project;

4.4.9   deliver a copy of an unsigned release of Roche by each of London 
        Guarantee Insurance Company and Axa Boreal Insurance Inc. with respect
        to the Pembroke Project other than with respect to the outstanding claim
        of Noront Steel (1981) Limited, which release shall be satisfactory in
        form and substance to Purchaser and ITX in their entire discretion and
        which shall be executed by such bonding companies upon receipt of the
        funds referred to in Section 2.3.1;

4.4.10  deliver a copy of a mutual full and final release of Bennett & Wright
        and Roche with respect to the Pembroke Project;

4.4.11  [Intentionally left blank];

4.4.12  deliver (in trust or escrow) to Purchaser satisfactory evidence of all
        releases of security on the Purchased Shares, a description of which
        security being set forth in Schedule 4.4.12;
                                    --------------- 

4.4.13  deliver to Purchaser a copy of the agreement between Vendors relating to
        their rights and obligations between themselves after Closing and the
        distribution of the Purchase Price in the form of the draft agreement
        given to Purchaser on the date hereof; and

4.4.14  deliver to Purchaser an assignment and assumption agreement between
        Vendors and Roche relating to the liabilities of Pembroke not reflected
        on the Closing Balance Sheet.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -41-

4.5     Year 2000 Cooperation. Vendors will, in their capacities as employees
        ---------------------                                      
of Roche and the Subsidiaries, continue to use their best efforts after the
Closing Date (at no expense to Vendors), and will cooperate with ITX in its
similar efforts, to ensure that all information systems owned by or used by
Roche and the Subsidiaries will be year 2000 compliant in a timely fashion.


                                   ARTICLE V

                            POST-CLOSING TAX MATTERS
                            ------------------------
 
5.1     Tax Periods Ending on or Before the Closing Date. Vendors shall prepare,
        ------------------------------------------------               
or cause to be prepared, and file, or cause to be filed, all Tax returns for the
Corporation, Roche and the Subsidiaries for all periods ending on or prior to
the Audit Date which are filed after the Audit Date. Vendors shall permit
Purchaser to review and comment on each such Tax return described in the
preceding sentence prior to filing. Vendors shall reimburse Purchaser for:

5.1.1   Taxes of the Corporation, Roche and the Subsidiaries with respect to
        such periods within fifteen (15) days after payment by the Corporation,
        Roche and the Subsidiaries of such Taxes, and

5.1.2   the loss of Tax losses (other than Pembroke Losses) as a result of
        increased income or smaller Tax losses within fifteen (15) days of such
        determination,

to the extent such are not reflected in the reserve for Taxes (excluding any
reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between
book and Tax income) shown on the face of the Closing Balance Sheet.

5.2     Cooperation on Tax Matters. Each Party shall cooperate fully, as and to
        --------------------------                                      
the extent reasonably requested by the other Party, in connection with the
filing of Tax returns pursuant to this Article and any audit, litigation or
other proceeding with respect to Taxes. Such cooperation shall include the
retention and (upon the other Party's request) the provision of Books and
Records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such audit,
litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually
convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any
material provided hereunder. Purchaser shall:

5.2.1   retain all Books and Records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to
        the Corporation, Roche and the Subsidiaries relating to any taxable
        period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the
        statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by either Party, any
        extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by
        all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority;
        and

5.2.2   to give Vendors reasonable written notice prior to transferring,
        destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if Vendors so
        request, Purchaser shall allow Vendors to take possession of such Books
        and Records.

        Upon request of a Party, the Parties shall use their best efforts to
obtain any certificate or other document from any Governmental Body or any other
Person as may be
<PAGE>
 
                                      -42-

necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed
(including, but not limited to, with respect to the transactions contemplated
hereby).

5.3     Disputes. Any disputes associated with the matters referred to in this
        --------                                                         
Article V shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the three (3)
last paragraphs of Section 2.7, mutatis mutandis.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                    PEMBROKE
                                    --------
 
6.1     Pembroke Carry Back Losses. Pursuant to steps 14 and 18 of the
        --------------------------                                    
Reorganization, immediately prior to the Closing, NewCo1 and New Roche will
repurchase preferred shares held by Vendors for an aggregate purchase price
equal to the amount of Federal and Provincial income taxes ("Income Taxes") to
be refunded to New Roche when the losses associated with the Pembroke Project
("Pembroke Losses") are carried-back by New Roche against Income Taxes paid by
Roche for its 1995 taxation year. For greater certainty, the Pembroke Losses
will be carried back first to the 1995 taxation year prior to the carry-back of
non-Pembroke Losses.

      The promissory notes which constitute payment of such purchase prices
shall be payable within ten (10) days of the date such Income Tax refunds are
received by New Roche from the relevant Taxing authorities. In the event either
of the provincial or federal revenue authorities issues such Income Tax refund
prior to the other, the promissory notes shall be payable in part in the
aggregate amount of the refund so received, with the balance payable when the
other authority issues the refund.

      In addition, if the operations of Roche in the Tax year ended December 31,
1998 (the "1998 Year") generated taxable income (excluding the effects of the
Pembroke Project), Purchaser shall pay Vendors, as an increase in the Purchase
Price, an amount equal to the amount of Income Taxes saved by Roche in the 1998
Year as a result of the application of the Pembroke Losses. Such payment shall
be made three (3) months after the Closing Date.

      For the purposes hereof, the Pembroke Losses shall be calculated, and
segregated from the other losses of Roche, in accordance with GAAP. At the time
of the final delivery of the Closing Balance Sheet, Vendors shall deliver to
Purchaser a statement indicating how such Pembroke Losses were calculated.

      For purposes of this Article VI, the expression "Pembroke Losses" shall
include available federal and provincial non-capital losses of BCPTA which
became available to Roche in its 1998 Year to be carried forward or backward as
a result of the wind-up of BCPTA during the taxation year of Roche ending
December 31, 1997 (the "BCPTA Losses"); provided, however, that the amount of
the Pembroke Losses available for purposes of Section 6.2 hereof including
Pembroke Losses available to reduce income generated by the Reorganization in
any taxation year shall be reduced by an amount equal to the BCPTA Losses
federally or provincially, as the case may be. Such Pembroke Losses equal to the
BCPTA Losses shall be available for the sole benefit of Purchaser and Roche.
Similarly, the expression "Pembroke Losses" shall include non-capital losses of
Roche not
<PAGE>
 
                                      -43-

otherwise considered Pembroke Losses incurred in the period between January 1,
1999 and the Closing Date, provided, however, that an identical amount of
Pembroke Losses shall not be available in Section 6.2 and shall be for the full
benefit of Purchaser and Roche.

      In the event of any inconsistency between the terms hereof and the terms
of the documents executed pursuant to the Reorganization, the terms hereof shall
prevail.

6.2   Pembroke Carry Forward Losses. Notwithstanding Article II, Purchaser
      -----------------------------                             
shall pay to Vendors, as an increase to the Purchase Price, an amount equal to
the Income Taxes saved by Roche in taxation years ending after the 1998 Year as
a result of the reduction of taxable income for such subsequent years
attributable to the use of the Pembroke Losses. For greater certainty, no amount
shall be payable by Purchaser pursuant to this Section 6.2 where the Pembroke
Losses are applied in a taxation year subsequent to the 1998 Year to reduce
income generated by the Reorganization.

      For the purposes of the application of this Section, unused losses of
Roche shall be carried forward commencing with the oldest years for which losses
are available. If any year's available losses are composed both of losses
associated with the Pembroke Project and losses associated with the other
operations of Roche, the Vendors shall receive under this Section an amount
equal to that proportion of the Income Taxes saved by Roche in the subsequent
taxation year that the unused Pembroke Losses for such year are to the aggregate
of all unused losses for such year. Such Purchase Price increase shall be
payable by Purchaser to Vendors sixty (60) days after the end of the taxation
year during which Roche benefited from a reduction in Income Taxes as a result
of using the Pembroke Losses.

6.3   Disputes. Any disputes associated with the calculations to be made
      --------                                                     
pursuant to Sections 6.1 and 6.2 shall be resolved in accordance with the
procedures of the three (3) last paragraphs of Section 2.7, mutatis mutandis.

6.4   Adjustments for Reassessments. In the event any of the taxation years
      -----------------------------                                  
covered by Sections 6.1 and 6.2 are, after application of either of such
Sections, reassessed by the relevant taxation authorities and it is finally
determined that the taxable income or losses are different than that used to
calculate the amount owing to Vendors thereunder, either Vendors shall pay to
New Roche (in the case of the promissory notes referred to in Section 6.1) or
Purchaser (in the other cases), or New Roche (in the case of the promissory
notes referred to in Section 6.1) or Purchaser (in the other cases) shall pay to
Vendors the difference between the amount actually paid to Vendors with respect
to such taxation year and the amount, if any, that should have been paid to
Vendors for such year had the Parties originally calculated the entitlement
therefor using the results finally determined by the relevant taxation
authorities.

      Unless Purchaser is otherwise indemnified therefore pursuant to Article
XII, Vendors shall also reimburse Roche for any interest and penalties
associated with such final reassessments for taxation years ending prior to the
Closing Date, and shall pay Purchaser any interest and penalties associated with
such final reassessment for taxation years ending after the Closing Date to the
extent that such reassessments involve the disallowance of any of the losses
associated with the Pembroke Project.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -44-

6.5   Effect of Reassessment on Pembroke Losses. Notwithstanding any other
      -----------------------------------------                     
provisions in this Agreement, no amount shall be payable to Vendors pursuant to
this Article VI or any other provision of this Agreement for the use of all or a
portion of the Pembroke Losses by Roche or any sucescessor corporation in
circumstances where, after the Closing Date, any portion of the Pembroke Losses
are carried back or otherwise utilized by Roche or any successor, to offset,
reduce or mitigate any Income Tax liability for taxation years ending on or
prior to the Closing Date resulting from a reassessment or proposed reassessment
of Income Taxes for said years (a "Prior Year Offset"). In such circumstances,
losses being carried back or otherwise utilized by Roche or any successor to
mitigate a liability for Income Taxes for a taxation year ending on or prior to
the Closing Date shall be deemed to be Pembroke Losses to the extent of the
amount of Pembroke Losses at that time and any excess shall be deemed to be
losses other than Pembroke Losses.

      If Pembroke Losses are used for a Prior Year Offset, Purchaser shall not
have any right to claim indemnification from Vendors pursuant to this Agreement,
including pursuant to Article XII, for such Income Tax liability to the extent
the Pembroke Losses are used for the Prior Year Offset.

      Nothing in this Section should be construed as reducing or mitigating the
amount that can be claimed by Purchaser under this Agreement for interest and
penalties, as the case may be, payable as a result of an assessment or
reassessment for Taxes or for Taxes which are not offset by a carry back of the
Pembroke Losses in the manner set out hereinabove.

6.6   Insurance Recoveries. Purchaser shall cause Roche to pay to Vendors, as
      --------------------                                       
and when received by Roche, the net after Tax amount of any recoveries from
insurance companies providing errors and omissions insurance coverage (but not
CGL or construction wrap-up insurance) to Roche as a result of damages suffered
by Roche from the Pembroke Project to the extent that such recoveries are not
booked on the Closing Balance Sheet. Vendors will consult with Purchaser prior
to finalizing their claim on Roche's errors and omissions policies with respect
to the Pembroke Project, and will allow Purchaser to review any such claim prior
to submittal within five (5) days of receipt thereof. Vendors will accept a
settlement of such claim only to the extent it does not require Roche to pay any
deductible, expense, or similar amount on account of such claim.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                        MANAGEMENT PENSION PLAN SURPLUS
                        -------------------------------
 
7.1   Termination of Plan. As soon as practicable after the Closing Date,
      -------------------                                          
Purchaser shall cause New Roche to commence the total termination, to be
effective as of the Closing Date or such other date as required by regulatory
authorities having jurisdiction, of the Management Pension Plan. As soon as
practicable after the Closing Date, Purchaser shall cause New Roche to take such
actions, deliver such documents and seek such regulatory approvals as may be
required to effect a distribution of the assets of the Management Pension Plan,
including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a draft agreement
(within the meaning of section 230.2 of the Quebec Supplemental Pension Plans
Act) for the distribution of the Management Pension Plan Surplus in the
proportions stipulated by
<PAGE>
 
                                      -45-

Vendors. Purchaser shall cause to be reported to Vendors all material
developments in relation to the determination and distribution of the Management
Pension Plan Surplus as soon as practicable after such developments occur and
Vendors shall be entitled to provide input with regard to all material decisions
concerning the Management Pension Plan Surplus. Following the distribution of
the Management Pension Plan Surplus, Purchaser shall pay, as an increase to the
Purchase Price, by certified cheque or wire transfer of immediately available
funds into the Collection Account, for the purpose of distribution to Vendors as
agreed among themselves, an amount equal to the net after-tax proceeds of any
such Management Pension Plan Surplus so distributed to New Roche (less any
expenses associated with the termination of the Management Pension Plan and the
distribution of assets therefrom which are borne by New Roche or Purchaser), the
whole subject to applicable Laws.

      For the purposes hereof, the "net after-tax" proceeds of the Management
Pension Plan Surplus shall mean a percentage of such Surplus equal to the
percentage that New Roche would be allowed to keep after having paid Tax on the
Surplus at the federal and provincial Tax rates then applicable to New Roche,
regardless of whether New Roche was in a taxable position in the year of the
distribution.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                             COVENANTS OF PURCHASER
                             ----------------------
 
8.1   Closing. If each condition set forth at Section 11.1 is (a) performed or
      -------                                                    
complied with, or (b) waived by Purchaser, and if this Agreement is not
terminated in accordance with Section 11.2, then Purchaser shall on the Closing
Date:

8.1.1 deliver to Vendors' Collection Account a certified cheque, bank draft or
      wire transfer in the amount determined pursuant to Section 2.2;

8.1.2 cause the Capital Contributions to be paid as set forth in Section 2.3;

8.1.3 execute, and cause ITX to execute, the Non-Competition Agreements
      substantially in the forms of Exhibit "B"; and
                                    -----------     

8.1.4 deliver to Vendors a favourable opinion of Stikeman, Elliott substantially
      in the form of Exhibit "D".
                    ----------- 

8.2   Right of First Refusal. If at any time after the Closing Date until the
      ----------------------                                       
second anniversary of the latest date the Second EBIT Payment, if any, is to be
made, Roche or any one hundred percent (100%) owned Subsidiary (the "Offeror")
desires to sell, transfer or otherwise alienate:

      (a)  any assets (including all of the shares of a Subsidiary or an
           Associated Company) which comprise a self-contained business segment,
           or

      (b)  any assets with an aggregate value of One Hundred Thousand dollars
           (Cdn $100,000) or more and which do not comprise a self-contained
           business segment
<PAGE>
 
                                      -46-

(the "Optioned Assets"), other than sales in the normal course of business and
inter-company transfers, to any third Person acting at arm's length to the
Offeror (whether the Offeror received an offer from the Person, made an offer to
the Person or proposes to make an offer to the Person  in each case the
"Original Offer") in one (1) transaction or series of related transactions, then
Purchaser shall ensure that the Offeror will first offer to sell (the "Offer")
such Optioned Assets to all Vendors in accordance with the procedures set forth
in this Section 8.2.

      The Offer shall be sent to Vendors and shall be open for acceptance by any
or all Vendors for thirty (30) days (the "Offer Period") from the receipt of the
Offer by Vendors. The Offer shall specify the essential terms of the Original
Offer, including a description of the Optioned Assets and the price.

      Vendors shall be obliged by delivering notice to Purchaser within, but not
after the expiry of, the Offer Period at their sole option to either (a) accept
the Offer, or (b) reject the Offer, in which case the Offer Period shall expire
upon such rejection.

      If any Vendors do not accept the Offer within the Offer Period, then such
Vendors shall be deemed to have rejected the Offer.

      If any Vendors have accepted the Offer, then Purchaser shall cause the
Offeror to sell to one (1) corporate vehicle designated by such Vendors
("VendorCo"), and such Vendors shall cause VendorCo to purchase from the
Offeror, the Optioned Assets upon the same terms and conditions as specified in
the Offer, and the non-competition covenants of such Vendors who own, at the
time of such purchase, VendorCo set forth in their Non-Competition Agreements
shall not apply to them with respect to the part of the Business associated with
such Optioned Assets.

      If Vendors have or are deemed to have rejected the Offer, then the Offeror
shall be free for a period of six (6) months from the end of the Offer Period to
sell all or part of the Optioned Assets to any Person on terms not more
favourable than as provided in the Offer. If no sale takes place within such six
(6) months period, then the Offeror shall not sell, transfer or otherwise
alienate the Optioned Assets without again following and being subject to this
Section 8.2.

      For greater certainty, the right of first refusal herein does not apply to
sales of any of the Purchased Shares or of all or substantially all of the
assets of Roche. Upon the decision of management of Purchaser or ITX to sell any
of the Purchased Shares or all or substantially all of the assets of Roche any
time prior to the second anniversary of the date the Second EBIT Payment, if
any, is required to be made, Purchaser or ITX shall notify Vendors in writing of
such decision.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, any proposed sales of Optioned Assets shall
be subject to any pre-existing rights of third Persons with respect to such
Optioned Assets, including rights of first refusal under shareholders
agreements.

8.3   Warranty Claims. Following the Closing, Purchaser shall cause Roche and 
      ---------------                                              
the Subsidiaries, consistent with past practices of Roche and the Subsidiaries,
to perform all required warranty work with respect to services performed by them
on or prior to the
<PAGE>
 
                                      -47-

Closing. Purchaser's agreement under this Section 8.3 to cause Roche and the
Subsidiaries to perform required warranty work may not be construed in any way
as an assumption of such liability by Purchaser or to create any claim against
Purchaser by any customer as a third-party beneficiary under this covenant.

      Any warranty work so performed which is outside of normal and usual
warranty work levels and which involves aggregate expenditures of more than
Fifty Thousand dollars (Cdn $50,000) shall be (a) borne by Roche and the
Subsidiaries up to the value of the warrantee reserve reflected in the Closing
Balance Sheet, and (b) thereafter shall be at Vendors' sole cost and expense.
Vendors shall reimburse Roche or the Subsidiaries for all fully burdened costs
of such warranty work above the warranty reserve, which reimbursement shall be
made by Vendors to Roche (or the Subsidiary) within ten (10) calendar days of
receipt by Vendors of the invoice therefor by payment in cash by Vendors, by
certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   EMPLOYEES
                                   ---------
 
9.1   Continued Employment of the Salaried Employees. The terms and conditions
      ----------------------------------------------               
of employment of all salaried and other non-unionized Employees employed by
Roche and the Subsidiaries on the Closing Date shall be substantially the same
as their terms and conditions of employment on the date hereof with the
exception, however, that the Management Pension Plan will be terminated in
accordance with Article VII. Nothing in this Article IX shall be construed as a
guarantee of employment.


                                   ARTICLE X

                   SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                   ------------------------------------------
 
10.1  Survival of Representations and Warranties of Vendors. The representations
      -----------------------------------------------------     
and warranties of Vendors contained in this Agreement, in the Schedules or in
any certificate or other document delivered or given pursuant to this Agreement
are given and are effective as of the date hereof notwithstanding that the
Closing Date occurs after such date and shall survive the completion of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and notwithstanding such completion
or any investigation made by or on behalf of Purchaser or ITX or any knowledge
by Purchaser or ITX of any incorrectness in, or breach of, such representations
or warranties, shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of
Purchaser for a period ending one (1) year after the date the Second EBIT
Payment is actually made or, if no Second EBIT Payment is required to be made or
the Second EBIT Payment is not being made because of an unresolved dispute among
the Parties, then one (1) year after the date the Second EBIT Payment last could
have been made had it been payable or had there been no dispute among the
Parties, (a) except for any representation and warranty relating to Tax matters
which shall survive until ninety (90) days after the last date on which the
relevant Tax authority is entitled to assess or reassess with respect to such
Tax matters, (b) except for any representation and warranty in respect of which
a claim based on fraud is made, and except for the representations and
warranties contained in Section 3.1.7 with respect to number and title to the
Purchased Shares and the other shares and interests therein, which in each such
case shall be unlimited as to duration.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -48-

10.2    Survival of Representations and Warranties of Purchaser. The
        -------------------------------------------------------     
representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in this Agreement or in
any certificate or other document delivered or given pursuant to this Agreement
are given and are effective as of the date hereof notwithstanding that the
Closing Date occurs after such date and shall survive the completion of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and notwithstanding such completion
or any investigation made by or on behalf of Vendors or any knowledge by Vendors
of any incorrectness in, or breach of, such representations or warranties, shall
continue in full force and effect for the benefit of Vendors for a period ending
one (1) year after the date the Second Payment is actually made or, if no Second
EBIT Payment is required to be made or the Second EBIT Payment is not being made
because of an unresolved dispute among the Parties, then one (1) year after the
date the Second EBIT Payment last could have been made had it been payable or
had there been no dispute among the Parties; except for any representation and
warranty in respect of which a claim based on fraud is made which shall be
unlimited as to duration.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                             CONDITIONS OF CLOSING
                             ---------------------
 
11.1  Conditions for the Benefit of Purchaser. The purchase and sale of the
      ---------------------------------------                          
Purchased Shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement are subject
to the following conditions, each of which is hereby declared to be for the
exclusive benefit of Purchaser. Each condition is to be performed or complied
with in all respects at or prior to the Closing Date:

11.1.1  Truth of Representations and Warranties of Vendors--The representations
        --------------------------------------------------                     
        and warranties of Vendors contained in Sections 3.1.1 to 3.1.5, 3.1.6(a)
        and 3.1.6(d), and 3.1.7 to 3.1.9 shall have been accurate in all
        respects as of the date of this Agreement and shall be true and correct
        in all respects as of the Closing Date as though made on such date.

11.1.2  Performance of Covenants by Vendors--All of the covenants, obligations
        -----------------------------------                                   
        and agreements that Vendors are required to perform or to comply with
        pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.4 at or prior to the Closing Date
        (considered individually and collectively), shall have been performed or
        complied with in all material respects in the case of Section 4.1 at or
        prior to the Closing Date and in all respects in the case of Section
        4.4.

11.1.3  Litigation--There shall be no actions, claims, investigations,
        ----------                                                    
        arbitrations or other proceedings (whether or not on behalf of Vendors,
        the Corporation, Roche or any Subsidiary) pending or threatened to
        restrain, enjoin or invalidate any transaction contemplated by this
        Agreement.

        If any of the conditions of this Section 11.1 has not been satisfied as
of the Closing Date, or if Closing has not occurred by March 31, 1999 for
reasons other than Purchaser's failure to comply with its obligations under this
Agreement, Purchaser may, at its option, either (a) terminate this Agreement by
notice to Vendors at any time prior to the Closing without further formality, or
(b) proceed with the Closing, without prejudice, in either case, to Purchaser's
other rights, recourses and remedies.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -49-

11.2    Conditions for the Benefit of Vendors. The purchase and sale of the
        -------------------------------------                          
Purchased Shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement are subject to
the following conditions, each of which is hereby declared to be for the
exclusive benefit of Vendors. Each condition is to be performed or complied with
in all respects at or prior to the Closing Date (or as otherwise specified):

11.2.1  Truth of representations and Warranties of Purchaser--The
        ----------------------------------------------------     
        representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in this Agreement
        or in any certificate or other document delivered or given pursuant to
        this Agreement (considered individually and collectively), shall have
        been accurate in all aspects as of the date of this Agreement, and shall
        be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date as though
        made on such date.

11.2.2  Performance of Covenants by Purchaser--All of the covenants, obligations
        -------------------------------------                                   
        and agreements that Purchaser is required to perform or to comply with
        pursuant to this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date (considered
        individually and collectively), shall have been performed or complied
        with in all respects at or prior to the Closing Date.

11.2.3  Litigation--There shall be no actions, claims, investigations,
        ----------                                                    
        arbitrations or other proceedings (whether or not on behalf of Purchaser
        or ITX) pending or threatened to restrain, enjoin or invalidate any
        transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

11.2.4  Promissory Notes--On February 5, 1999, ITX shall issue promissory notes
        ----------------                                                       
        to the Persons and in the amounts identified in Sections 2.2 and 2.3
        hereof, together with interest thereon at the rates, and otherwise on
        the terms, specified therein.

        If any of the conditions of this Section 11.2 has not been satisfied as
of the Closing Date or if Closing has not occurred by March 31, 1999 for reasons
other than Vendors' failure to comply with its obligations under this Agreement,
Vendors may, at their option, either (a) terminate this Agreement by notice to
Purchaser at any time prior to Closing without further formality, or (b) proceed
with the Closing, without prejudice, in either case, to Vendors' other rights,
recourses and remedies.


                                  ARTICLE XII

                                INDEMNIFICATION
                                ---------------
 
12.1    Indemnification by Vendors. Vendors shall solidarily, without the
        --------------------------                                       
benefit of division and discussion, (except as set forth in Section 3.3)
indemnify and hold Purchaser harmless from and against any claims, demands,
actions, causes of action, judgments, damages, losses (which shall include any
diminution in value), liabilities, costs or expenses (including, without
limitation, interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys', and experts' fees and
disbursements) (collectively, the "Losses") which may be made against Purchaser,
the Corporation, Roche, the Subsidiaries or the Associated Companies or which
any of them may suffer or incur as a result of, arising out of or relating to:

12.1.1  any violation, contravention or breach of any covenant, agreement or
        obligation of Vendors under or pursuant to this Agreement;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -50-

12.1.2  any incorrectness in, or breach of, any representation or warranty made
        by Vendors under or pursuant to this Agreement, the Schedules or in any
        certificate or other document delivered or given pursuant to this
        Agreement, whether or not Purchaser relied thereon or had knowledge
        thereof;

12.1.3  any liabilities or obligations of any nature whatsoever associated with
        the Pembroke Project, whether arising before, on or after the Closing
        Date, to the extent not booked on the Closing Balance Sheet;

12.1.4  any liabilities or obligations of the Corporation, Roche or the
        Subsidiaries as a result of the Reorganization, including for Taxes or
        as a result of any transaction not being in compliance with Law,
        shareholders' agreements or constating documents, and any undischarged
        guarantees on behalf of the Excluded Assets (other than, in the case of
        Metroplan, any liabilities or obligations solely related to Roche's
        lease obligations to Metroplan);

12.1.5  the failure of the Corporation, Roche or any Subsidiary to obtain all
        consents for the change of control of Roche and the Subsidiaries, or for
        the consummation of the Reorganization, under the Contracts (other than
        consents which could not be obtained by Law or by the terms of a
        Contract as a result of the non-Canadian resident ownership of
        Purchaser);

12.1.6  any amount required to be paid by Roche or Purchaser in connection with
        the distribution of the Management Pension Plan Surplus pursuant to
        Article VII or into the Management Pension Plan pursuant to sections
        228-229 of the Quebec Supplemental Pension Plans Act; and

12.1.7  any withholding or other Taxes for which Roche, the Corporation or
        Purchaser is liable as a result of redemptions or purchases of shares
        from non-residents.

12.2    Indemnification by Purchaser. Purchaser shall indemnify and hold Vendors
        ----------------------------                                    
harmless from and against any Losses which may be made against Vendors or which
Vendors may suffer or incur as a result of, arising out of or relating to:

12.2.1  any violation, contravention or breach of any covenant, agreement or
        obligation of Purchaser under or pursuant to this Agreement; or

12.2.2  any incorrectness in, or breach of, any representation or warranty made
        by Purchaser under or pursuant to this Agreement, the Schedules or in
        any certificate or other document delivered or given pursuant to this
        Agreement, whether or not Vendors relied thereon or had knowledge
        thereof.

12.3    Obligation to Reimburse. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.4,
        -----------------------                                      
the Party providing indemnification hereunder (the "Indemnifying Party") shall
reimburse to the Party being indemnified hereunder (the "Indemnified Party") the
amount of any Losses suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Party, upon the
date the Indemnifying Party acknowledges its obligation to reimburse the
Indemnified Party the amount of such Losses or, if disputed, upon the date of
any final judgment with respect thereto of a court or arbitral body of final
jurisdiction for which no further appeal is available. For greater certainty,
nothing in this
<PAGE>
 
                                      -51-

Section 12.3 shall be construed as creating a separate cause of action in
addition to those set forth in this Article XII.

12.4    Notification. Promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof, the
        ------------                                                
Indemnified Party shall notify the Indemnifying Party of any cause which the
Indemnified Party has determined has given or could give rise to indemnification
under this Article XII. The omission so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall
not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any duty to indemnify and hold harmless
which otherwise might exist with respect to such cause unless (and only to that
extent) the omission to notify materially prejudices the ability of the
Indemnifying Party to exercise its right to defend provided in this Article XII.

12.5    Defense of Third-Party Claim. If any legal proceeding shall be
        ----------------------------                                  
instituted or any claim or demand shall be asserted by a third party against the
Indemnified Party including, if the Indemnified Party is Purchaser, any legal
proceeding, claim or demand against any of the Corporation, Roche or any
Subsidiary, with respect to a matter for which an Indemnified Party is seeking
indemnification hereunder (each a "Third-Party Claim"), then the Indemnifying
Party shall have the right, after receipt of the Indemnified Party's notice
under Section 12.4 and upon giving notice to the Indemnified Party within thirty
(30) calendar days of such receipt, to defend the Third-Party Claim at its own
cost and expense with counsel of its own selection, provided that:

12.5.1  the Indemnified Party shall at all times have the right to fully
        participate in the defense at its own expense;

12.5.2  the Third-Party Claim seeks only monetary damages and does not seek any
        injunctive or other relief against the Indemnified Party, the
        Corporation, Roche or any Subsidiary;

12.5.3  the Indemnifying Party unconditionally acknowledges in writing its
        obligation to indemnify and hold the Indemnified Party harmless with
        respect to the Third-Party Claim; and

12.5.4  legal counsel chosen by the Indemnifying Party is satisfactory to the
        Indemnified Party, acting reasonably.

        Where the Indemnifying Party is Vendors, Purchaser shall cause the
Corporation, Roche and the Subsidiaries to make available to Vendors for their
inspection the Books and Records of the Corporation, Roche or any of the
Subsidiaries and to provide to Vendors such copies of documentation as may be
under the possession or control the Corporation, Roche and any of the
Subsidiaries which may reasonably be required by Vendors in order to contest the
Third Party Claim.

        Amounts payable by the Indemnifying Party pursuant to a Third-Party
Claim shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the settlement or, the
judgment, as applicable, but in any event prior to the expiry of any delay for a
judgment to become executory.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Third-Party Claim by
any taxation authorities which challenges the Tax treatment of any aspect of the
Reorganization, Vendors shall have the obligation to defend such Third-Party
Claim. Purchaser may 
<PAGE>
 
                                      -52-

participate in the defense of such Third-Party Claim in collaboration with
Vendors and Vendors shall fully cooperate with Purchaser in respect of such
collaboration.

12.6    No Compromise. The Indemnifying Party shall not be permitted to
        -------------                                                  
compromise and settle or to cause a compromise and settlement of any Third-Party
Claim, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, unless:

12.6.1  the terms of the compromise and settlement require only the payment of
        money and do not require the Indemnified Party, the Corporation, Roche
        or any Subsidiary to admit any wrongdoing or take or refrain from taking
        any action; and

12.6.2  the Indemnified Party receives, as part of the compromise and
        settlement, a legally binding and enforceable unconditional satisfaction
        or release, which is in form and substance satisfactory to the
        Indemnified Party, acting reasonably, from any and all obligations or
        liabilities it, the Corporation, Roche or any Subsidiary, as the case
        may be, may have with respect to the Third-Party Claim.

12.7    Failure to Defend. If the Indemnifying Party fails:
        -----------------                                  

12.7.1  within thirty (30) calendar days from receipt of the notice of a Third-
        Party Claim to give notice of its intention to defend the Third-Party
        Claim in accordance with Section 12.5; or

12.7.2  to comply at any time with any of Sections 12.5.3 to 12.5.4,

then the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have waived its right to defend
the Third Party Claim and the Indemnified Party shall have the right (but not
the obligation) to undertake or, as the case may be, to cause the Corporation,
Roche or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, to undertake the defense of the
Third-Party Claim and compromise and settle the Third-Party Claim on behalf, for
the account and at the risk and expense of the Indemnifying Party.

12.8    Limitation on Indemnification. The obligations of indemnification set
        -----------------------------                                    
out in Sections 12.1 and 12.2 shall:

12.8.1  survive the Closing for the period prescribed by Law, except the
        obligation of indemnification arising from any incorrectness in, or
        breach of, any representation or warranty made by the Indemnifying Party
        which shall be subject to the limitations regarding survival of
        representations and warranties set forth in Section 10.1 or 10.2, as the
        case may be;

12.8.2  survive the expiry of the periods for which indemnification is available
        hereunder if the notification of a claim under Section 12.4 is given
        prior to the expiry of the applicable period;

12.8.3  with respect to the obligation of indemnification in Sections 12.1.2 and
        12.2.2, not be applicable for a single Loss unless such Loss exceeds
        Five Thousand US dollars (US $5,000), except in cases of fraud or
        willful misconduct, in which cases the Indemnifying Party shall be
        responsible for the full amount of the Losses;
<PAGE>
 
                                      -53-

12.8.4  with respect to the obligation of indemnification in Sections 12.1.2 and
        12.2.2, not be applicable until the Losses in the aggregate, exceed Four
        Hundred Thousand US dollars (US $400,000), except in cases of fraud or
        willful misconduct, in which cases the Indemnifying Party shall be
        responsible for the full amount of the Losses;

12.8.5  not apply to the extent that the Losses claimed have been reimbursed
        through insurance to the Indemnified Party including, if the Indemnified
        Party is Purchaser, to the Corporation, Roche or any Subsidiary;

12.8.6  with respect to each Vendor, not exceed the proportion of the aggregate
        Purchase Price paid or credited plus the Capital Contributions which is
        equal to the proportion set forth beside such Vendor's name in Exhibit
                                                                       -------
        "A" under "% of Indemnification Cap", except in cases of fraud or
        ---
        willful misconduct, in which cases the Indemnifying Party shall be
        responsible for the full amount of the Losses; and

12.8.7  not apply to the extent that the Indemnified Party has received an
        adjustment of the Purchase Price in accordance with Article II as a
        result of such Losses or a payment pursuant to Section 5.1.

12.9    Compensation. If either Party has made a demand upon the other pursuant
        ------------                                                  
to this Article XII or otherwise under this Agreement, the Party making the
demand shall be entitled to have such demand satisfied in whole or in part by
compensation (deduction and set off) against amounts otherwise payable by it to
the other Party pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
including, without limitation, against any Purchase Price Increase, Purchase
Price Reduction, First EBIT Payment or Second EBIT Payment; provided, however,
that any Purchase Price Reduction or payment by Vendors of Net Uncollected
Receivables under Section 2.8 may only be set off against any First EBIT Payment
or Second EBIT Payment, and provided further that no compensation may be made
against any amounts payable pursuant to Articles VI or VII. The Party against
whom such compensation has operated shall be entitled to continue to contest the
validity of such demand. The Party claiming to apply such compensation shall be
entitled to withhold payment otherwise required by it hereunder until the Losses
associated with such claim have been finally resolved by agreement among the
Parties or by a court or arbiter of final jurisdiction, for which no further
appeal is available.

12.10   No Indemnification if Adjustments. For greater certainty, Purchaser
        ---------------------------------                                  
shall not be entitled to seek indemnification from Vendors under this Article
XII to the extent it has actually received payment or effected compensation
under the provisions of this Agreement for the full amount of the Losses with
respect to matters which are the subject of such indemnification, except that
any Purchase Price Reduction or payments of Net Uncollected Receivables pursuant
to Section 2.8 shall be effected exclusively by compensation against any First
EBIT Payment and Second EBIT Payment.

12.11   Purchase Price Adjustment. Any indemnification actually made by a
        -------------------------                                        
Party to the other under this Article XII or under the assignment and assumption
agreement referred to in Section 4.4.14 shall be considered a reduction or an
increase to the Purchase Price, as the case may be.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -54-

12.12   Sole Remedies. The provisions of this Article XII and any other 
        -------------                                                  
recourses specifically referred to in this Agreement shall be the sole remedies
of the Parties with respect to the matters herein, subject, however, to the
right of any Party to seek specific performance or any other extraordinary
remedy in a court of competent jurisdiction for breaches which give rise to such
extraordinary remedies.

12.13   Absence of Bad Faith. The Indemnified Party shall not act in bad faith
        --------------------                                            
with respect to any Losses it is claiming against the Indemnifying Party such
that the amount of the Losses is greater than it would have been absent such bad
faith.


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                    CLOSING
                                  ------------
 
13.1    Date, Time and Place of Closing. The Closing shall take place at the
        -------------------------------                                 
offices of Roche, three (3) business days after funding of ITX's proposed
bridge loan but in any event no later than March 31, 1999 (the "Closing Date"),
at 10:00 a.m., or at such place, on such other date and/or at such other time as
may be agreed between the Parties. Funding of such bridge financing is not a
condition to Closing.


                                  ARTICLE XIV

                                 MISCELLANEOUS
                                 -------------
 
14.1    Purchaser Free to Organize Affairs. Subject to the other provisions of
        ----------------------------------                      
this Agreement (including restrictions on ITX charges during the earn-out
periods), Purchaser shall be permitted to organize the affairs of Roche and the
Subsidiaries as it deems best, including by changing the Tax year end thereof to
match the Tax year end of ITX. Purchaser shall act at all times until the expiry
of the period covered by the Second EBIT Payment in good faith in order to avoid
any adverse effects on EBIT levels until the expiry of such period which would
not have occurred except for the Purchaser's ownership of and direction over
Roche. Vendors shall have a period of twenty (20) calendar days from the date of
their knowledge of any action of Purchaser or ITX with respect to Roche or any
Subsidiary to object to the same on the basis that such actions will adversely
affect the EBIT levels, failing which they shall be deemed to have consented to
such actions. Subject to the foregoing, any Party may, at any time, refer any
approvals which could so effect EBIT to Mr. Anthony DeLuca and Mr. Michel Labbe,
or their respective successors, for their prior approval.

        If such individuals are unable to agree on such matters within twenty
(20) calendar days after it has been referred to them, the matter shall be
referred to an independent business valuator (who is neither an accountant nor
an attorney by principal profession) agreed to by the Parties (or, if the
Parties are unable to agree on such Person within ten (10) days of the end of
such (20) twenty-day period, a business valuator in the Montreal office of
PricewaterhouseCoopers) who shall finally determine whether and how such matter
should be acted upon, balancing the interests of both Parties to maximize EBIT
and the maximization of long-term profitability of Roche and the Subsidiaries.
The fees and expenses of any such business valuator shall be shared equally by
the Parties.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -55-

14.2    Announcements. Any press release, public announcement or publicity with
        -------------
respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement shall be made only
with the prior written consent of Purchaser and Vendors. The Parties shall keep
the terms of this Agreement strictly confidential and make no disclosure thereof
to any Person except (a) the Parties' counsel and advisors, (b) as required in
connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (c) as
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, (d) as required to prosecute or
defend an action, (e) as required by Law including by applicable securities
authorities such as the Securities and Exchange Commission or self regulatory
organization such as a stock exchange, or (f) with the prior agreement of all
Parties.

14.3    Further Assurances. Each Party upon the request of the other,
        ------------------                                           
whether at or after the Closing, shall do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or
cause to be done, executed, acknowledged or delivered all such further acts,
deeds, documents, assignments, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney and
assurances as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to effect complete
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

14.4    Successors in Interest. This Agreement and the provisions hereof
        ----------------------                                          
shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties and their
respective successors and assigns. Vendors may not assign this Agreement or any
of their rights and obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of
Purchaser. Purchaser may assign this Agreement and all of Purchaser's rights and
obligations hereunder to an Affiliate of Purchaser, provided however, that such
assignment shall not relieve Purchaser of its obligations hereunder.

14.5    Notices. Any notice, consent, authorization, direction or other
        -------                                                        
communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be delivered either by personal delivery or by telecopier and
addressed as follows:

14.5.1 in the case of any of Vendors, to it, him or her at:

        Roche Ltee, Groupe Conseil
      
        3075 chemin des Quatre-Bourgeois
      
        Sainte-Foy, Quebec
      
        G1W 4Y4
      
       
        Attention: Mr. Michel Labbe
        ---------------------------
      
        Telecopier: (418) 654-9698
<PAGE>
 
                                      -56-

        with a copy to:
     
        Heenan Blaikie Aubut
      
        900, boulevard Rene-Levesque East
      
        Bureau 600
      
        Quebec, Quebec
      
        G1R 4T4
      
      
        Attention: Mr. Guy Plante
        -------------------------
      
        Telecopier: (418) 524-1717

14.5.2  in the case of Purchaser or ITX, to it at:

        The IT Group, Inc.

        3347 Michelson Drive

        Suite 200

        Irvine, California

        92612-2692


        Attention:  Mr. Drew E. Park, Jr.
        ---------------------------------

        Telecopier: (949) 474-8309 / (949) 859-8729

        and to:

        The IT Group, Inc.

        2790 Mosside Boulevard

        Monroeville, Pennsylvania

        15146-2792

  
        Attention: General Counsel
        --------------------------

        Telecopier: (412) 858-3997
  
        with a copy to:

        Stikeman, Elliott

        1155 Rene-Levesque Blvd. West

        Suite 4000

        Montreal, Quebec

        H3B 3V2


        Attention: Mr. John W. Leopold
        ------------------------------

        Telecopier: (514) 397-3222

        Any notice, consent, authorization, direction or other communication
delivered as aforesaid shall be deemed to have been effectively delivered and
received, if sent by
<PAGE>
 
                                      -57-

telecopier, on the calendar day next following receipt of such transmission or,
if delivered, to have been delivered and received on the date of such delivery,
provided, however, that if such date is not a business day in the jurisdiction
of receipt then it shall be deemed to have been delivered and received on the
business day next following such delivery. Any Party may change its address for
service by notice delivered as aforesaid.

14.6    Representative of Vendors. Without limitation to Section 14.5, Purchaser
        -------------------------                                     
and ITX shall be entitled to deal and communicate with Mr. Michel Labbe or his
replacement as the representative of all Vendors. Consents, directions to,
notices to or claims made by Purchaser or ITX to Mr. Michel Labbe or his
replacement on behalf of Vendors, unless expressly indicated otherwise, shall
constitute consents, directions to, notices to or claims made against all or any
of Vendors and vice versa.

        Each of the Vendors hereby grants Mr. Michel Labbe, or his successor
appointed by Vendors who are holders of a majority of the Purchased Shares, his
or her respective, irrevocable power of attorney (coupled with an interest, but
limited in duration and scope as noted in this sentence) to act as each such
Vendor's attorney in fact (with full power of substitution) solely with respect
to all matters under this Agreement.

        Mr. Michel Labbe shall act as agent for service with respect to legal
processes served on any or all of the Vendors pursuant to this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby, without prejudice, however, to the right of
Purchaser to serve a Vendor directly. Vendors may collectively notify Purchaser
from time to time as to the replacement of Michel Labbe as agent for service
with another Person.

14.7    Expenses. Subject to Section 2.7, all costs, expenses and fees
        --------                                                      
(including without limitation, legal counsel and accounting fees and
disbursements) in connection with the preparation, execution and consummation of
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder:

14.7.1  incurred by Vendors, the Corporation, Roche or the Subsidiaries, shall
        be borne and paid by Vendors, and

14.7.2  incurred by Purchaser or ITX shall be borne and paid by Purchaser or
        ITX.

14.8    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
        ------------                                               
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original, and
such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

14.9    Severability. Any Article, Section or other subdivision of this
        ------------                                                   
Agreement or any other provision of this Agreement which is, or becomes,
illegal, invalid or unenforceable shall be severed herefrom and shall be
ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability and
shall not affect or impair the remaining provisions hereof, which provisions
shall (a) be severed from any illegal, invalid or unenforceable Article, Section
or other subdivision of this Agreement or any other provision of this Agreement,
and (b) otherwise remain in full force and effect.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -58-

14.10   Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted and
        -------------                                                     
construed in accordance with the internal Laws presently in force in the
Province of Quebec.

14.11   Arbitration. All disputes or differences arising out of or related
        -----------                                                       
in any way to this Agreement except for those for which other dispute resolution
mechanisms have been specifically provided for shall be submitted to the
decision of three (3) arbitrators, one (1) each to be chosen by each Party (the
Purchaser and ITX being considered as one (1) Party for the purposes hereof),
and the third to be chosen by the two (2) previously selected arbitrators. The
arbitration proceedings shall commence by the issuance by a Party to the other
Party of a demand to arbitrate which shall include the nomination by the Party
issuing the demand of an arbitrator. The other Party shall have ten (10) days
from receipt of the demand to appoint an arbitrator, failing which such
arbitrator shall, at the request of Party issuing the demand, be appointed by
application to the courts of the Province of Ontario having competent
jurisdiction therefor.

        The arbitration proceedings shall take place in Toronto, Ontario in
English. Other than as specified herein, the rules of the Arbitrations Act, 1991
of Ontario shall apply.

        The applicant shall submit its case in writing within thirty (30) days
after the appointment of the arbitration panel, and the respondent shall submit
his reply in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of such case. The
arbitrators shall apply the rules of evidence and Law applicable in courts
sitting in the Province of Ontario. The arbitration panel shall be empowered to
award provisional (including injunctive) relief upon proper application, but a
Party shall be entitled, pending the appointment of all such arbitrators and the
convening of such arbitration, to seek such relief from any court otherwise
having competent jurisdiction over such matter.

        The arbitration panel shall have the discretion to order a pre-hearing
exchange of information by the Parties, including, without limitation,
production of requested documents, exchanging of summaries of testimony of
proposed witnesses and examination by deposition of Parties.

        The arbitration panel shall render a written, reasoned decision on each
issue before it, in which decision it shall also state how each arbitrator
voted. Any decision by the arbitration panel shall be binding upon the Parties
and may be entered as a final judgment in any court having jurisdiction.

        The cost of any arbitration proceeding shall be borne by the Parties as
the arbitration panel shall determine if the Parties have not otherwise agreed.

14.12   Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Schedules, constitutes
        ----------------                                          
the entire Agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter
hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and
discussions of the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof including,
without limitation, the Term Sheet executed by ITX and the Corporation on
September 2, 1998.

14.13   Inconsistency. This Agreement shall override the Schedules to the extent
        -------------                                                    
of any inconsistency.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -59-

14.14   Gender. Any reference in this Agreement to any gender shall include
        ------                                                             
both genders and the neutral, and words herein importing the singular number
only shall include the plural and vice versa.

14.15   Currency. All dollar amounts mentioned in this Agreement or in the
        --------                                                          
Schedules shall be in Canadian funds except as otherwise expressly indicated.

14.16   Headings; Preamble. The headings in this Agreement and the preamble
        ------------------                                                 
to this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not
affect the interpretation hereof.

14.17   Amendment. No amendment shall be binding unless expressly provided
        ---------                                                         
in an instrument duly executed by the Parties.

14.18   Waiver. No waiver, whether by conduct or otherwise, of any of the
        ------                                                           
provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of any other
provisions (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a
continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided in an instrument duly
executed by the Parties.

14.19  Language of Agreement. The parties acknowledge that it is their express
       ---------------------
wish that this Agreement and all related documents be prepared in English. Les
parties ont demande que cette convention et tous documents y afferents soient
rediges en langue anglaise.

14.20  No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement and any agreement entered
       ----------------------------
into pursuant to this Agreement shall not benefit or create any right or cause
of action in or on behalf of any Person (including, without limitation, any of
the Employees) other than the Parties or the parties to such other agreements,
and no Person (including, without limitation, any of the Employees), other than
the Parties or the parties to such other agreements, shall be entitled to rely
on the provisions hereof or any agreement entered into pursuant hereto in any
action, proceeding, hearing or other forum.

14.21  Waiver of Take-Over Bid Provisions. Each Party waives, and will not
       ----------------------------------
raise in any claim against any other Party, the application of Part XVII of the
Canada Business Corporations Act to the transactions contemplated herein.
Vendors will indemnify and hold Purchaser harmless against any claim by a third
Person based on the non-compliance by Purchaser of Part XVII of such act.

14.22  Additional Insurance. Each Party shall assume one half (1/2) of the
       --------------------
premium payable for any additional E&O insurance coverage in excess of Ten
Million dollars (Cdn $10,000,000) up to Five Million dollars (Cdn $5,000,000)
additional coverage for up to three (3) years beginning with the commencement of
Roche's next policy year. Purchaser shall ensure that New Roche subsribes for
all such coverage. Such assumption of the premium by Vendors shall be made by
compensation against any First EBIT Payment or, if insufficient, against any
Second EBIT Payment. ITX shall include New Roche's directors and ofifcers in
ITX's standard D&O policies to the same extent as ITX's directors and officers
are covered thereby and ITX shall cause to be procured and paid for at its
expense a seven (7) year extended reporting period on Roche's pre-existing D&O
policies.
<PAGE>
 
                                      -60-

14.23   Non-Ratification. Purchaser and, through its intervention, ITX
        ----------------                                              
acknowledge that Roche, prior to the Closing Date was not generally subject to
various United States Laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the
Cuban Liberty and Democratic Solidarity Act and other anti-boycott and export
control Laws. Neither ITX nor Roche will take any action in furtherance of any
conduct undertaken by Roche prior to the Closing Date that would place either
Party in potential violation of such Laws. ITX does not, by this Agreement nor
by any future actions, intend to approve of any actions taken by Roche prior to
the acquisition that would constitute ratification of conduct potentially
violative of such Laws.

14.24   Releases. Vendors hereby fully and finally release Roche, Corporoche and
        --------                                                 
NewCo 1 from any and all adjustments to the purchase prices payable pursuant to
the promissory notes related to the repurchase of shares of such companies
pursuant to the Reorganization (other than any downward adjustments related to
the purchase prices for shares based on the Pembroke Tax refund for the 1995 Tax
year pursuant to Section 6.1). Purchaser shall be released and discharged by
Vendors from and with respect to any further duty with respect to the sums
referenced in the Convention de partage upon payment of such sums to Michel
Labbe.

14.25   Inter-Company Agreements. ITX and New Roche shall promptly after the
        ------------------------                                        
date hereof enter into an inter-company agreement on terms satisfactory to
the Parties governing certain aspects of the relationship between the companies.
New Roche and Roche Internationale shall enter into an inter-company agreement
promptly after Closing coverning the terms on which CIDA and related work will
be conducted by Roche International for the full economic benefit of New Roche.

14.26   Convention de partage. Vendors shall not amend Article 3 of the
        ---------------------                                          
Convention de partage among them of even date without the prior written consent
of ITX. Vendors shall not amend the proportions allocated to them for receipt of
the Purchase Price as set forth in the Convention de partage without first
having notified ITX.

14.27   Interest. The payments in Sections 2.2 and 2.3 shall be made with all
        --------                                                         
accrued interest at the rate referred to in the promissory notes referenced in
Section 11.2.4.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date
first above mentioned.



IT Holdings Canada, Inc.
 
 
Per:  /s/ James M. Redwine                 /s/  Jean Beaudoin 
    ------------------------        -------------------------------------
    James M. Redwine                            Jean Beaudoin 
    Assistant-Secretary                                  
                                          /s/  Paul-Emile Belanger
                                    -------------------------------------
                                             Paul-Emile Belanger
                          
                          
<PAGE>
                                      -61-

                                            /s/ Daniel Bergeron
                                    -------------------------------------
                                               Daniel Bergeron
                          
  
                                            /s/ Pierre Bertrand
                                    -------------------------------------
                                               Pierre Bertrand
                          

                                            /s/ Christian Berube
                                    -------------------------------------
                                               Christian Berube
                                          

                                             /s/ Robert Boutet
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                Robert Boutet
                          

                                             /s/ Pierre Brulotte
                                    -------------------------------------
                                               Pierre Brulotte
                          

                                              /s/ Jean Bundock
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                 Jean Bundock
                          

                                             /s/ Marc-Yvan Cote
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                Marc-Yvan Cote
                          
                          
                                              /s/ Marc Drouin
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                 Marc Drouin
                          

                                             /s/ Serge Dussault
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                Serge Dussault
                          

                                             /s/ Jean-Pierre Fau
                                    -------------------------------------
                                               Jean-Pierre Fau
                          

                                             /s/ Andre Giguere
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                Andre Giguere
                          

                                             /s/ Michel Gilbert
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                Michel Gilbert
                          

                                               /s/ Sam Hammad
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                  Sam Hammad
                          

                                              /s/ Michel Labbe
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                 Michel Labbe
                          
   
                                            /s/ Jean-Guy Lajoie
                                    -------------------------------------
                                               Jean-Guy Lajoie
                          

                                          /s/ Jean-Pierre Lambert
                                    -------------------------------------
                                             Jean-Pierre Lambert
                          

                                            /s/ Benoit Lapierre
                                    -------------------------------------
                                               Benoit Lapierre
<PAGE>
 
                                      -62-

                                              /s/ Andre Lemieux
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                Andre Lemieux
                          
 
                                              /s/ Yves Lortie
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                 Yves Lortie
                              
                          
                                             /s/ Dany McCarvill
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                Dany McCarvill
                          
                          
                                             /s/ France Michaud
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                France Michaud
                          
                          
                                              /s/ Marc Morais
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                 Marc Morais
                          

                                             /s/ Alain Ostiguy
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                Alain Ostiguy
                          

                                            /s/ Yves Petitclerc
                                    -------------------------------------
                                               Yves Petitclerc
                          
                          
                                              /s/ Paul Picard
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                 Paul Picard
                          
                          
                                             /s/ Michel Porlier
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                Michel Porlier
                          
                          
                                              /s/ Denis Potvin
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                 Denis Potvin
                          

                                             /s/ Pierre Rochefort
                                    -------------------------------------
                                               Pierre Rochefort
                          

                                              /s/ Denis St-Cyr
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                 Denis St-Cyr
                          

                                             /s/ Claude Tessier
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                Claude Tessier
                          

                                              /s/ Robert Topping
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                Robert Topping
                          
                          
                                             /s/ Michel Tremblay
                                    -------------------------------------
                                               Michel Tremblay
                          
                                              /s/ Andre Vachon
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                 Andre Vachon
                          


<PAGE>
 
                                      -63-


                                             /s/ Claude Vezina
                                    -------------------------------------
                                                Claude Vezina

                          
                                    Gestion Pilac inc.
                                    
                                    By:     /s/ Pierre Lacroix
                                          -------------------------------
                                           Duly authorized representative
                                    
                                    Name:    Pierre Lacroix
                                          -------------------------------
                                    
                                    Title:   President
                                          -------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                      -64-



                                Intervention of
                               The IT Group, Inc.
                               ------------------

     For valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby
acknowledged, The IT Group, Inc. hereby unconditionally and irrevocably
guarantees to and in favour of Vendors (i) the truth of the representations and
warranties of Purchaser contained in this Agreement, in any Schedule or in any
certificate or other document delivered or given pursuant to this Agreement, and
(ii) the timely performance and fulfillment by Purchaser of its obligations and
covenants under this Agreement. The IT Group, Inc. hereby acknowledges and
agrees that there is solidarity between the undersigned and Purchaser in respect
of this guarantee. The IT Group, Inc. hereby waives any benefit of division and
discussion.

     The IT Group, Inc. acknowledges that Vendors are relying on this guarantee
in connection with the sale of the Purchased Shares under the Agreement and that
Vendors would not have entered into the Agreement without such guarantee.

DATED this 5th day of February, 1999.



                              The IT Group, Inc.


                              Per:   /s/ James M. Redwine
                                    -------------------------------
                                    James M. Redwine
                                    Senior Corporate Counsel and
                                    Assistant Secretary

<PAGE>
                                                             Exhibit 10(iii)(25)

 
                             AMENDMENT NUMBER SEVEN
                         IT CORPORATION RETIREMENT PLAN
                                1993 RESTATEMENT

                                        
     The IT Corporation Retirement Plan (1993 Restatement) shall be as set forth
herein:

     A.   Effective January 1, 1997, paragraph (c) of Section 2.11,
          "Compensation," shall be amended in its entirety to reflect the
          reference to the family aggregation rules and shall read as follows:

          (c)  "Compensation" of any Employee taken into account under the Plan
          for any Plan Year shall not exceed $160,000, as that amount is
          adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury at the same time and in the
          same manner as under Section 415(d) of the Code, except that the
          dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is
          effective for Plan Years beginning in such calendar year.

     B.   Effective January 1, 1993, Section 2.20 shall be amended to read as
          follows:

          2.20  Eligible Employee.  "Eligible Employee" shall mean any
                -----------------                                     
          individual who is employed by the Company except:  (a) any Employee
          who is covered by a collective bargaining agreement to which the
          Company is a party if there is evidence that retirement benefits were
          the subject of good faith bargaining between the Company and the
          collective bargaining representative, unless the collective bargaining
          agreement provides for coverage under this Plan; (b) any Employee who
          is employed in any job classification or Company division which by
          action of the Board of Directors is excluded from coverage under this
          Plan; (c) any hourly employee who is employed on a Project Hourly
          Basis in accordance with the Company's payroll procedure; (d) any
          Leased Employee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of
          applying the provisions of Article V, "Eligible Employee" shall have
          the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b)(iii); and (e) any individual
          who is not treated by the Company or any Participating Company as a
          common law employee without regard to the characterization or
          recharacterization of such individual's status by any court or
          governmental agency.

     C.   Effective January 1, 1997, paragraph (a) of Section 2.25, "Highly
          Compensated Employee," shall be amended in its entirety to read as
          follows:

          (a)  "Highly Compensated Employee" shall mean any Employee who


               (i)  was a Five Percent Owner during the Determination Year or
                    the Look Back Year, or
<PAGE>
 
               (ii) during the Look Back Year, received Compensation from the
                    Company in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted from time to time
                    under such regulations as may be issued by the Secretary of
                    the Treasury) and was in the "top-paid group" of Employees.

     D.   Effective January 1, 1997, paragraph (b)(vi) of Section 2.25, relating
          to the family aggregation rules and the definition of "Highly
          Compensated Employee," shall be deleted in its entirety.

     E.   Effective December 12, 1994, Section 2.30, "Leave of Absence" shall be
          amended by the addition of paragraph (d) to provide as follows:

          (d)  Effective as of December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provision
          of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service
          credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in
          accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

     F.   Effective February 1, 1997, Section 3.1(c) shall be amended in its
          entirety to read as follows:

          (c)  Each Eligible Employee who is not eligible to participate in the
          Plan as specified in Section 3.1(a) or (b), above, shall become
          eligible to participate in the Plan (i) on the date he completes one
          (1) Year of Service, or (ii) after January 31, 1997, in the case
          making compensation deferrals under Article V hereof, his date of
          hire, and shall commence participation pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof.

     G.   Effective January 1, 1999, the first sentence of Section 5.2(a) shall
          be amended to read as follows:

          (a)  The amount of an individual's compensation that may be deferred
          subject to the election provided in Section 5.1 shall be a whole
          percentage of the individual's Compensation (while a Participant) not
          to exceed 15 percent.
 
     H.   Effective January 1, 1997, paragraph (e) of Section 5.3, relating to
          the family aggregation rules and the "Limitation on Compensation
          Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees," shall be deleted in its
          entirety.

     I.   Effective January 1, 1997, paragraph (c) of Section 5.4, relating to
          the family aggregation rules and the "Provisions for Disposition of
          Excess Compensation Deferrals by Highly Compensated Employees," shall
          be deleted in its entirety.

     J.   Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, Section
          6.1(c) shall be eliminated.

     K.   Effective July 1, 1995, Section 6.1(d) shall be amended to read as
          follows:

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          (d)  A matching contribution for each Participant equal to 50 percent,
          or, after December 31, 1998, 100 percent of the contributions made by
          the Participant under Section 5.1 hereof that does not exceed four
          percent (4%) of such Participant's Compensation for a Plan Year (or
          portion thereof following the Participant's Participation Commencement
          Date) plus an additional amount to be determined by the Board in its
          discretion based on such factor(s) as the Board deems appropriate; all
          Participant matching contributions generally may be made monthly based
          on the Participant's contributions and Compensation for such month and
          to be allocated to Participants' respective Company Matching
          Contribution Accounts.

     L.   Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, Section
          6.1(e) shall be stricken:

     M.   Effective January 1, 1997, paragraphs (i) and (ii) of Section 6.5(e),
          relating to the family aggregation rules and the "Limitation on
          Matching Contributions Made on Behalf of Highly Compensated
          Employees," shall be deleted in their entirety.

     N.   Effective January 1, 1997, paragraph (c) of Section 6.6, relating to
          the family aggregation rules and the "Provisions for Reduction of
          Excess Matching Contributions Made on Behalf of Highly Compensated
          Employees," shall be deleted in its entirety.

     O.   Effective December 12, 1994, Section 6 shall be amended by the
          addition of Section 6.7 to provide as follows:

          Section 6.7  Special Rules for Military Service.  If an employee is
                       ----------------------------------                    
          absent from employment due to his service in the uniformed services of
          the United States and returns to employment within the time prescribed
          by, and under circumstances satisfying the applicable federal law
          (including the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights
          Act of 1994), such Employee's period of uniformed service will not
          result in a Break in Service for all purposes under the Plan.
          Further, such an employee to the extent he is an otherwise eligible
          employee under the terms of the Plan, shall have the right to make up
          any Compensation Deferrals missed while in uniformed service, and the
          Employer shall credit said Employee's account with any Matching
          Contributions the Employee would have received.  No Matching
          Contributions shall be credited to the Employee's account under this
          section until the Employee's make-up contributions are actually made.
          Further, all make-up contributions must be made within a period of
          time after returning to employment which does not exceed the lesser of
          (i) three times the period of uniformed service, or (ii) 5 years.  The
          provisions of this Section 6.7 shall apply to all periods of uniformed
          service which occurred on or after December 12, 1994.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     P.   Effective January 1, 1999, Section 7.3 shall be stricken and Section
          7.2 shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

          7.2  Allocation of Company Matching Contribution.
               ------------------------------------------- 

               The Company contribution under 6.1(d) hereof shall be allocated
          to Participants based on their respective Compensation and
          contribution during such Plan Year; provided that the additional
          discretionary contribution referenced in Section 6.1(d) hereof shall
          only be made to Eligible Participants based on their respective
          Compensation and contribution during such Plan Year.  For purposes of
          this Section 7.2, "Eligible Participant" shall mean any Participant
          who is employed by the Company on the last day of the Plan Year and
          who has accrued at least 1000 Hours of Service during such Plan Year,
          except for any Participant who is not then employed by the Company or
          who has not accrued at least 1000 Hours of Service because of any of
          the following events occurring during such Plan Year: (i) Death, (ii)
          Disability; (iii) Normal or Early Retirement; (iv) Transfer to an
          Affiliated Company not participating in the Plan; and (v) Transfer of
          a Qualified Employee to a Joint Venture Employer that is not a
          Participating Joint Venture Employer (as such terms are defined in
          Article XX).  "Eligible Participant" shall not include any individual
          employed on the last day of the Plan Year on a Project Hourly Basis
          (in accordance with the Company's payroll procedure).

     Q.  Effective January 1, 1999, a new Section 7.5(e) shall be added to read
         as follows:

          (e)  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Committee may in
          its discretion direct that any or all Company Matching Contributions
          made in respect of Plan Years beginning after 1998 be made in or
          invested in the common stock of IT Group, Inc. or the Company.

     R.   Effective January 1, 1998, Section 7.10(c) shall be amended by the
          addition of the following at the end thereof:

          10.  Gradient Employer contributions, subject to vesting.
          11.  Prior  Plan Deferrals.
          12.  Prior Plan Matching Contributions, subject to vesting.
          13.  Prior Plan Employer Contributions, subject to vesting.
          14.  Prior Plan Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.
          15.  Prior Plan After-Tax Contributions.
          16.  Prior Plan Profit Sharing Contributions, subject to vesting.

     S.   Section 7.10, "Loans," shall be amended by the addition of paragraph
          (f) to provide as follows:

          (f) Effective as of December 12, 1994, loan repayments will be
          suspended

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
          under this Plan as provided under Section 414(u)(4) of the Code.

     T.   Effective January 1, 1997, Section 9.6(b) shall be amended by the
          addition of the following sentence at the end thereof:

          Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9.6(b), a Participant
     may elect (with spousal consent) to waive the minimum 30 day written notice
     period prior to the Annuity Starting Date for the Qualified Joint and
     Survivor Annuity if such Annuity Starting Date begins more than 7 business
     days after the explanation is provided to the Participant.
 
     U.   Effective January 1, 1997, Section 9.7(a) shall be amended in its
          entirety to read as follows:

          (a)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, distribution of
     a Participant's benefit under the Plan shall be made no later than the
     Participant's Required Beginning Date, or, if such distribution is to be
     made over the life of such Participant or over the lives of such
     Participant and a Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the
     life expectancy of such Participant and Beneficiary) then such distribution
     shall commence no later than the Participant's Required Beginning Date.
     Required Beginning Date shall mean April 1 of the calendar year following
     the later of the calendar year in which the Participant (A) attains age
     70-1/2, or (B) retires; provided, however, the foregoing clause (B) shall
     not apply with respect to a Participant who is a Five Percent Owner (as
     defined in Section 416(i) of the Code) at any time during the five Plan
     Year period ending in the calendar year in which the Participant attains
     age 70-1/2. If the Participant attains age 70-1/2 and becomes a Five
     Percent Owner during any Plan Year subsequent to the five Plan Year period
     referenced above, the Required Beginning Date under this Subparagraph
     (i) shall be April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in
     which such subsequent Plan Year ends. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
     in-service distributions for Participants who are not Five Percent Owners
     shall also be permitted upon attainment of age 70-1/2, to the extent
     provided in this Section 5.6 for Five Percent Owners, but only for
     Participants who attain age 70-1/2 in Plan Years beginning prior to
     January 1, 1999, who voluntarily elect to receive such distributions. Once
     distributions have begun to a Five Percent Owner under this Section 9.7,
     they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be
     a Five Percent Owner in a subsequent Plan Year.

     V.  Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after August 5, 1997, Section
         9.8 shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     9.8  Mandatory Cash Out Rules and Consent Requirement.
          ------------------------------------------------ 

          (a) Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1997,
     notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX, if the present
     value of the

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     Participant's distribution does not exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000),
     the distribution shall be paid in a lump sum. However, no such lump sum
     shall be paid after distribution commences, unless the Participant and his
     Spouse (or where the Participant had died, the Surviving Spouse) consent in
     writing to such distribution. Similarly, if an amount distributable to an
     alternate payee (under Article XV hereof) is less than $5,000, such amount
     shall be distributed as soon as practicable following (i) 60 days after
     benefits are payable or (ii) receipt of a valid qualified domestic
     relations order (within the meaning of Code Section 414(p)), whichever is
     later.

          (b)  If the value of a Participant's Distributable Benefit exceeds
     five thousand dollars ($5,000), no distribution of any portion of that
     benefit may be made without the written consent of the Participant (and his
     Spouse, if the Participant is married) prior to the date he attains Normal
     Retirement Age. Consent of the Spouse to earlier distribution must be made
     in the presence of a Plan representative or a notary public.

          (c)  Death benefits payable to a Beneficiary receiving lump sum
     benefits shall be distributed no later than twelve months following the
     Participant's death.

     W.   Effective January 1, 1999 Section 9.14 shall be amended in its
          entirety to read as follows:

          9.14  In Service Withdrawals.
                ---------------------- 

          A Participant may once per Plan Year make a withdrawal from his
     Accounts, other than his Compensation Deferral Accounts, as described in
     Section 9.14(a) hereof.  In addition, if a Participant has withdrawn the
     maximum amount to be withdrawn under Section 9.14(a) hereof, he may also
     make one withdrawal per calendar quarter, in accordance with Sections
     9.14(b)-(e) hereof, of amounts held in his Compensation Deferral Accounts
     (excluding any earnings on amounts in such accounts) upon incurring a
     Hardship as determined by the Committee in accordance with rules of uniform
     application which the Committee may from time to time prescribe.

               (a) A Participant may withdraw from his Accounts as follows:

          (i)   A Participant may withdraw all or a part of his After-Tax
                Contributions Account from the Plan at any time.

          (ii)  A Participant who has withdrawn all of his After-Tax
                Contributions Account may withdraw all or a part of his Rollover
                Contributions Account.

          (iii) A Participant who has withdrawn all of his After-Tax and
                Rollover Contributions Accounts and who has been a Participant
                in the Plan for at least five (5) years may withdraw all or a
                part of the vested portion of his Company Discretionary
                Contributions Account (including any such amounts attributable
                to prior or transferor plans).

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
          (iv)  A Participant who has withdrawn all of his After-Tax, Rollover,
                and the vested portion of his Company Discretionary
                Contributions Accounts and who has been a Participant in the
                Plan for at least five (5) years may withdraw all or a part of
                the vested portion of his Company Matching Contributions Account
                (including any such amounts attributable to prior or transferee
                plans).

          (v)   A Participant who has withdrawn all his After-Tax, Rollover,
                the vested portions of his Company Discretionary and Company
                Matching Contributions Accounts and who has attained age 59 1/2
                may withdraw all or a part of his Compensation Deferral Accounts
                (including any qualified non-elective contributions).

          (vi)  A Participant who has withdrawn all of his After-Tax, Rollover,
                the vested portions of his Company Discretionary and Company
                Matching Contributions and Compensation Deferral Accounts and
                who has attained age 59 1/2 may withdraw all or a part of the
                vested portions of his Company Fixed Contributions Account,
                Special Allocation, and Pension Contributions (including any
                such amounts attributable to prior or transferee plans).

                (b) Except as provided in Section 9.14(a) hereof, no Participant
          may make a withdrawal prior to a determination by the Committee that
          such Participant has a Hardship (as defined in Paragraph (c) below)
          need and such withdrawal is necessary on account of such Hardship need
          as provided in this Section 9.14.  Any determination of Hardship shall
          be in accordance with regulations promulgated under Section 401(k) of
          the Code.

                (c) "Hardship" shall mean a need created by an immediate and
          heavy financial need of the Participant, which need cannot be met by
          other sources reasonably available to the Participant, or the
          Participant's Spouse, children or dependents; for

                (i) expenses for medical care described in Section 213(d) of
                the Code previously incurred by the Participant, the
                Participant's Spouse, children, or dependents, or necessary for
                such persons to obtain medical care described in Code Section
                213(d);

                (ii) costs directly related to the purchase (excluding
                mortgage, payments) of a principal residence for the
                Participant;

                (iii) payment of tuition and related educational fees for the
                next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the
                Participant, or the Participant's Spouse, children or
                dependents; or

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                (iv) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the
                Participant from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the
                Participant's principal residence.

          In addition to the above, a Hardship need may include any amounts
          necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or
          penalties anticipated to result from a Hardship distribution.

                (d)  The existence of a Participant's Hardship and the amount
          required to meet the need created by the Hardship shall be determined
          by the Committee on the basis of facts and circumstances, and in
          accordance with the rules of uniform application which the Committee
          may from time to time prescribe.  A distribution shall not be treated
          as necessary to satisfy a Hardship need of a participant to the extent
          the amount of distribution in excess of the amount required to relieve
          the Hardship need or to the extent that the Hardship need may be
          satisfied from other resources reasonably available to the
          Participant.  A distribution generally may be treated as necessary on
          account of a Hardship need of a participant if the Committee
          reasonably relies on the Participant's written representations to the
          Committee, unless the Committee has actual knowledge to the contrary,
          that the Hardship need cannot be relieved:

                  (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or
               otherwise;

                  (ii) by reasonable liquidation of assets, if such liquidation
               would not itself cause an immediate and heavy financial need;

                  (iii)  by the cessation of the Participant's contributions to
               the Plan; or

                  (iv) by other distributions or non-taxable loans from plans of
               the Company or any other employer, or by borrowing from
               commercial sources on reasonable commercial terms.

          For purposes of determining a Hardship need, a participant's resources
          shall be deemed to include those assets of his Spouse and minor
          children that are reasonably available to the Participant.

                (e)  A Participant may request a withdrawal by submitting a
          written request for such withdrawal in a form satisfactory to the
          Committee, together with any supporting documentation which the
          Committee in its sole discretion may require.  The minimum amount that
          may be withdrawn at any one time pursuant to the provisions of this
          Section 9.14 is $1,000.00.  The maximum amount subject to any
          withdrawal under this Section shall be determined as of the Valuation
          Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the Committee's
          determination authorizing the withdrawal.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     X.   Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after August 5, 1997, the
          reference to "$3,500" in Section 9.16(d) shall be replaced with
          "$5,000".

     Y.   Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1999, Section
          14.4 shall be amended by the addition of new Section 4.14(c) to read
          as follows:

                (c)  Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1999,
          Section 4.14 shall be of no force or effect.

     Z.   Effective July 1, 1998, a new Article XXIII shall be added to read as
          follows:

                                 ARTICLE XXIII

          SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING EMPLOYEES TRANSFERRING FROM OHM
     CORPORATION AND ACCOUNTS TRANSFERRED FROM THE OHM CORPORATION RETIREMENT
     SAVINGS PLAN.

          23.1  In General.  The special provisions in this Article XXIII shall
                ----------                                                     
     be effective as of July 1, 1998, and shall apply to any Eligible Employee
     who, prior to August 4, 1998, was employed by OHM Corporation.

          23.2  Participation.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, any
                -------------                                                  
     Eligible Employee who on August 3, 1998, was employed by OHM Corporation
     shall not commence participation in this Plan until January 1, 1999.

          23.3  Computation of Service.  Eligible Employees under this Section
                ----------------------                                        
     23.3 shall have Years of Service computed pursuant to Section 2.54 hereof.
     However, each Eligible Employee shall automatically receive credit for One
     Year of Service for the period beginning on his or her anniversary date
     occurring during 1998 and ending on December 31, 1998; without regard to
     actual Hours of Service performed.

          23.4  Vesting.  The nonforfeitable interest of any Eligible Employee
                -------                                                       
     in his or her OHM Plan accounts shall, as of January 1, 1999, not in any
     manner be thereafter diminished.  Further, any Eligible Employee with at
     least three Years of Service as of December 31, 1998, shall at all times
     have a fully vested and nonforfeitable interest in his or her interest in
     this Plan without regard to actual Years of Service performed.

     AA.  Effective January 1, 1999, a new Article XXIV shall be added to read
          as follows:

                                  ARTICLE XXIV

          SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING EMPLOYEES TRANSFERRING FROM FLUOR DANIEL
     GTI, INC. AND ACCOUNTS TRANSFERRED FROM THE FLUOR DANIEL GTI 401(k)
     RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
          24.1  In General.  The special provisions on the Article XXIV shall be
                ----------                                                      
     effective as of January 1, 1999, and shall apply to any Eligible Employee
     who, prior to January 1, 1999, was employed by Fluor Daniel GTI, Inc.

          24.2.  Eligibility.  Employees from Fluor Daniel GTI, Inc. shall
                 -----------                                              
     commence participation in this Plan on January 1, 1999, or, if later, the
     date or dates they satisfy this Plan's applicable eligibility criteria.

          24.3.  Vesting.  The nonforfeitable interest of any Eligible Employee
                 -------                                                       
     in his or her GTI Plan accounts shall, as of January 1, 1999, not in any
     manner be thereafter diminished.  Further, any Eligible Employee with at
     least three Years of Service as of December 31, 1998, shall at all times
     have a vested interest hereunder based on the vesting schedule in effect
     under the GTI Plan in effect as of December 31, 1998.

          24.4.  Separate Account Maintenance.  For purposes of Code Section
                 ----------------------------                               
     411(d)(6), accounts under the GTI Plan as of December 31, 1998 shall be
     separately maintained and be subject to all rights, features and options
     that they enjoyed under the GTI Plan as of December 31, 1998.

With the exception of the aforementioned amendments and the renumbering of
certain sections to reflect such amendments, in all other respects, the IT
Corporation Retirement Plan shall remain unchanged.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument of amendment is executed this  31     
                                                                       ------
day of December, 1998.


                                    By: /s/ Anthony J. DeLuca
                                        ----------------------------
                                             Anthony J. DeLuca

                                       10

<PAGE>

                                                             Exhibit 10(iii)(41)

 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.

                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM

                                        



                          Effective November 17, 1998

                                        
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

ARTICLE 1 INTRODUCTION.....................................................   1

     1.01 Purpose..........................................................   1
     1.02 Effective Date of the Program....................................   1
     1.03 Participation....................................................   1

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS......................................................   1

     2.01 Administrative Committee.........................................   1
     2.02 Applicable Federal Rate..........................................   2
     2.03 Cause............................................................   2
     2.04 Change of Control................................................   2
     2.05 Common Stock.....................................................   2
     2.06 Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred Stock.............   2
     2.07 Current Market Value.............................................   3
     2.08 Disability Date..................................................   3
     2.09 Fair Market Value................................................   3
     2.10 Loan Period......................................................   3
     2.11 Participant......................................................   3
     2.12 Permanently Disabled.............................................   3
     2.13 Preferred Stock..................................................   4
     2.14 Promissory Note..................................................   4
     2.15 Purchase Date....................................................   4
     2.16 Purchase Loan....................................................   4
     2.17 Required Shares..................................................   4
     2.18 Retirement Date..................................................   4
     2.19 Stock Incentive Plan.............................................   4
     2.20 Termination Date.................................................   5

ARTICLE 3 STOCK OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES.......................................   5

     3.01 Satisfaction of Ownership Guidelines.............................   5
     3.02 Securities Counted for Ownership Guidelines......................   5

ARTICLE 4 AVAILABILITY OF LOANS............................................   5

ARTICLE 5 ELECTION TO PARTICIPATE IN THE PROGRAM; SHARES TO BE
      PURCHASED UNDER THE PROGRAM..........................................   6

     5.01 Election to Participate in the Program...........................   6
     5.02 Shares to be Purchased Under the Program.........................   6

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
ARTICLE 6 CORRESPONDING STOCK GRANT........................................   6

     6.01 General..........................................................   6
     6.02 Expiration of Vested and Unvested Grants in Certain Instances....   6

ARTICLE 7 LOAN PROVISIONS..................................................   7

     7.01 General..........................................................   7
     7.02 Interest Payments................................................   8
     7.03 Principal Payments...............................................   8
     7.04 Term of Purchase Loan............................................   8
     7.05 Acceleration of Purchase Loan Maturity...........................   8
     7.06 Prepayment of the Purchase Loan..................................   9
     7.07 Event of Default.................................................   9

ARTICLE 8 PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION...........................................   9

ARTICLE 9 CHANGES IN THE OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES OR THE PROGRAM...............   9

ARTICLE 10  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.......................................  10

     10.01  Not an ERISA Plan..............................................  10
     10.02  Employment Not Guaranteed......................................  10
     10.03  Applicable Law.................................................  10
     10.04  Notice.........................................................  10
     10.05  Prohibition Against Assignment.................................  10
     10.06  No Transfer of Interest........................................  11
     10.07  Amendment or Termination of the Program........................  11
     10.08  Titles and Headings; Gender of Terms...........................  11
     10.09  Severability...................................................  11

                                       ii
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
================================================================================

                                   ARTICLE 1

                                  INTRODUCTION

     1.01 Purpose

     The purpose of the Executive Stock Ownership Program (the "Program") is to
provide loans to certain officers of The IT Group, Inc. (the "Company") or its
affiliates, who are covered from time to time by and subject to the Stock
Ownership Guidelines (respectively, the "Covered Employees" and the "Ownership
Guidelines"), in order to assist the Covered Employees in complying with the
applicable stock ownership requirements set forth in the Ownership Guidelines
herein and to align senior executive and shareholder interests.  All loans made
pursuant to the Program shall be used by Covered Employees for the purpose of
purchasing shares of Common Stock of the Company (the "IT Shares") to comply
with the Ownership Guidelines.

     1.02 Effective Date of the Program.

     Both the Ownership Guidelines and the Program are effective as of November
17, 1998 (the "Effective Date").  As of the Effective Date, no termination date
has been established for the Ownership Guidelines or the Program.

     1.03 Participation.

     Participation in this Program shall be limited to those Covered Employees
who are selected from time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors to participate in this Program.  The participation in this Program by
any such Covered Employee, and the extension of any Purchase Loan to any Covered
Employee, shall be governed by the terms of this Program.

                                   ARTICLE 2

                                  DEFINITIONS

     Capitalized terms used in this Program shall have the meanings ascribed to
them in this Article 2, except that in the case of any capitalized term not
specifically defined in this Article 2, such term shall have the meaning
assigned to it in the text of this Program where such term first appears.

     2.01 Administrative Committee.

     "Administrative Committee" shall mean those persons designated by the
Company to administer the Program.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
================================================================================


     2.02 Applicable Federal Rate.

     "Applicable Federal Rate" has the meaning defined in Section 1274(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     2.03 Cause.

     "Cause" shall mean (a) willful misconduct by Participant resulting in
material harm to the Company or an affiliate (including harm to the Company and
an affiliate's public reputation), (b) the breach by Participant of any of his
covenants contained in any agreement with the Company or an affiliate, (c)
Participant's conviction of, or Participant's entering of a guilty plea with
respect to, a felony or (d) Participant's misappropriation of corporate funds.

     2.04 Change of Control.

     "Change of Control" shall mean the first to occur of the following events:
(a) any date upon which the directors of the Company who were nominated by the
Board of Directors for election as directors and/or were elected by the holders
of the Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, cease to constitute
a majority of the directors of the Company; (b) a reorganization, merger or
consolidation of the Company, the consummation of which results in the
outstanding securities of any class being exchanged for or converted into cash,
property and/or securities not issued by the Company; (c) the acquisition of
substantially all of the property and assets of the Company by any person or
entity; (d) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or (e) the date of
the first public announcement that any person or entity, together with all
Affiliates and Associates (as capitalized terms are defined in Rule 12b-2
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of such person or entity,
shall have become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of voting securities of the Company
representing 35% or more of the voting power of the Company; provided, however,
that the terms "person" and "entity," as used in this clause (e), shall not
include (x) the Company, any of its subsidiaries, The Carlyle Group and its
Affiliates (y) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, or (z) any entity holding voting securities of the Company for or
pursuant to the terms of any such plan.

     2.05 Common Stock.

     "Common Stock" shall mean the Company's common stock, $.01 par value per
share.

     2.06 Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred Stock.

     "Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred Stock" shall mean the
Company's 6% Cumulative Convertible Participating preferred stock, par value
$100 per share.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
================================================================================

     2.07 Current Market Value.

     "Current Market Value" shall mean (i) if quotations are available, the
closing sale price of the IT Shares on the preceding business day, as appearing
in any regularly published reporting or quotation service; or (ii) if there is
no closing sale price, any reasonable estimate of the market value of the IT
Shares as of the close of business on the preceding business day; or (iii) the
total cost to the Participant of the purchase of IT Shares under this Program,
which may include commissions.

     2.08 Disability Date.

     "Disability Date" shall mean the date on which an employee would become
eligible for long-term disability benefits under the applicable employee long-
term disability plan sponsored by the Company or its affiliates.

     2.09 Fair Market Value.

     "Fair Market Value" for any given date (or in the event such date is not a
day on which IT Shares are traded, the last business day prior to such date)
shall mean the closing sale price of the IT Shares on such the preceding trading
date, as reported as the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions for such
day.

     2.10 Loan Period.

     "Loan Period" shall mean the time period specified in a Promissory Note (as
defined below) during which the principal may be outstanding on a Purchase Loan
subject to extension by the Company or an affiliate.

     2.11 Participant.

     "Participant" shall mean a Covered Employee who elects to participate in
the Program and is currently employed by the Company or an affiliate.

     2.12 Permanently Disabled.

     "Permanently Disabled" shall mean the inability to engage in any
substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or
mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted
or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12)
months.  A Participant shall not be deemed to be Permanently Disabled until
proof of the existence thereof shall have been furnished to the Administrative
Committee in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Administrative
Committee may require.  Any determination by the Administrative Committee that
the Participant is or is not Permanently Disabled shall be final and binding
upon the Company or an affiliate and Participant.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
================================================================================


     2.13 Preferred Stock.

     "Preferred Stock" shall mean the 7% Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable
preferred stock, par value $100 per share of the Company and the Cumulative
Convertible Participating Preferred Stock.

     2.14 Promissory Note.

     "Promissory Note" shall mean a full recourse promissory note evidencing a
Purchase Loan, executed by a Participant for the benefit of the Company or an
affiliate, a form of which is attached and incorporated by reference.

     2.15 Purchase Date.

     "Purchase Date" shall mean the date on which IT Shares are purchased under
the Program.

     2.16 Purchase Loan.

     "Purchase Loan" shall mean the extension of credit by the Company or an
affiliate to a Participant for the purpose of financing the purchase of IT
Shares, if such purchase is for the purpose of compliance by the Participant, in
whole or in part, with the Ownership Guidelines.  The Purchase Loan shall be
evidenced by the Loan Agreement (as defined below) and the Promissory Note.

     2.17 Required Shares.

     "Required Shares" mean the specified number of IT Shares that a Covered
Employee is required to own in order to comply with the stock ownership
requirements of the Ownership Guidelines.

     2.18 Retirement Date.

     "Retirement Date" shall mean the last day of a Participant's employment
with the Company or any affiliate which also constitutes his or her "Normal
Retirement Date" under the IT Corporation Retirement Plan.

     2.19 Stock Incentive Plan.

     "Stock Incentive Plan" shall mean the International Technology Corporation
1996 Stock Incentive Plan, adopted effective November 20, 1996.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
================================================================================

     2.20 Termination Date.

     "Termination Date" shall mean the last day of a Participant's employment by
the Company or any affiliate, other than in the case of retirement on or after
his or her Retirement Date, death, or disability of the Participant.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                           STOCK OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES

     3.01 Satisfaction of Ownership Guidelines.

     The Ownership Guidelines require designated employees of the Company or an
affiliate to own a specified number of securities of the Company.  The level of
such Required Shares is calculated according to a schedule based on the base
salary of the Covered Employee.  A Covered Employee is expected to comply with
the applicable stock ownership requirements as set forth by the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors.

     3.02 Securities Counted for Ownership Guidelines.

     For purposes of determining whether a Covered Employee has achieved the
Ownership Guidelines, the following will be counted as Company stock ownership:
(i) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock held in the name of the Covered
Employee, a family member or a broker's street account held for the benefit of
the Covered Employee; (ii) IT Shares owned by the Covered Employee through the
IT Employee Stock Purchase Program; (iii) IT shares held in the unitized IT
stock fund of the IT Retirement Plan; (iv) unvested restricted stock issued by
the Company or an affiliate; (v) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock held
in an individual retirement account or mutual fund for which the Covered
Employee has voting rights; or (vi) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock
for which the Covered Employee can demonstrate beneficial ownership and voting
rights.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unexercised stock options, whether or
not vested, shall not count toward the satisfaction of the Ownership Guidelines.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                             AVAILABILITY OF LOANS

     Purchase Loans shall be made available under the Program for the entire
period of time during which the Ownership Guidelines are in effect, subject to
the Company's or an affiliate's right to interpret, change, amend, modify or
terminate the Ownership Guidelines and Program as provided in Article 9 herein.
Subject to the approval of the Company or an affiliate, a Participant may obtain
more than one Purchase Loan during the term of the Program.  Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Program, the Company or any affiliate shall not be
required to make a Purchase Loan to a Covered Employee if making such Purchase
Loan would cause the Company or an affiliate to violate any covenant or other
similar provision in any indenture, loan agreement,

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
================================================================================

or other agreement, or cause the Company or an affiliate to violate any
applicable federal, state or local law.

                                   ARTICLE 5

              ELECTION TO PARTICIPATE IN THE PROGRAM; SHARES TO BE

                          PURCHASED UNDER THE PROGRAM

     5.01 Election to Participate in the Program.

     All Covered Employees are eligible to become Participants, but they are not
obligated, as a condition of employment or for any other purposes, to
participate in the Program.  A Covered Employee may elect to participate in the
Program in order to finance all or a portion of the purchase of IT Shares
required to be purchased by the Covered Employee to comply with the Ownership
Guidelines.  Each Covered Employee who so elects shall notify the Administrative
Committee of his or her intention to participate in the Program and to be
subject to the terms and provisions of the Program.

     5.02 Shares to be Purchased Under the Program.

     Shares purchased under the Program may be purchased on behalf of the
Participant on the open market by a broker selected by the Company or an
affiliate.  As a condition to receipt of a Purchase Loan and to effectuate the
purchase of IT Shares under the Program, each Participant shall be required to
execute and deliver to the Administrative Committee a Promissory Note and any
other necessary document or form as may be required by law or as prescribed by
the Administrative Committee.

                                   ARTICLE 6

                           CORRESPONDING STOCK GRANT

     6.01 General

     For IT Shares purchased under the Program on behalf of a Participant, a
grant shall be awarded under the Stock Incentive Plan to such Participant
("Grants").  Grants awarded in the form of an option will have an exercise price
at the Fair Market Value on the date of such award.  The Grant shall be subject
to the performance-based vesting requirements set forth in the grant document or
agreement.  Grants which do not vest under these performance-based vesting
requirements shall fully vest as of a date specified in the grant document or
agreement and shall remain exercisable through a date specified in the grant
document or agreement.

     6.02 Expiration of Vested and Unvested Grants in Certain Instances

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of certain identified
events, the vested and unvested Grants shall expire as follows:

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
================================================================================

     (i)  Termination of Employment of a Participant.  In the event a
          ------------------------------------------                 
          Participant's employment is terminated for Cause, all vested and
          unvested Grants shall expire immediately on the Termination Date.  In
          the event a Participant terminates his or her employment with the
          Company and all affiliates voluntarily, all vested and unvested Grants
          shall expire immediately on the Termination Date.  In the event a
          Participant's employment is terminated by the Company or an affiliate
          involuntarily (other than for Cause), all vested Grants shall expire
          six (6) months following the Termination Date and any unvested Grants
          shall be eligible for vesting for six (6) months following the
          Termination Date.  Any Grant which has not vested during such six (6)
          months following the Termination Date shall expire.

     (ii) Retirement of a Participant.  In the event a Participant's employment
          ---------------------------                                          
          with the Company and all affiliates terminates on or after his or her
          Retirement Date, all vested Grants shall expire on the second
          anniversary of the Retirement Date.  Any unvested Grants shall be
          eligible for vesting for twelve (12) months following the Retirement
          Date.  Any Grant which has not vested during such twelve (12) months
          following the Retirement Date shall expire.

     (iii)  Death or Disability of a Participant.  In the event a Participant
            ------------------------------------                             
          dies or becomes Permanently Disabled, all vested Grants shall expire
          at the end of the original term and any unvested Grant shall be
          eligible for vesting until the end of the original term.

     (iv) Change of Control.  In the event of a Change of Control, all vested
          -----------------                                                  
          Grants shall expire at the end of their original term and any unvested
          Grant shall become immediately vested on the date of such Change of
          Control and then expire at the end of the original term.

                                   ARTICLE 7

                                LOAN PROVISIONS

     7.01 General

     Subject to approval by the Administrative Committee, the Company or an
affiliate shall make available to each Participant a Purchase Loan, with full
recourse, and the terms of which shall be governed by a loan agreement ("Loan
Agreement") except as set forth herein.  The Purchase Loan shall be in an amount
of up to one hundred percent (100%) of the Current Market Value of the IT Shares
purchased in order to comply with the requirements of the Ownership Guidelines.

     In the event that a Participant receives more than one Purchase Loan, all
payments of interest and principal shall be applied to the first Purchase Loan
received and, upon full

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
================================================================================

repayment of such Purchase Loan, applied to each additional Purchase Loan in
order of receipt by the Participant.

     7.02 Interest Payments

     The Purchase Loan shall bear interest at the Applicable Federal Rate on the
commencement of the Loan Period compounded semiannually during the Loan Period
and such interest payments shall be due at the end of the Loan Period of such
Purchase Loan.

     7.03 Principal Payments

     The principal amount of the Purchase Loan as specified in the Promissory
Note shall be due at the end of the Loan Period of such Purchase Loan.

     7.04 Term of Purchase Loan

     The Loan Period shall be for a term set forth in the applicable Loan
Agreement.

     The obligations of each Participant under the Promissory Note shall be
unconditional and absolute and, notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing,
shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by any change in the
existence, or structure of the Company or an affiliate, or a Change of Control,
or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding
affecting the Company or an affiliate, or the assets thereof, or the market
value of the IT Shares, or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation
of the Company or an affiliate, or the existence of any claim, set-off or other
rights which any Participant may have at any time against the Company or an
affiliate, or any other person, whether in connection with the Program or with
any unrelated matter.

     7.05 Acceleration of Purchase Loan Maturity

     (i)  Termination of Employment of a Participant.  In the event a
          ------------------------------------------                 
          Participant's employment is terminated for Cause during the Loan
          Period, the outstanding interest and principal payments under the
          Purchase Loan shall become immediately due and payable on the
          Termination Date.  In the event a Participant terminates his or her
          employment with the Company and all affiliates voluntarily during the
          Loan Period, any outstanding interest and principal payments under the
          Purchase Loan shall become immediately due and payable on the
          Termination Date.  In the event a Participant's employment is
          terminated involuntarily (other than for Cause) by the Company or an
          affiliate during the Loan Period, any outstanding interest and
          principal payments under the Purchase Loan shall become due and
          payable no later than seven (7) months following the Termination Date.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
================================================================================

     (ii) Retirement of a Participant.  In the event a Participant's employment
          ---------------------------                                          
          terminates on or after his or her Retirement Date during the Loan
          Period, any outstanding balance (including accrued and unpaid
          interest) on the Purchase Loan shall become due and payable no later
          than thirteen (13) months following the Retirement Date.

     (iii)  Death or Disability of a Participant.  In the event a Participant
            ------------------------------------                             
          dies or becomes Permanently Disabled during the Loan Period, any
          outstanding balance (including accrued and unpaid interest) on the
          Purchase Loan shall become due and payable no later than thirteen (13)
          months following the date of death or the Disability Date.

     7.06 Prepayment of the Purchase Loan

     At the election of the Participant, he or she shall have the right to
voluntarily prepay, without penalty, all or any portion of the amount due under
the Promissory Note, at any time during the Loan Period.  All prepayments shall
first be applied to accrued interest on the Purchase Loan and then to the
principal balance due on the Purchase Loan.

     7.07 Event of Default

     The Participant's failure to pay when due any payment of interest or
principal shall be deemed to be an event of default under the Promissory Note.
Upon the occurrence of a default, the Participant shall pay all costs of
collection, including but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, incurred
by the Company or an affiliate, on account of any such collection, whether or
not suit is filed hereon or on any instrument granting a security interest.

                                   ARTICLE 8

                             PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION

     An Administrative Committee consisting of one or more persons shall be
designated by the Company.  The Administrative Committee shall be responsible
for overall administration of the Program, including recordkeeping and
preparation of Purchase Loan documentation.

                                   ARTICLE 9

               CHANGES IN THE OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES OR THE PROGRAM

     Subject to any required shareholder approval, the Company or an affiliate
shall have the right to interpret, change, amend, modify or terminate the
Ownership Guidelines or the Program at any time, except that the Company or an
affiliate may not without the consent of the Participants, take any action that
would adversely affect the rights or the obligations of the Participants under
the Program in any material respect.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
================================================================================

                                   ARTICLE 10

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     10.01  Not an ERISA Plan

     This Program is restricted to key management employees selected by the
Board of Directors and is not intended to constitute a "qualified plan" for
federal income tax purposes and is not subject to the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     10.02  Employment Not Guaranteed

     This Program is voluntary on the part of the Company or any affiliate, and
the Program shall not be deemed to constitute an employment contract between the
Company or any affiliate and any Participant, nor shall the adoption or
existence of the Program or any provision contained in the Program be deemed to
be a required condition of the employment of any Participant.  Nothing contained
in this Program shall be deemed to give any Participant the right to continued
employment with the Company or any affiliate, and the Company or an affiliate
may terminate any Participant at any time, in which case the Participant's
rights arising under this Program shall be only those expressly provided under
the terms of this Program.

     10.03  Applicable Law

     The Program and related documents including, without limitation, the Loan
Agreement and Promissory Note, shall be governed by and construed and enforced
in accordance and with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the
application of the conflicts of law provisions thereof.

     10.04  Notice

     All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given
under the Program shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly
given if delivered personally or by inter-office mail as follows: (i) if to the
Company, The IT Group, Inc., Mosside Boulevard, Monroeville, PA 15146-2792;
(ii) if to a Participant, to the last home or business address of the
Participant known to the sender.

     10.05  Prohibition Against Assignment

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Program, the rights,
interests and benefits of a Participant under this Program (a) may not be sold,
assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, gifted, bequeathed or otherwise
disposed of to any other party by such Participant or any beneficiary, executor,
administrator, heir, distributee or other person claiming under such
Participant, and (b) shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar
process.  Any attempted sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, gift,
bequest or other disposition of

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
================================================================================

such rights, interests or benefits contrary to the foregoing provisions of this
Section shall be null and void and without effect.

    10.06 No Transfer of Interest.

     No provision of this Program shall be interpreted or construed (a) as
transferring to any Participant or any other person or entity any direct or
indirect ownership or other proprietary interest whatsoever in the Company or
any affiliate or its stock or securities, or (b) as creating any partnership,
joint venture or other joint business enterprise between any such person and the
Company or any affiliate.  The Company and each affiliate shall have and possess
all title to and beneficial interest in, any and all funds or other property
received by the Company or any affiliate in connection with the sale or other
disposition of all or any portion of the Company's or any affiliate's assets
and/or any funds or reserves maintained or held by the Company or any affiliate
on account of any obligation as required under this Program, whether or not
earmarked by the Company or any affiliate as a fund or reserve for such purpose;
any such funds, other property or reserves shall be subject to the claims of the
creditors of the Company or any affiliate, and the provisions of this Program
are not intended to create, and shall not be interpreted as vesting in any
Participant or other person, any right to or beneficial interest in any such
funds, other property or reserves.

     10.07  Amendment or Termination of the Program.

     The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors may amend this Program
from time to time in any respect that it deems appropriate or desirable, and the
Committee may terminate this Program at any time; provided, however, that any
such amendment or termination may not, without the written consent of a
Participant, eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect the rights of such
Participant with respect to Purchase Loans and Grants made prior to the act of
such amendment or termination, or, if earlier, the effective date of such
amendment or termination.

     10.08  Titles and Headings; Gender of Terms.

     Article and Section headings herein are for reference purposes only and
shall not be deemed to be part of the substance of this Program or in any way to
enlarge or limit the meaning or interpretation of any provision in this Program.
Use in this Program of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall be deemed
to include each of the omitted genders if the context so requires.

     10.09  Severability.

     In the event that any provision of this Program is found to be invalid or
otherwise unenforceable by a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction,
such invalidity or unenforceability shall not be construed as rendering any
other provision contained herein invalid

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                       EXECUTIVE STOCK OWNERSHIP PROGRAM
================================================================================

or unenforceable, and all such other provisions shall be given full force and
effect to the same extent as though the invalid and unenforceable provision was
not contained herein.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Program to be executed by
its duly authorized officer, effective as provided in Section 1.02 hereof.


                              THE IT GROUP, INC.,

                              a Delaware corporation


                              By:  /s/ Anthony J. DeLuca
                                  --------------------------------

                              Title:  President
                                     ----------------------------- 


                                       12

<PAGE>

                                                             Exhibit 10(iii)(42)

 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

================================================================================

                          Effective November 17, 1998
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                         Page
                                                                         ----

ARTICLE 1  INTRODUCTION....................................................1

              1.01  Purpose................................................1
              1.02  Effective Date and Term................................1
              1.03  Participation..........................................1

ARTICLE 2  DEFINITIONS.....................................................1

              2.01  Beneficiary............................................1
              2.02  Board; Board of Directors..............................2
              2.03  Bonus Payment..........................................2
              2.04  Cause..................................................2
              2.05  Change of Control......................................2
              2.06  Change of Control Bonus................................2
              2.07  Committee; Compensation Committee......................3
              2.08  Common Stock...........................................3
              2.09  Continued Service Bonus................................3
              2.10  FICA...................................................3
              2.11  Fiscal Year............................................3
              2.12  Full-Time Employee.....................................3
              2.13  Participant............................................3
              2.14  Performance Bonus......................................3
              2.15  Permanently Disabled...................................3
              2.16  Retirement Date........................................4
              2.17  Termination Date.......................................4

ARTICLE 3  ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN......................................4

ARTICLE 4  CONTINUED SERVICE BONUS.........................................4

              4.01  Continued Service Bonus................................4
              4.02  Separation from Service and Change of Control..........5

ARTICLE 5  PERFORMANCE BONUS...............................................6

              5.01  Performance Bonus......................................6
              5.02  Separation from Service................................6

ARTICLE 6  CHANGE OF CONTROL BONUS.........................................6




                                       i
<PAGE>
 
ARTICLE 7  GROSS-UP PAYMENT................................................7

ARTICLE 8  GENERAL PROVISIONS..............................................7

              8.01  Not an ERISA Plan......................................7
              8.02  Employment Not Guaranteed..............................7
              8.03  Applicable Law.........................................7
              8.04  Notices................................................7
              8.05  Prohibition Against Assignment.........................8
              8.06  No Transfer of Interest................................8
              8.07  Amendment or Termination of the Plan...................8
              8.08  Titles and Headings; Gender of Terms...................8
              8.09  Severability...........................................9
              8.10  Violation of any Covenant or Law.......................9
              8.11  Payments to Incapacitated Participant..................9
              8.12  Designation of Beneficiary.............................9





                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

================================================================================
                                        

                                   ARTICLE 1
                                  INTRODUCTION

     1.01  Purpose.

     The IT Group, Inc. Executive Bonus Plan (the "Plan"), is hereby established
by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of The IT Group, Inc.
(the "Company") and its affiliates, to provide an additional incentive to
certain key executives of the Company or its affiliates (any such executive
shall be referred to hereinafter as a "Key Individual") to improve the Company's
overall profitability and value on a sustainable long term basis.  The Plan
provides for a cash bonus based on years of service by a Key Individual, the
future appreciation in the value of the Company as reflected in the value of the
common stock of the Company ("Common Stock"), and any Change of Control, as
specifically provided herein.

     1.02  Effective Date and Term.

     This Plan is adopted effective as of November 17, 1998 (the "Effective
Date"), and shall continue in effect until terminated by the Board of Directors
(the "Plan Termination Date").  As of the Effective Date, no termination date
has been established for this Plan.

     1.03  Participation.

     Participation in this Plan shall be limited to those Key Individuals who
are selected from time to time by the Committee to participate in this Plan.
The participation in this Plan by any such Key Individual, and the payment of
any Bonus Payments under this Plan to any such Key Individual, shall be governed
by the terms of this Plan.

                                   ARTICLE 2
                                  DEFINITIONS

     Capitalized terms used in this Plan shall have the meanings ascribed to
them in this Article 2, except that in the case of any capitalized term not
specifically defined in this Article 2, such term shall have the meaning
assigned to it in the text of this Plan where such term first appears.

     2.01  Beneficiary.

     "Beneficiary" shall mean, with respect to any Participant, the one or more
persons and/or entities designated as such Participant's Beneficiary pursuant to
Section 8.11 hereof.
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

================================================================================

     2.02  Board; Board of Directors.

     "Board" and "Board of Directors" each shall mean the Board of Directors of
the Company.

     2.03  Bonus Payment.

     "Bonus Payment" shall mean the amount payable as a Continued Service Bonus,
a Performance Bonus, or a Change of Control Bonus, as defined herein.

     2.04  Cause.

     "Cause" shall mean (a) willful misconduct by Participant resulting in
material harm to the Company or an affiliate (including harm to the Company or
an affiliate's public reputation), (b) the breach by Participant of any of his
covenants contained in any agreement with the Company or an affiliate, (c)
Participant's conviction of, or Participant's entering of a guilty plea with
respect to, a felony or (d) Participant's misappropriation of corporate funds.

     2.05  Change of Control.

     "Change of Control" shall mean the first to occur of the following events:
(a) any date upon which the directors of the Company who were nominated by the
Board of Directors for election as directors and/or were elected by the holders
of the Cumulative Convertible Participating Preferred Stock cease to constitute
a majority of the directors of the Company; (b) a reorganization, merger or
consolidation of the Company, the consummation of which results in the
outstanding securities of any class being exchanged for or converted into cash,
property and/or securities not issued by the Company; (c) the acquisition of
substantially all of the property and assets of the Company by any person or
entity; (d) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company; or (e) the date of
the first public announcement that any person or entity, together with all
Affiliates and Associates (as capitalized terms are defined in Rule 12b-2
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of such person or entity,
shall have become the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of voting securities of the Company
representing 35% or more of the voting power of the Company; provided, however,
that the terms "person" and "entity," as used in this clause (e), shall not
include (x) the Company, any of its subsidiaries, The Carlyle Group and its
Affiliates, (y) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, or (z) any entity holding voting securities of the Company for or
pursuant to the terms of any such plan.

     2.06  Change of Control Bonus.

     "Change of Control Bonus" shall mean the cash bonus payment to which a
Participant may become entitled pursuant to Article 6 and the terms of this
Plan.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

================================================================================

     2.07  Committee; Compensation Committee.

     "Committee" and "Compensation Committee" each shall mean the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

     2.08  Common Stock.

     "Common Stock" shall mean the Company's common stock, $.01 par value per
share.

     2.09  Continued Service Bonus.

     "Continued Service Bonus" shall mean the cash bonus payment to which a
Participant may become entitled pursuant to Article 4 and the terms of this
Plan.

     2.10  FICA.

     "FICA" shall mean the Federal Income Contributions Act.

     2.11  Fiscal Year.

     "Fiscal Year" shall mean the Company's annual accounting period for tax and
financial accounting purposes, which annual accounting period ends on the last
Friday of each December.

     2.12  Full-Time Employee.

     "Full-Time Employee" shall mean a person who is currently employed by the
Company or an affiliate and completes at least 30 hours of employment each week.

     2.13  Participant.

     "Participant" shall mean any Key Individual who is selected from time to
time by the Board to participate in this Plan pursuant to Section 1.03 hereof
and is currently employed by the Company or an affiliate.

     2.14  Performance Bonus.

     "Performance Bonus" shall mean the cash bonus payment to which a
Participant may become entitled pursuant to Article 5 and the terms of this
Plan.

     2.15  Permanently Disabled.

     "Permanently Disabled" shall mean the inability to engage in any
substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or
mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted
or can be expected to last for a continuous period

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

================================================================================

of not less than twelve (12) months. A Participant shall not be deemed to be
Permanently Disabled until proof of the existence thereof shall have been
furnished to the Administrative Committee in such form and manner, and at such
times, as the Administrative Committee may require. Any determination by the
Company or an affiliate that Participant is or is not Permanently Disabled shall
be final and binding upon the Company or an affiliate and Participant.

     2.16  Retirement Date.

     "Retirement Date" shall mean the last day of a Participant's employment
with the Company or any affiliate which also constitutes his or her "Normal
Retirement Date" under the IT Corporation Retirement Plan.

     2.17  Termination Date.

     "Termination Date" shall mean the last day of a Participant's employment by
the Company or an affiliate.

                                   ARTICLE 3
                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     This Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee.  The
Committee shall have full authority and power, to be exercised in its sole
discretion, to make all determinations and/or decisions concerning the
administration, application or interpretation of any provision of this Plan, and
the Committee may adopt such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary,
appropriate or helpful to carry out the purposes of this Plan.  All
determinations, decisions, interpretations, rules, regulations and other actions
of the Committee concerning this Plan shall be final and shall be binding on all
individuals and entities interested in this Plan (and any Beneficiary or other
successor-in-interest to any such person or any such entity).

                                   ARTICLE 4
                            CONTINUED SERVICE BONUS

     4.01  Continued Service Bonus.

     A Participant shall receive a Continued Service Bonus in an amount
determined by the Committee and as set forth on a bonus agreement between the
Participant and Company ("Bonus Agreement") for each anniversary of the
Effective Date during the term of the Plan provided that such Participant is a
Full-Time Employee on such anniversary date.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

================================================================================


     4.02  Separation from Service and Change of Control.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the occurrence of the following events will
affect the participant's eligibility for a Continued Service Bonus as follows:

          (a) Termination of Employment for Cause; Voluntary Termination.  A
              ----------------------------------------------------------    
     Participant shall not be eligible for any Continued Service Bonus under
     this Plan following a separation from service if such separation was due to
     termination by the Company or an affiliate for Cause or a voluntary
     termination by the Participant.

          (b) Termination Without Cause.  In the event that a Participant's
              -------------------------                                    
     employment with the Company or an affiliate is terminated by either without
     Cause during the consecutive twelve-month period prior to an anniversary of
     the Effective Date (or such other date specified in the Participant's Bonus
     Agreement), the Termination Date for purposes of determining the
     Participant's eligibility for a Continued Service Bonus shall be deemed to
     have occurred six (6) months following the Participant's actual Termination
     Date.

          (c) Retirement of a Participant.  In the event a Participant's
              ---------------------------                               
     employment terminates on or after his or her Retirement Date during the
     consecutive twelve-month period prior to an anniversary of the Effective
     Date (or such other date specified in the Participant's Bonus Agreement),
     such Participant shall be immediately eligible to receive any Continued
     Service Bonus for any outstanding anniversary or anniversaries of the
     Effective Date as if he or she had remained a Full-Time Employee through
     the last anniversary date on which a Continued Service Bonus is to be
     awarded.

          (d) Death or Disability of a Participant.  In the event a Participant
              ------------------------------------                             
     dies or becomes Permanently Disabled while employed by the Company or an
     affiliate during the consecutive twelve-month period prior to an
     anniversary of the Effective Date (or such other date specified in the
     Participant's Bonus Agreement), such Participant shall be immediately
     eligible to receive any Continued Service Bonus for any outstanding
     anniversary or anniversaries of the Effective Date (or such other date
     specified in the Participant's Bonus Agreement) as if he or she had
     remained a Full-Time Employee through the last anniversary date on which a
     Continued Service Bonus is to be awarded.

          (e) Change of Control.  In the event a Change of Control occurs during
              -----------------                                                 
     the term of this Plan and while the Participant is employed by the Company
     or an affiliate, a Participant shall be eligible for the balance of the
     total targeted Continued Service Bonus under the Plan as set forth in the
     Participant's Bonus Agreement.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

================================================================================

                                   ARTICLE 5
                               PERFORMANCE BONUS

     5.01  Performance Bonus.

     A Participant shall receive a Performance Bonus in an amount determined by
the Committee and as set forth in the Participant's Bonus Agreement.

     5.02  Separation from Service.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the occurrence of the following events will
affect a Participant's eligibility for a Performance Bonus:

          (a) Termination of Employment for Cause; Voluntary Termination.  A
              ----------------------------------------------------------    
     Participant shall not be eligible for any further Performance Bonus under
     this Plan if the Participant's separation from service was due to
     termination for Cause or voluntary termination.

          (b) Termination Without Cause.  In the event that a Participant's
              -------------------------                                    
     employment with the Company or an affiliate is terminated without Cause,
     the Termination Date for the purposes of determining the Participant's
     eligibility for a Performance Bonus shall be deemed to have occurred six
     (6) months following the Participant's actual Termination Date.

          (c) Retirement of a Participant.  In the event a Participant's
              ---------------------------                               
     employment terminates on or after his or her Retirement Date, the
     Termination Date for the purposes of determining the Participant's
     eligibility for a Performance Bonus shall be deemed to have occurred twelve
     (12) months following the Participant's actual Termination Date.

          (d) Death or Disability of a Participant.  In the event a Participant
              ------------------------------------                             
     dies or becomes Permanently Disabled, the Termination Date for the purposes
     of determining the Participant's eligibility for a Performance Bonus shall
     be deemed to have occurred twelve (12) months following the Participant's
     actual Termination Date.

                                   ARTICLE 6
                            CHANGE OF CONTROL BONUS

     In the event a Change of Control occurs during the term of this Plan, a
Participant shall receive a Change of Control Bonus as set forth in his Bonus
Agreement less any Continued Service Bonuses and Performance Bonuses actually
received by the Participant prior to the Change of Control.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

================================================================================

                                   ARTICLE 7
                                GROSS-UP PAYMENT

     A Participant who receives a Bonus Payment shall also receive a gross-up
payment to offset his or her federal, state, and local income tax and FICA tax
liability.  The gross-up payment shall be equal to a Bonus Payment multiplied by
a fraction, x/(1-x), where x equals the highest marginal combined effective
federal, state, and local income tax rates imposed on a Bonus Payment, and
reduced by any tax benefit associated with any interest expense deduction
claimed by the Participant in the year of the receipt of such Bonus Payment.

                                   ARTICLE 8
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

     8.01  Not an ERISA Plan.

     This Plan is restricted to key management employees selected by the Board
of Directors and is not intended to constitute a "qualified plan" for federal
income tax purposes and is not subject to the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     8.02  Employment Not Guaranteed.

     This Plan is voluntary on the part of the Company or any affiliate, and the
Plan shall not be deemed to constitute an employment contract between the
Company or any affiliate and any Participant, nor shall the adoption or
existence of the Plan or any provision contained in the Plan be deemed to be a
required condition of the employment of any Participant.  Nothing contained in
this Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant the right to continued
employment with the Company or any affiliate, and the Company or an affiliate
may terminate any Participant at any time, in which case the Participant's
rights arising under this Plan shall be only those expressly provided under the
terms of this Plan.

     8.03  Applicable Law.

     This Plan shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance and
with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the application of the
conflicts of law provisions thereof.

     8.04  Notices.

     All notices and other communications required or permitted to be given
under the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given
if delivered personally or by inter-office mail as follows: (i) if to the
Company, The IT Group, Inc., Mosside Boulevard, Monroeville, PA 15146-2792; (ii)
if to a Participant, to the last home or business address of the Participant
known to the sender.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

================================================================================

     8.05  Prohibition Against Assignment.

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Plan, the rights, interests
and benefits of a Participant under this Plan (a) may not be sold, assigned,
transferred, pledged, hypothecated, gifted, bequeathed or otherwise disposed of
to any other party by such Participant or any Beneficiary, executor,
administrator, heir, distributee or other person claiming under such
Participant, and (b) shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar
process.  Any attempted sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, gift,
bequest or other disposition of such rights, interests or benefits contrary to
the foregoing provisions of this Section shall be null and void and without
effect.

     8.06  No Transfer of Interest.

     No provision of this Plan shall be interpreted or construed (a) as
transferring to any Participant or any other person or entity any direct or
indirect ownership or other proprietary interest whatsoever in the Company or
any affiliate or its stock or securities, or (b) as creating any partnership,
joint venture or other joint business enterprise between any such person and the
Company or any affiliate.  The Company and each affiliate shall have and possess
all title to, and beneficial interest in, any and all funds or other property
received by the Company or any affiliate in connection with the sale or other
disposition of all or any portion of the Company's or any affiliate's assets
and/or any funds or reserves maintained or held by the Company or any affiliate
on account of any obligation to pay the Bonus Payments as required under this
Plan, whether or not earmarked by the Company or any affiliate as a fund or
reserve for such purpose; any such funds, other property or reserves shall be
subject to the claims of the creditors of the Company or any affiliate, and the
provisions of this Plan are not intended to create, and shall not be interpreted
as vesting, in any Participant, Beneficiary or other person, any right to or
beneficial interest in any such funds, other properly or reserves.

     8.07  Amendment or Termination of the Plan.

     The Compensation Committee may amend this Plan from time to time in any
respect that it deems appropriate or desirable, and the Committee may terminate
this Plan at any time; provided, however, that any such amendment or termination
may not, without the written consent of a Participant, eliminate, reduce or
otherwise adversely affect the rights of such Participant to receive payments
under this Plan pursuant to Bonus Agreements entered into prior to the act of
such amendment or termination, or, if earlier, the effective date of such
amendment or termination.

     8.08  Titles and Headings; Gender of Terms.

     Article and Section headings herein are for reference purposes only and
shall not be deemed to be part of the substance of this Plan or in any way to
enlarge or limit the meaning or

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                               THE IT GROUP, INC.
                              EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN

================================================================================

interpretation of any provision in this Plan. Use in this Plan of the masculine,
feminine or neuter gender shall be deemed to include each of the omitted genders
if the context so requires.

     8.09  Severability.

     In the event that any provision of this Plan is found to be invalid or
otherwise unenforceable by a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction,
such invalidity or unenforceability shall not be construed as rendering any
other provision contained herein invalid or unenforceable, and all such other
provisions shall be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the
invalid and unenforceable provision was not contained herein.

     8.10  Violation of any Covenant or Law.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Company or any
affiliate shall not be required to make a Bonus Payment to a Participant if
making such Bonus Payment would cause the Company or an affiliate to violate any
covenant or other similar provision in any indenture, loan agreement, or other
agreement, or cause the Company or an affiliate to violate any applicable
federal, state or local law.

     8.11  Payments to Incapacitated Participant.

     In the event a Participant is under mental or physical incapacity at the
time of any payment to be made to such Participant pursuant to this Plan, any
such payment may be made to the conservator or other legally appointed personal
representative having authority over and responsibility for the person or estate
of such Participant, as the case may be, and for purposes of such payment
references in this Plan to the Participant shall mean and refer to such
conservator or other personal representative, whichever is applicable.  In the
absence of any lawfully appointed conservator or other personal representative
of the person or estate of the Participant, any such payment may be made to any
person or institution that has apparent responsibility for the person and/or
estate of the Participant as determined by the Board.  Any payment made in
accordance with the provisions of this Section to a person or institution other
than the Participant shall be deemed for all purposes of this Plan as the
equivalent of a payment to such Participant, and the Company and its affiliates
shall have no further obligation or responsibility with respect to such payment.

     8.12  Designation of Beneficiary.

     A Participant shall be entitled to designate one or more persons or
entities, in any combination, as his "Beneficiary" to receive any Plan payments
to which such Participant is entitled in the event of the Participant's death
during the term of this Plan.  Any such designation shall be made in a written
instrument filed with the Board.  In the event that either (a) a Beneficiary
designation is not on file at the date of a Participant's death, (b) no
Beneficiary survives the Participant, or (c) the Beneficiary designated by a
deceased Participant is not living

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
at the time any payment becomes payable under this Plan, then, for purposes of
making any further payment of any unpaid Participation Payment (or any unpaid
installment thereof), such Participant's Beneficiary shall be deemed to be the
person or persons surviving him in the first of the following classes in which
there is a survivor, share and share alike:

          (i) The Participant's surviving spouse.

          (ii) The Participant's children, except that if any of the children
     predecease the Participant but leave issue surviving, then such issue shall
     take by right of representation the share their parent would have taken if
     living.

          (iii)  The Participant's estate.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed by its
duly authorized officer, effective as provided in Section 1.02 hereof

                              THE IT GROUP, INC.

                              a Delaware corporation

                              By: /s/ Anthony J. DeLuca
                                 ----------------------------------

                              Title:  President
                                    -------------------------------

                                       10

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 21.1
 
                      INTERNATIONAL TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
 
                          LIST OF SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
 
Beneco Enterprises, Inc.
Chi Mei Entech Co., Ltd.
Chi Mei International Technology Co. (Scientech), Ltd.
GCAP Services, Inc.
Gradient Corporation
Groundwater Technology, Inc.
GTI Investment Company
Groundwater Technology Government Services, Inc.
Groundwater Technology Overseas Corp.
Fluor Daniel Environmental Services, Inc.
IT International Investments, Inc.
GTI Limited
IT Environmental (Australia) PTY, Ltd.
GTI Italia, S.R.I.
International Technology Europe Ltd.
IT Brownfields Services Corporation
IT Corporation
IT Corporation de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
IT Corporation Limited (formerly IT-McGill Limited)
IT Corporation of North Carolina
IT C&V Operations, Inc.
IT E&C Operations, Inc.
IT Environmental Programs, Inc. (formerly PEI Associates, Inc.)
IT Europe Pollution Control Engineering, Ltd. (formerly IT-McGill Pollution
Control Systems, Ltd.)
IT Hanford, Inc.
IT International Holdings, Inc.
IT International Operations, Inc.
IT Investment Holdings, Inc.
IT Japan Services, Inc.
IT Korea Services, Inc.
IT Tulsa Holdings, Inc. (formerly IT-McGill Pollution Control Systems, Inc.)
Jellinek, Schwartz & Connolly, Inc. (and its subsidiaries)
  Sielken, Inc.
  JSC International, Inc.
  JSC International, Ltd.
KOHAP-IT, Ltd.
LandBank, Inc. (and its subsidiaries and affiliates)
  LandBank Environmental Properties LLC
  Restoration Venture LLC
  Remediation Enterprises LLC
  Kato Road LLC
  LandBank Remediation Corp.
  Hercules LLC
  Northeast Restoration Company, LLC
  Empire State I, LLC
  Empire State II, LLC
<PAGE>
 
  The Dorchester Group
  37-02 College Point Boulevard, LLC
OHM Corporation (Ohio)
Environmental Financial Services Corp.
OHM Environmental Resource Management Corp.
OHM International, Inc.
OHM Corporation (Nevada)
Environmental Treatment & Technologies Corp.
OHM Remediation Services Corp.
OHM Savannah River Corp.
OHM Energy Services Corp.
OHM Remediation Services of Canada, Ltd.
Alaska Remediation Services Corp.
OH Mound Inc.
Pacific Environmental Group, Inc.
PHR Environmental Consultants, Inc.
Universal Professional Insurance Company

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 23.1
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
   We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements
(Form S-8; No. 2-95647 and No. 33-11486) and in the related Prospectuses
pertaining to The IT Group, Inc. 1983 Stock Incentive Plan, in the Registration
Statement (Form S-8; No. 33-52974) and in the related Prospectus pertaining to
The IT Group, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan, in the Registration Statement (Form
S-8; No. 33-60861) relating to the shares of restricted stock to be issued
under the Special Turnaround Plan, in the Registration Statement (Form S-8;
No. 33-60881) relating to the additional shares under the 1991 Stock Incentive
Plan, in the Registration Statement (Form S-8; No. 333-00651) relating to the
shares issued under the IT Corporation Retirement Plan, in the Registration
Statement (Form S-8; No. 333-27821) and in the related Prospectus pertaining to
the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, and in the Registration Statements (Form S-8;
No. 333-26143 and No. 333-57065), and in the related Prospectus pertaining to
the 1997 The IT Group, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Plan Director Fees, of
our report dated February 15, 1999 with respect to the consolidated financial
statements of The IT Group, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for
the nine months ended December 25, 1998.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 17, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
 
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
COMPANY'S CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 25, 1998, ITS CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF OPERATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 25, 1998 AND
SCHEDULE II AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-25-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             MAR-28-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-25-1998
<CASH>                                          21,265
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  357,547
<ALLOWANCES>                                    18,958
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               393,081
<PP&E>                                          99,001
<DEPRECIATION>                                  51,331
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 948,606
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          272,821
<BONDS>                                        405,059
                                0
                                      6,665
<COMMON>                                           227
<OTHER-SE>                                     231,276
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   948,606
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               757,435
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  666,474
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                24,971
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                 1,203
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              24,895
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  (733)
<INCOME-TAX>                                     6,694
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (7,427)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (7,427)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.63)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (.63)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission